National Community Services Data Dictionary
Version 7
2012

The Australian Institute of Health and Welfare is a major national agency
which provides reliable, regular and relevant information and statistics
on Australia’s health and welfare. The Institute’s mission is
 authoritative information and statistics to promote better health and wellbeing.
© Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2012
This product, excluding the AIHW logo, Commonwealth Coat of Arms and any material owned by a third party or protected by a trademark, has been released under a Creative Commons BY 3.0 (CC‑BY 3.0) licence. Excluded material owned by third parties may include, for example, design and layout, images obtained under licence from third parties and signatures. We have made all reasonable efforts to identify and label material owned by third parties.
You may distribute, remix and build upon this work. However, you must attribute the AIHW as the copyright holder of the work in compliance with our attribution policy available at <www.aihw.gov.au/copyright/>. The full terms and conditions of this licence are available at <http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/au/>.
Enquiries relating to copyright should be addressed to the Head of the Communications, Media and Marketing Unit, Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, GPO Box 570, Canberra ACT 2601.
A complete list of the Institute’s publications is available from the Institute’s website <www.aihw.gov.au>.
ISSN 1440-8872
ISBN 978-1-74249-325-1
Suggested citation
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2012. National Community Services Data Dictionary. Version 7. Cat. no. HWI 118. Canberra: AIHW.
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Board Chair
Dr Andrew Refshauge
Director
David Kalisch
Any enquiries about or comments on this publication should be directed to:
Communications, Media and Marketing Unit
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
GPO Box 570
Canberra ACT 2601
Tel: (02) 6244 1032
Email: info@aihw.gov.au
Published by the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Please note that there is the potential for minor revisions of data in this report.
Please check the online version at <www.aihw.gov.au> for any amendments.
Contents
Acknowledgments
Abbreviations
Summary of updates to the National community services data dictionary since 
version 6
National community services data dictionary version 7
Data elements
Accommodation offer accepted
Accommodation offered
Accommodation period end date
Accommodation period start date
Activity and participation life area
Address currency
Address end date
Address end time
Address line (person)
Address line (service provider organisation)
Address site name
Address start date
Address start time
Address status identifier
Age
Age at first pregnancy
Age range (employed)
Amount of assistance
Area of usual residence
Area of usual residence (CD)
Arrival time at service
Assessment date
Assistance not provided reason
Assistance received date
Assistance request date
Assistance urgency
Assistance with activities
Australian area code
Australian business number (ABN)
Australian postcode (address)
Australian state/territory identifier
Australian state/territory identifier (service provider organisation)
Australian state/territory identifier of address
Blow to the head indicator
Body function
Body structure
Building/complex sub-unit type
Carer Allowance (Child) receipt indicator
Case management goal status
Case management plan indicator
Case plan review date
Caseworker allocation date
Centrelink customer reference number
Change to body structure
Child abuse and neglect type
Citizenship country
Communication method
Complex road name
Complex road number 1
Complex road number 2
Complex road suffix
Complex road type
Consent obtained indicator
Corporation indicator
Country code of address
Country identifier (person)
Country of birth
Date accommodation sought
Date accuracy indicator
Date estimate indicator
Date of birth
Date of death
Date of initial case plan
Day of operation
Department of Veterans' Affairs file number
Departure time from service
Design capacity
Difficulty with activities
Disability group
Education at presentation
Effective communication indicator
Electronic communication address
Electronic communication medium (person)
Electronic communication medium (service provider organisation)
Electronic communication usage
Electronic contact preference indicator
Eligibility for subsidy indicator
Eligibility status
Employment related study indicator
Employment type
Environmental factor
Episode end date
Episode start date
Estimated resident population
Extent of participation
Family name
Fee schedule amount
Field of education
Financial assistance amount
First accommodation attempt indicator
First language spoken
First service contact date
First service request indicator
Floor/level type
Full financial year funding indicator
Full-time equivalent paid staff
Full-time equivalent volunteer/unpaid staff
Full-time/part-time status
Funding allocated
Funding end date
Funding source
Funding start date
Geocode containment indicator
Geocode feature
Geocode geographic datum
Geocode height
Geocode latitude decimal degrees
Geocode longitude decimal degrees
Geocode positional uncertainty
Geocode vertical datum
Geographic location of organisation (CD)
Geographic location of organisation (SLA)
Geographic location of person
Given name sequence number
Given name(s)
Goods and equipment received (service episode)
Goods and equipment received (service event)
Government funding allocated (agency level)
Gross income (person)
Highest year of school completed
Hours of service
Hours worked by worker
Hours worked—paid staff
Hours worked—volunteer/unpaid staff
Household family composition
Household type
Housing tenure type (person)
Identifier designation
Identifier issuer
Identifier name
Identifier status
Identifier status end date
Identifier status start date
Impairment of body function
Impairment of body structure
Income unit composition
Indigenous specific agency indicator
Indigenous status
Individual funding indicator
Industry of operation
Influence of environmental factor
Informal carer co-residency
Informal carer existence indicator
Informal carer primary status
Injecting drug use status
International country code
Internet voice product identifier
Internet voice product name
Internet voice service provider
Interpreter service type
Interpreter services required
Labour force status
Last service provision date
Legal order
Length of employment in current service
Length of experience in industry sector
Letters of family name
Letters of given name
Level number identifier
Level of government
Level of highest educational attainment
Level of highest non-school qualification
Living arrangement
Local Government Area
Location descriptor
Location of impairment
Lot number
Main language other than English spoken at home
Main occupation of person
Main service activity type indicator
Marital status
Medication for mental health disorder indicator
Mental health disorder indicator
Method of use for principal drug of concern
Mobile service indicator
Mother's original family name
Name context flag
Name suffix
Name suffix sequence number
Name title
Name title sequence number
Name usage type
Name usage type end date
Name usage type start date
New client indicator
Non-Australian state/province (person)
Non-Australian state/province (service provider organisation)
Non-school qualification indicator
Number of accommodation places
Number of available places
Number of clients
Number of licensed places
Number of people accommodated
One-off assistance offered indicator
Organisation end date
Organisation name
Organisation name end date
Organisation name start date
Organisation name type
Organisation registration end date
Organisation registration start date
Organisation registration type
Organisation start date
Organisation type
Paid employment indicator
Person identifier
Physical address indicator
Postal delivery number
Postal delivery point identifier
Postal delivery service type identifier
Postcode—international (person)
Postcode—international (service provider organisation)
Preferred language
Proficiency in spoken English
Provider occupation category (self-identified) (ANZSCO 1st edition)
Provider occupation end date
Provider occupation start date
Purpose of address
Reason case management plan does not exist
Recurrent funding commitments (State/Territory level)
Reference person (household)
Referral contact method
Referral date
Referral for accommodation indicator
Referral source
Regular client indicator
Relationship in household
Relationship of carer to care recipient
Religious affiliation
Residential setting
Road name
Road number 1
Road number 2
Road suffix
Road type
Satisfaction with participation
School attendance indicator
Secondary complex name
Sector type
Self-harm ideation in the last 12 months
Self-harm indicator
Service activity type
Service activity type requested
Service cessation reason
Service delivery setting
Service delivery setting (agency)
Service ongoing indicator
Service operation days
Service operation hours
Service operation weeks
Service received indicator
Sex
Source of income
Source of principal income
Statistical area level 1 (SA1)
Statistical area level 2 (SA2)
Statistical linkage key 581
Status in employment
Student indicator
Student type
Sub-dwelling unit number
Substance used illicitly indicator
Suburb/town/locality name within address
Supported accommodation type
Tax exempt indicator
Telephone non-standard functionality
Telephone number
Telephone number type
Telephone service line
Telephone standard functionality
Temporary closure end date
Temporary closure start date
Tertiary qualification related to industry indicator
Trading activity status
Trading activity status end date
Trading activity status start date
Transgender
Type of substance used illicitly
Uniform Resource Locator
Unstructured address line
Urgency of accommodation assistance
Urgency of requested assistance
Year of arrival in Australia
National minimum data sets
Disability Services NMDS 2011-12
Juvenile Justice NMDS 2009
Data set specifications
Address details data dictionary
Functioning and Disability DSS
Organisation details data dictionary
Electronic contact details data dictionary
Party identifier details data dictionary
Person details data dictionary
Data element clusters
Activities and Participation cluster
Body functions cluster
Body structures cluster
Environmental factors cluster
Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011
Statistical linkage key 581 cluster
Supporting metadata items
Object classes
Address
Child
Child protection notification
Client
Date
Entity
Female
Household
Identifier
Income unit
Individual service provider
Informal carer
Organisation
Parent/guardian
Person
Record
Referral
Service episode
Service event
Service provider organisation
State or Territory Government
Properties
Abuse and neglect type
Accommodation assistance urgency status
Accommodation offer accepted indicator
Accommodation offered
Accommodation period end date
Accommodation period start date
Accommodation places
Accuracy indicator
Activity and participation life area
Address currency status
Address end date
Address end time
Address line
Address site name
Address start date
Address start time
Address status identifier
Age
Age at first pregnancy
Age range
Amount of assistance
Area of usual residence
Arrival time at service
Assessment date
Assessment decision date
Assessment decision type
Assistance received date
Assistance request date
Assistance type
Assistance urgency
Australian area code
Australian business number (ABN)
Australian postcode
Australian state/territory identifier
Blow to the head indicator
Body function
Body structure
Building/complex sub-unit type
Care and protection order flag
Care and protection order type
Care arrangements
Case management goal status
Case management plan indicator
Case plan review date
Caseworker allocation date
Citizenship country
Co-residency status
Communication method
Complex road name
Complex road number 1
Complex road number 2
Complex road suffix
Complex road type
Consent indicator
Contact date
Contact method
Corporation indicator
Country identifier
Country of birth
Custody location
Date accommodation sought
Date of birth
Date of death
Day of operation
Departure time from service
Design capacity
Detention end reason
Detention type
Disability group
Effective communication indicator
Electronic communication address
Electronic communication medium
Electronic communication usage code
Electronic contact preference indicator
Eligibility for subsidy indicator
Eligibility status
Employment related study indicator
Employment service type
Employment type
Environmental factor
Episode end date
Episode start date
Estimate indicator
Estimated resident population of Australia
Extent of environmental factor influence
Extent of impairment of body function
Extent of impairment of body structure
Extent of participation in a life area
Family composition
Family name
Fee schedule amount
Field of education
Finalised investigation outcome indicator
Financial assistance amount
Financial payment indicator
First accommodation attempt
First language spoken
First order flag
First service contact date
First service request indicator
Floor/level type
Full financial year funding indicator
Full-time equivalent staff
Full-time/part-time status
Funded service type
Funding allocated
Funding end date
Funding indicator
Funding source
Funding start date
Geocode containment indicator
Geocode feature
Geocode geographic datum
Geocode height
Geocode latitude
Geocode longitude
Geocode positional uncertainty
Geocode vertical datum
Geographic location
Given name
Given name sequence number
Government funding identifier
Gross income
Highest year of school completed
Hours worked
Household parental care type
Household type
Housing tenure type
Identifier
Identifier designation
Identifier issuer
Identifier name
Identifier status
Identifier status end date
Identifier status start date
Income unit type
Indigenous specific organisation indicator
Indigenous status
Industry of operation
Informal carer existence indicator
Initial case plan date
Injecting drug use status
International country code
International postcode
Internet voice product name
Internet voice product user identifier
Internet voice service provider
Interpreter service required status
Investigation commencement date
Investigation conclusion date
Investigation outcome
Labour force status
Last service provision date
Legal order indicator
Legal order/arrangement indicator
Legal order/arrangement type
Length of employment in current service
Length of experience in industry sector
Letters of family name
Letters of given and family name
Letters of given name
Level number
Level of difficulty with activities in a life area
Level of educational attainment
Level of government
Level of highest non-school qualification
Level of satisfaction with participation in a life area
Linkage key
Living arrangement
Location descriptor
Location of impairment of body structure
Lot number
Main language other than English spoken at home
Main service activity type indicator
Marital status
Maximum preschool program hours available per week
Medication for mental health disorder indicator
Mental health disorder indicator
Method of drug use
Mobile service indicator
Mother's original family name
Name conditional use flag
Name end date
Name start date
Name suffix
Name suffix sequence number
Name title
Name title sequence number
Name type
Name usage type
Name usage type end date
Name usage type start date
Nature of impairment of body structure
Need for assistance with activities in a life area
New client indicator
Non-Australian state/province
Non-school qualification indicator
Number of children attending preschool
Number of clients
Number of detainees
Number of escapes
Number of Indigenous children attending preschool
Number of Indigenous children enrolled in preschool
Number of licensed places
Number of persons accommodated
Number of places available
Number of preschool enrolments
Number of preschool program hours enrolled per week
Number of service operation days
Number of service operation hours
Number of service operation weeks
Occupation
Occupation end date
Occupation start date
One-off assistance offered
Order end reason
Order identifier
Organisation end date
Organisation identifier
Organisation name
Organisation start date
Organisation type
Out-of-home care flag
Paid employment indicator
Person identifier
Physical address indicator
Placement type
Postal delivery number
Postal delivery point identifier
Postal delivery service type identifier
Preferred language
Preschool program delivered by teacher indicator
Primary status
Proficiency in spoken English
Purpose of address
Reason assistance not provided
Reason case management plan does not exist
Reason for order expiry
Receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator
Recurrent funding commitments
Reference person status
Referral for accommodation
Referral receipt date
Referral source
Region identifier
Registration end date
Registration start date
Registration type
Regular client indicator
Relationship to care recipient
Relationship to child
Relationship to reference person
Religious affiliation
Reporting period
Residential setting
Road name
Road number 1
Road number 2
Road suffix
Road type
School attendance indicator
School enrolment status
Secondary complex name
Sector
Self-harm ideation in the last 12 months
Self-harm indicator
Service activity type needed
Service cessation reason
Service delivery setting
Service ongoing indicator
Service received indicator
Sex
Source of cash of income
Statistical area
Status in employment
Student type
Student/employment training indicator
Sub-dwelling unit number
Substance used illicitly indicator
Suburb/town/locality name
Supported accommodation type
Tax exempt indicator
Telephone non-standard functionality
Telephone number
Telephone number type
Telephone service line
Telephone standard functionality
Temporary closure end date
Temporary closure start date
Tertiary qualification related to industry indicator
Trading activity status
Trading activity status end date
Trading activity status start date
Transfer source
Transgender indicator
Type of goods and equipment received
Type of interpreter services required
Type of substance used illicitly
Unborn child status
Uniform Resource Locator
Unstructured address line
Urgency of requested assistance
Year of first arrival in Australia
Classification schemes
Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations, First edition, 
2006
Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification, Second edition, 
2006
Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern 2011
Australian Standard Classification of Education 2001
Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011
Australian Standard Classification of Religious Groups 2005
Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011
Australian Statistical Geography Standard 2011
Family, household and income unit variables (family composition) 2005
Family, household and income unit variables (relationship in household) 2005
International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001
International Standards Organisation codes for the representation of names of 
countries and their subdivisions, Part 1: Country codes (ISO 3166, 2006)
National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0
Postcode datafile
Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011
Glossary items
Accommodation period
Activity—functioning, disability and health
Address
Adoption
Assistance received
Assistance request reason
Assistance with activities and participation
Body functions
Body structures
Collection District (CD)
Corporation
Dependant
Disability
Environmental factors
Family
Functioning
Geocode
Geographic indicator
Homeless
Illicit drug
Impairment of body structure
Income unit
Informal carer
Investigation (child protection)
Local Government Area
Mental health disorder
Participation - functioning, disability and health
SAAP accommodation place
Statistical Local Area
Student
Target group
Transgender
Unincorporated business
Volunteer
Companion guide
What are the national data dictionaries?
Why use metadata standards?
Metadata structure
Formulation of good data standards
METeOR
Data elements listed by technical name
Feedback and contact details
List of tables
List of figures

Acknowledgments
The METeOR and Metadata Unit of the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare receives funding from the Community and Disability Services Ministers’ Advisory Council to produce and maintain the national standards for this National Community Services Data Dictionary. The Institute produces biennial editions of the dictionary, which are endorsed by the National Community Services Information Management Group, and posts updates on METeOR every 6 months.

Abbreviations
ABN	Australian business number	
ABS	Australian Bureau of Statistics	
AHMAC	Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council	
AIHW	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
ANZSIC	Australian New Zealand Standard Industry Classification	
ANZSCO	Australian and New Zealand Standard Classifications of Occupations	
AS	Australian Standard 	
ASCDC	Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern	
ASCL	Australian Standard Classification of Languages	
ASGC	Australian Standard Geographic Classification	
ASGS	Australian Statistical Geography Standard	
CD	Collection District 	
CDSMAC	Community and Disability Services Ministers' Advisory Council 	
DSM	Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders	
DSS	data set specification	
HMAC	Housing Ministers’ Advisory Committee	
ICD	International Classification of Diseases	
IEC	International Electrotechnical Commission	
ISO	International Organisation for Standardisation	
METeOR	Metadata Online Registry	
NCSIMG	National Community Services Information Management Group	
NMDS	national minimum data set	
SACC	Standard Australian Classification of Countries	
SA1	Statistical Area Level 1	
SA2	Statistical Area Level 2	
SLA	Statistical Local Area	
Summary of updates to the National Community Services Data Dictionary since version 6
This section summarises the updates made to the National Community Services Data Dictionary (NCSDD) version 7. This reflects changes to national community services data standards between July 2010 and June 2012. Five data set specifications, 78 data elements, four classifications and five glossary items have been added to the NCSDD. Other changes include the revision of one national minimum data set, one data element cluster, 50 data elements and four classifications. As a result of these revisions, two national minimum data sets, two data element clusters, 58 data elements and four classifications have been superseded. Six national minimum data sets have been retired since version 6 of the NCSDD was published.
These new standards have been endorsed by the National Community Services Information Management Group (NCSIMG).
Please note that the following includes only changes made to data dictionary standards. Only national standards that are generic, that is, of relevance to the broader community services sector, are in the data dictionary.
Table 1: Summary table of updates to the NCSDD since version 6
Registration status	National minimum data sets	Data set specifications	Data element clusters	Data elements	Classifications	Glossary items	
Standards (new) 	0	5	0	(a)78	4	(d)5	
Standards (revised)	1	0	1	(b)50	4	0	
Superseded	2	0	2	(c)58	4	0	
Retired	6	0	0	0	0	0	
(a)	Includes two data elements that were counted as ‘revised’ in NCSDD update 6.1. These two data elements are counted as ‘new’ in NCSDD version 7 as they supersede non-dictionary items.
(b)	Excludes the two data elements at (a) above and one other data element which was inadvertently counted in NCSDD update 6.1.
(c)	Adjusted to take into account (a) and (b) above.
(d)	Includes one glossary item that was inadvertently not counted in NCSDD update 6.1.
Table 2: Revised national minimum data sets
National minimum data set	Description of change	Data elements revised	Data elements added	Data elements removed	
Disability Services NMDS 
2011–12	Classification update to Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) 2010	Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN	Nil	Nil	

Table 3: New data set specifications
Name	Description	
Address details data dictionary	The address details data dictionary is used to collect information pertaining to an address, which is defined as a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity, and/or details describing how the entity can be contacted. It is based on the standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede Australian Standard (AS) 4590-1999.	
Electronic contact details data dictionary	The electronic contact details data dictionary is used to collect electronic contact details for a person or organisation, including telephone contact details. It is based on the standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999.	
Organisation details data dictionary	The organisation details data dictionary is used to collect details for an organisation, including the name of the organisation. It is based on the standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999	
Party identifier details data dictionary	The party identifier details data dictionary contains items which describe the identification details for people or organisations. A party may have multiple identification details and identifier statuses. It is based on the standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 	
Person details data dictionary	The person details data dictionary contains the data elements to identify the name and demographic characteristics of a person defined as a human being, whether man, woman or child. It is based on the standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999.	
Table 4: Revised data element clusters
Data element cluster	Description of change	Data elements revised	Data elements added	Data elements removed	
Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011	Classification update to Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) 2011 and data elements revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard	Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN 	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN	
	Address—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN}		

Table 5: Revised data elements
Short name	Technical name	Description of change	
Address site name	Address—address site name, text X[50]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Area of usual residence	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN	Classification update to Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) 2010.	
Area of usual residence (CD)	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN	Classification update to  ASGC 2011.	
Australian postcode (address)	Address—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN}	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Building/complex sub-unit type	Address—building/complex sub-unit type, code AA[AA]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Case management goal status	Client—case management goal status, code N	Changes in the data element’s technical name, collection methods, comments, synonymous name and value domain’s permissible values and guide for use.	
Complex road name	Address—complex road name, text X[45]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Complex road number 1	Address—complex road number 1, road number X[6]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Complex road number 2	Address—complex road number 2, road number X[6]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Complex road suffix	Address—complex road suffix, street suffix code A[A]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Complex road type	Address—complex road type, code AA[AA]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Country code of address	Address—country identifier, country code (ISO 3166) AA	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Country identifier (person)	Person (address)—country identifier, code (SACC 2011) NNNN	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Country of birth	Person—country of birth, code (SACC 2011) NNNN	Classification update to Standard Australian Classification of Countries (SACC) 2011.	
Electronic communication address	Address—electronic communication address, text X[1100]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Electronic communication usage	Address—electronic communication usage code, code NN	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Family name	Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
(continued)

Table 5 (continued): Revised data elements
Short name	Technical name	Description of change	
First language spoken	Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	Classification update to Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) 2011.	
Floor/level type	Address—floor/level type, code A[AAA]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Geographic location of organisation (CD)	Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2010.	
Geographic location of organisation (CD)	Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2011.	
Geographic location of organisation (SLA)	Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2010.	
Geographic location of organisation (SLA)	Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2011. Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Geographic location of person	Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2010.	
Geographic location of person	Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2011.	
Given name(s)	Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Level number identifier	Address—level number, identifier X[XXXX]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Local Government area	Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN	Classification update to ASGC 2010.	
Local Government Area	Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Lot number	Address—lot number, identifier X[XXXXX]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Main language other than English spoken at home	Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	Classification update to ASCL 2011.	
Name suffix	Person (name)—name suffix, text X[XXXX]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Name title	Person (name)—name title, text X[12]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
(continued)

Table 5 (continued): Revised data elements
Short name	Technical name	Description of change	
Name usage type	Person—name usage type, code AAA	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Organisation name	Organisation—organisation name, text [X(200)]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Organisation name type	Organisation—name type, code AA[A]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Postal delivery point identifier	Address—postal delivery point identifier, identifier {N(8)}	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Preferred language	Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	Classification update to ASCL 2011.	
Purpose of address	Address—purpose of address, code AA[A]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Road name	Address—road name, text X[45]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Road number 1	Address—road number 1, road number X[6]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Road number 2	Address—road number 2, road number X[6]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Road suffix	Address—road suffix, street suffix code A[A]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Road type	Address—road type, code AA[AA]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Service ongoing indicator	Service episode—service ongoing indicator, code N	Changes in the data element’s definition, guide for use, collection methods, comments and submitting organisation and value domain’s name, definition, permissible values description and guide for use.	
Sub-dwelling unit number	Address—sub-dwelling unit number, identifier [X(7)]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Suburb/town/locality name within address	Address—suburb/town/locality name, text X[46]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Supported accommodation type	Service event—supported accommodation type, code N	Changes in the data element’s definition and collection methods and the value domain’s definition, permissible values and guide for use.	
Telephone number	Address—telephone number, text X[16]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
(continued)

Table 5 (continued): Revised data elements
Short name	Technical name	Description of change	
Uniform Resource Locator	Address—Uniform Resource Locator, text X[1100]	Revised to align with AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.	
Table 6: New data elements
Short name	Technical name	
Address currency	Address—address currency status, code A	
Address end date	Address—address end date, DDMMYYYY	
Address end time	Address—address end time, hhmmss	
Address start date 	Address—address start date, DDMMYYYY	
Address start time	Address—address start time, hhmmss	
Address status identifier	Address—address status identifier, code AAA	
Age at first pregnancy	Female—age at first pregnancy, total years N[N	
Area of usual residence	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	
Australian area code	Address—Australian area code, code NN	
Australian business number (ABN)	Entity—Australian business number (ABN), identifier N(11)	
Australian state/territory identifier of address	Address—Australian state/territory identifier, code AA[A]	
Blow to the head indicator	Person—blow to the head indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
Citizenship country	Person—citizenship country, country code (SACC 2011) NNNN	
Education at presentation	Person—school enrolment and attendance status, code N	
Electronic contact preference indicator	Address—electronic contact preference indicator, code NN	
Financial assistance amount	Person—financial assistance amount, total Australian currency N[NNNN]	
First service request indicator	Person—first service request indicator, yes/no code N	
Geocode containment indicator	Address—geocode containment indicator, yes/no code N	
Geocode feature	Address—geocode feature, text [X(30)]	
Geocode geographic datum	Address—geocode geographic datum, text [X(10)]	
Geocode height	Address—geocode height, total metres N[NNNN].NNN	
Geocode latitude decimal degrees	Address—geocode latitude, decimal degrees XN[N][.N(9)]	
Geocode longitude decimal degrees	Address—geocode longitude, decimal degrees XN[NN][.N(9)]	
Geocode positional uncertainty	Address—geocode positional uncertainty, total metres N[NNN].NNN	
Geocode vertical datum	Address—geocode vertical datum, text [X(10)]	
Gross income (person)	Person—gross income (weekly), total Australian currency N[NNNNN].NN	
Hours of service	Client—amount of assistance, total hours and minutes NNNN	
Highest year of school completed	Person—highest year of school completed, code N	
Identifier designation	Identifier—identifier designation, text [X(20)]	
Identifier issuer	Identifier—identifier issuer, text [X(200)]	
Identifier name	Identifier—identifier name, text [A(50)]	
Identifier status	Identifier—identifier status, code N	
Identifier status end date	Identifier—identifier status end date, DDMMYYYY	
Identifier status start date	Identifier—identifier status start date, DDMMYYYY	
(continued)
Table 6 (continued): New data elements
Short name	Technical name	
Indigenous specific agency indicator	Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator, code N	
Industry of operation	Organisation—industry of operation, industry type (ANZSIC 2nd edition) code NN[NN]	
Injecting drug use status	Client—injecting drug use status, code N	
International country code	Address—International country code, code N[NNNN]	
Internet voice product identifier 	Address—Internet voice product user identifier, text [X(500)]	
Internet voice product name	Address—Internet voice product name, text X[256]	
Internet voice service provider	Address—Internet voice service provider, text [X(200)] 	
Level of highest non-school qualification	Person—level of highest non-school qualification, code N	
Location descriptor	Address—location descriptor, text X[50]	
Medication for mental health disorder indicator	Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N	
Mental health disorder indicator	Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N	
Method of use for principal drug of concern	Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern), code N	
Name usage type end date	Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY	
Name usage type start date	Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY	
New client indicator	Person—new client indicator, code N	
Non-school qualification indicator	Person—non-school qualification indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
Organisation name end date	Organisation—name end date, DDMMYYYY	
Organisation name start date	Organisation—name start date, DDMMYYYY	
Organisation registration end date	Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY	
Organisation registration start date	Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY	
Organisation registration type	Organisation—registration type, text [X(200)]	
Organisation type	Organisation—organisation type, code NN	
Physical address indicator	Address—physical address indicator, yes/no code N	
Postal delivery number	Address—postal delivery number, identifier [X(11)]	
Postal delivery service type identifier	Address—postal delivery service type identifier, code AA[A(9)]	
Reason case management does not exist	Client—reason case management plan does not exist, code N	
Regular client indicator	Person—regular client indicator, yes/no code N	
Secondary complex name	Address—secondary complex name, text X[50]	
Self-harm ideation in the last 12 months	Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
Self-harm indicator	Person—self-harm indicator, yes/no code N	
Statistical area level 1 (SA1)	Address—statistical area, level 1 (SA1) code (ASGS 2011) N(11)	
Statistical area level 2 (SA2)	Address—statistical area, level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9)	
Student type	Person—student type, code N	
Substance used illicitly indicator	Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
Telephone non-standard functionality	Address—telephone non-standard functionality, text X[256]	
Telephone service line	Address—telephone service line, code NN	
Telephone standard functionality	Address—telephone standard functionality, code NN	
(continued)

Table 6 (continued): New data elements
Short name	Technical name	
Trading activity status	Organisation—trading activity status, code NN	
Trading activity status end date	Organisation—trading activity status end date, DDMMYYYY	
Trading activity status start date	Organisation—trading activity status start date,  DDMMYYYY	
Transgender	Person—transgender indicator, code N	
Type of substance used illicitly	Person—type of substance used illicitly, drug of concern (ASCDC 2000 extended) code NNNN	
Unstructured address line	Address—unstructured address line, text X[50]	
Urgency of requested assistance	Person—new client indicator, code N	
Table 7: Revised classification schemes
Name	Description of change	
Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011	Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011 replaces Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2005.	
Australian Standard of Geographical Classification 2010	Australian Standard of Geographical Classification 2010 replaces Australian Standard of Geographical Classification 2009	
Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011 replaces Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2010.	
Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011	Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 replaces Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2008.	
Table 8: New classification schemes
Name	Definition	
Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification, Second edition, 2006	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification of industries.	
Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern 2011	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification for data relating to drugs which are considered to be of concern in Australian society.	
Australian Statistical Geography Standard 2011	The Australian Bureau of Statistics framework for statistical geography. The main purpose of the Australian Statistical Geography Standard is the dissemination of geographically classified statistics. It provides a common framework of statistical geography which enables the publication of statistics that are comparable and spatially integrated.	
International Standards Organisation codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions, Part 1: Country codes (ISO 3166, 2006)	The International Standard for country codes, Part one.	
Table 9: New glossary items
Name	Definition	
Collection district (CD)	The CD is the smallest spatial unit in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification. 	
Geocode	A description of the coordinates representing the location/position of an object.	
(continued)

Table 9 (continued): New glossary items
Name	Definition	
Illicit drug	An illicit drug is defined as any drug which is illegal to possess or use or any legal drug used in an illegal manner, for example: 
•	a drug obtained on prescription but given or sold to another person to use 
•	glue or petrol which is sold legally, but is used in a manner that is not intended, such as inhaling fumes 
•	stolen pharmaceuticals sold on the black market (e.g. Pethidine).	
Mental health disorder	A clinically diagnosable disorder that significantly interferes with an individual’s cognitive, emotional or social abilities. The diagnosis of mental illness is generally made according to the classifications systems of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) or the International Classification of Diseases (ICD).	
Transgender	A transgender person is a person who: 
a)	identifies as a member of a different sex by living, or seeking to live, as a member of that sex; or 
b)	has identified as a member of a different sex by living as a member of that sex; whether or not the person is a recognised transgender person.	
National Community Services Data Dictionary: version 7
Data elements
Accommodation offer accepted
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—accommodation offer accepted indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Accommodation offer taken up	
METeOR identifier:	331514	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether the agency's offer of accommodation was accepted by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—accommodation offer accepted indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Yes
Use this code if a person/group took up the offer of accommodation.
CODE 2 No
Use this code if a person/group did not take up, or refused, the offer of accommodation, including those instances when a person/group did not keep their appointment.	
Comments:	This item shows whether the agency's offer of accommodation was or was not accepted by a person/group, including those instances when a person/group refused the offer or did not keep their appointment.
If the accommodation offer was not taken up (the person/group seeking accommodation did not become a client of the agency), this information will show that the accommodation or support requested was available. Such individuals would then be omitted from the total count of unmet need for accommodation. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Accommodation offered 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—accommodation offered indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	329986	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether an offer of accommodation was made to a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—accommodation offered	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Yes
Use this code if an agency offered accommodation. This option is used even if a person or group does not accept the offer of accommodation.
CODE 2 No
Use this code where an agency did not offer any accommodation to a person or a group.	
Comments:	Assists in counting how many people an agency offered accommodation to, regardless of whether the offers were accepted.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Accommodation period end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—accommodation period end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	347334	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date at which an accommodation period was completed.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—accommodation period end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element refers to a discrete accommodation period within a service episode. There may be a number of accommodation periods within a service episode.	
Collection methods:	This data element is collected in conjunction with the Accommodation period start date and supported accommodation type.	
Accommodation period start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—accommodation period start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	348138	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date at which an accommodation period commences.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—accommodation period start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element refers to a discrete accommodation period within a service episode. There may be a number of accommodation periods within a service episode.
	
Collection methods:	This data element is collected in conjunction with the Accommodation period end date and Supported accommodation type.	
Activity and participation life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]	
METeOR identifier:	320125	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The life area in which a person participates or undertakes activities, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—activity and participation life area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN[NNN]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
The activities and participation codes are a neutral list that covers the full range of life areas in which a person can be involved. The domains can be used to record positive or neutral experience of functioning as well as limitations and restrictions.
Data can be collected at the three digit level in one chapter and at the chapter level in another. However it is only possible to collect data at a single level of the hierarchy in a single chapter to maintain mutual exclusivity. For example, it is not permitted to collect both 'Self care' (chapter level) and 'Looking after one's health' (3 digit level) as the former includes the latter.
The value domain below refers to the highest hierarchical level (ICF chapter level). Data collected at this level, in association with respective qualifiers (Activity difficulty level, Activity Need for assistance, Participation extent and Participation satisfaction level) will use the codes as indicated.
CODE d1 Learning and applying knowledge
CODE d2 General tasks and demands
CODE d3 Communication
CODE d4 Mobility
CODE d5 Self-care
CODE d6 Domestic life
CODE d7 Interpersonal interactions and relationships
CODE d8 Major life areas
CODE d9 Community, social and civic life
Data collected at this level will provide a general description of functioning for the person and can only be compared with data collected at the same level. 
Each chapter contains categories at different levels ordered from general to detailed. For specific more detailed information the user should follow the structure of the ICF; the codes should be drawn from the same hierarchical level within any particular chapter. The full range of permissible values is listed in the Activities and Participation component of the ICF.
An example of a value domain at the 3 digit level from the Self-care chapter may include:
CODE d510   Washing oneself
CODE d520   Caring for body parts
CODE d530   Toileting
CODE d540   Dressing
CODE d550   Eating
CODE d560   Drinking
CODE d570   Looking after one's health
An example of value domains at the 4 digit level from the Mobility chapter may include: 
CODE d4600   Moving around within the home
CODE d4601   Moving around within buildings other than home
CODE d4602   Moving around outside the home and other buildings 
CODE d4701   Using private motorized transportation
CODE d4702   Using public motorized transportation
The prefix d denotes the domains within the component of Activities and Participation. At the user's discretion, the prefix d can be replaced by a or p, to denote activities or participation respectively. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW 	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item, in conjunction with Activity difficulty level code N, enables the provision of information about the presence and extent of activity limitation for any given life area; with Activity need for assistance code N, the provision of information about the need for assistance with the given life area.
The extent of, and level of satisfaction with, participation in a given area are indicated by the use of this metadata item with the qualifiers Participation extent code N and Participation satisfaction level code N.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—extent of participation in a life area, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—level of difficulty with activities in life areas, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area, code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area, code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	

Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Activities and Participation cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
 	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Conditional obligation:
Identification of an activity and participation life area is not required if the child does not have an identified need for assistance. 	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Address currency
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address currency status, code A	
Synonymous names:	Client address currency code	
METeOR identifier:	428994	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The status of the person's or organisation's address at the time of interchange, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address currency status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	A	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

P	
Prior	

C	
Current	

F	
 Future	

T	
Temporary	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	It is usual to use the local time and date from where data is interchanged.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	428717	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which an address ceased to be used, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Zeroes must be used where all or part of the date is unknown.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address end time
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address end time, hhmmss	
METeOR identifier:	428874	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The time of day an address ceased to be used, expressed as hhmmss.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address end time	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Time	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	hhmmss	
Maximum character length:	6	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The time is to represent the hours, minutes and seconds past midnight. The hour is to be recorded using 24-hour notation.
The numeric value nine (9) must be used where all or part of the time is unknown.
163752: This indicates that the time for the record is the 16th hour, 37th minute and 52nd second.
129999: This indicates that the time for the record is the 12th hour with unknown minutes and seconds.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ISO 8601:2000 : Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and times	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address line (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (address)—address line, text [X(180)]	
Synonymous names:	Australian address line	
METeOR identifier:	286620	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A composite of one or more standard address components that describes a low level of geographical/physical description of a location, as represented by text. Used in conjunction with the other high-level address components i.e. Suburb/town/locality, Postcode—Australian, Australian state/territory, and Country, forms a complete geographical/physical address of a person.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (address)—address line	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(180)]	
Maximum character length:	180	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A high-level address component is defined as a broad geographical area that is capable of containing more than one specific physical location. Some examples of a broad geographical area are:
- Suburb, town or locality
- Postcode—Australian or international
- State, Territory, local government area, electorate, statistical local area
- Postal delivery point identifier
- Countries, provinces, etc other than in Australia
These components of a complete address do not form part of the Address line. 
When addressing an Australian location, following are the standard address data elements that may be concatenated in the Address line:
- Building/complex sub-unit type 
- Building/complex sub-unit number
- Building/property name 
- Floor/level number
- Floor/level type 
- House/property number
- Lot/section number 
- Street name
- Street type code 
- Street suffix code
One complete identification/description of a location/site of an address can comprise one or more than one instance of address line.
Instances of address lines are commonly identified in electronic information systems as Address-line 1, Address-line 2, etc. 
The format of data collection is less important than consistent use of conventions in the recording of address data. Hence, address may be collected in an unstructured manner but should ideally be stored in a structured format. 
Where Address line is collected as a stand-alone item, software may be used to parse the Address line details to separate the sub-components. 
Multiple Address lines may be recorded as required.	
Collection methods:	The following concatenation rules should be observed when collecting address lines addressing an Australian location. 
- Building/complex sub-unit type is to be collected in conjunction with Building/complex sub-unit number and vice versa. 
- Floor/level type is to be collected in conjunction with Floor/level number and vice versa. 
- Street name is to be used in conjunction with Street type code and Street suffix code. 
- Street type code is to be used in conjunction with Street name and Street suffix code. 
- Street suffix code is to be used in conjunction with Street name and Street type code. 
- House/property number is to be used in conjunction with Street name.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	Health Data Standards Committee
AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Is formed using Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier, [X(7)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Is formed using Person (address)—building/property name, text [X(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Person (address)—floor/level identifier, [NNNA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Person (address)—floor/level type, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Is formed using Person (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Person (address)—lot/section identifier, N[X(14)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Is formed using Person (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Person (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Is formed using Person (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Address line (service provider organisation)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (address)—address line, text [X(180)]	
METeOR identifier:	290315	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	A composite of one or more standard address components, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation (address)—address line	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(180)]	
Maximum character length:	180	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A high-level address component is defined as a broad geographical area that is capable of containing more than one specific physical location. Some examples of a broad geographical area are: 
•	Suburb, town or locality 
•	Postcode 
•	Australian or international 
•	State, Territory, local government area, electorate, statistical local area 
•	Postal delivery point identifier 
•	Countries, provinces, etc. other than in Australia
These components of a complete address do not form part of the Address line. 
When addressing an Australian location, following are the standard address data elements that may be concatenated in the Address line:
•	Building/complex sub-unit type 
•	Building/complex sub-unit number 
•	Building/property name 
•	Floor/level number 
•	Floor/level type 
•	House/property number 
•	Lot/section number 
•	Street name 
•	Street type code 
•	Street suffix code
One complete identification/description of a location/site of an address can comprise one or more than one instance of address line. Instances of address lines are commonly identified in electronic information systems as Address-line 1, Address-line 2, etc. The format of data collection is less important than consistent use of conventions in the recording of address data. Hence, address may be collected in an unstructured manner but should ideally be stored in a structured format. Where Address line is collected as a stand-alone item, software may be used to parse the Address line details to separate the sub-components. Multiple Address lines may be recorded as required.	
Collection methods:	The following concatenation rules should be observed when collecting address lines addressing an Australian location. 
•	Building/complex sub-unit type is to be collected in conjunction with Building/complex sub-unit number and vice versa. 
•	Floor/level type is to be collected in conjunction with Floor/level number and vice versa. 
•	Street name is to be used in conjunction with Street type code and Street suffix code. 
•	Street type code is to be used in conjunction with Street name and Street suffix code. 
•	Street suffix code is to be used in conjunction with Street name and Street type code. 
•	House/property number is to be used in conjunction with Street name.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	Health Data Standards Committee
AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier, [X(7)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—building/property name, text [X(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level identifier, [NNNA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level type, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—lot/section identifier, N[X(14)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Is formed using Service provider organisation (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Address site name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address site name, text X[50]	
Synonymous names:	Building property name; Primary complex name	
METeOR identifier:	429252	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The official place name or culturally accepted common usage name for an address site, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address site name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[50]	
Maximum character length:	50	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element represents the name given to an entire building or address site.
Names of persons, associations or businesses should not be used as address site names.
Usage Examples:
Parliament House (Name of the building)
University of Melbourne (Site name of university campus – a complex)
Happy Valley Retirement Village (Site name of gated property – a complex)
Darwin Town Hall (Name of the building)
Blue Hills Farm (Name of the property) 
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—building/property name, text [X(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—building/property name, text [X(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	428668	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which an address was first utilised, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address start time
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address start time, hhmmss	
METeOR identifier:	428880	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The time of day an address was first utilised, expressed as hhmmss.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address start time	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Time	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	hhmmss	
Maximum character length:	6	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The time is to represent the hours, minutes and seconds past midnight. The hour is to be recorded using 24-hour notation.
The numeric value nine (9) must be used where all or part of the time is unknown.
163752: This indicates that the time for the record is the 16th hour, 37th minute and 52nd second.
129999: This indicates that the time for the record is the 12th hour with unknown minutes and seconds.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ISO 8601:2000 : Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and times	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address status identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—address status identifier, code AAA	
Synonymous names:	Address official standing code	
METeOR identifier:	428979	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An official identifier assigned to an address for categorisation purposes, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—address status identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AAA	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

OFF	
Official address	

VAL	
Valid alias address	

INV	
Invalid alias address	

OBS	
Obsolete address	

Supplementary values:	UNK	
Not stated/Unknown	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE OFF   Official address
This code indicates that the address and its component parts have been formally assigned by the responsible state jurisdiction/s.
CODE VAL   Valid alias address
This code indicates that the address is an acceptable alias to the official address by the responsible state jurisdiction/s.
CODE INV   Invalid alias address
This code indicates a non-official address, for example, a vanity address where a perceived up-market locality name is incorrectly used in place of the officially assigned locality name.
CODE OBS   Obsolete address
An address that is no longer valid, for example, where there is a change of street name, change of locality or where a RMB address previously used has been replaced by Rural Numbering.
CODE UNK   Not stated/unknown
Where the Address Status is not stated or unknown a <null> entry will be recorded.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia. 	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Age
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—age, total years N[NN]	
METeOR identifier:	303794	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 08/02/2006
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The age of the person in (completed) years at a specific point in time.	
Context:	Age is a core data element in a wide range of social, labour and demographic statistics. It is used in the analyses of service utilisation by age group and can be used as an assistance eligibility criterion.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—age	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NN]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

999	
Unknown/not stated	

Unit of measure:	Year	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Age in single years (if aged under one year, record as zero). 
If age (or date of birth) is unknown or not stated, and cannot be estimated, use Code 999.
National community services and housing assistance data dictionary specific: 
If year of birth is known (but date of birth is not) use the date, 0101YYYY of the birth year to estimate age (where YYYY is the year of birth). 
National housing assistance data dictionary specific:
In the housing assistance data collections age is calculated at 30 June for the corresponding year.	
Collection methods:	Although collection of date of birth allows more precise calculation of age, this may not be feasible in some data collections, and alternative questions are: Age last birthday?
What was ....... age last birthday?
What is .......... age in complete years?	
Comments:	National community services data dictionary specific:
Different rules for reporting data may apply when estimating the Date of birth of children aged under 2 years since the rapid growth and development of children within this age group means that a child's development can vary considerably over the course of a year. Thus, more specific reporting of estimated age is recommended.
Those who need to conduct data collections for children where age is collected in months, weeks, or days should do so in a manner that allows for aggregation of those results to this standard. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Public Health Information Working Group	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics, Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables. Reference through: http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/
DirClassManualsbyCatalogue/
76CD93AA32E74B29CA25713E0005A2EA?OpenDocument 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—age (community services), total years N[NN] Community Services, Superseded 30/09/2005	
Age at first pregnancy
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Female—age at first pregnancy, total years N[N]	
METeOR identifier:	399602	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The age, in total years, of a female at the time of her first pregnancy.	
Data Element Concept:	Female—age at first pregnancy	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Year	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Pregnancy includes babies carried full term, abortions and miscarriages.	
Collection methods:	Responses must be in whole years only.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Age range (employed)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—age range, code N[N]	
Synonymous names:	Labour force age range	
METeOR identifier:	314877	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The age range that best accommodates a person, who is in the labour force, completed age in years, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—age range	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
15-19	

2	
20-24	

3	
25-29	

4	
30-34	

5	
35-39	

6	
40-44	

7	
45-49	

8	
50-54	

9	
55-59	

10	
60-64	

11	
65 and over	

Supplementary values:	99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Children's Services Data Working Group.	
Origin:	Children's Services National Minimum Data Dictionary, AIHW 2005.	
Reference documents:	The ABS standards for the collection of labour force surveys appear on the ABS Website. Australian Bureau of Statistics. Demographic Variables. Cat No. 1285.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Amount of assistance
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—amount of assistance, total hours NNN	
Synonymous names:	Hours of assistance, Hours of support received, Amount of support	
METeOR identifier:	323093	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The number of hours of assistance received by a client of an agency or organisation. 	
Data Element Concept:	Client—amount of assistance	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NNN	
Maximum character length:	3	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

999	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Hour (h)	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Total hours expressed as 000, 001 etc.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	As this data element is a measure of time (in hours) of services directly received by clients it will not accrue to give a total of assistance provided on an agency or organisation (in terms of money, time or quantity of goods or services). Therefore it should not be used for National Accounts reporting.	
Collection methods:	Where clients receive support in a group setting the hours received in this setting for all attending service users should be reported (i.e. agencies should not apportion group hours across the number of clients attending). For example, where one worker is supplying services to 3 clients for 4 hours, each client should be counted as receiving 4 hours of service.
Hours received during sleepover duties should be included in the total hours received by the client.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.
CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Area of usual residence
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	455536	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Health, Standard 22/11/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	Geographical location of usual residence of the person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—area of usual residence	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The geographical location is reported using a five digit numerical code to indicate the Statistical Local Area (SLA) within the reporting state or territory, as defined in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) (Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS), catalogue number 1216.0). It is a composite of state/territory identifier and SLA (first digit = state/territory identifier, next four digits = SLA). 
The Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) is updated by the ABS on an annual basis, with a date of effect of 1 July each year.
Up until 2007, the ABS's National Localities Index (NLI) (catalogue number 1252.0.55.001) was available as a coding tool designed to assist users assign the ASGC Main Structure codes to street address information. However, the NLI is no longer produced by the ABS. To replace the Localities file of the NLI, the ABS has created a Locality to SLA correspondence file for 2011. This file is available on request by contacting ABS Geography at geography@abs.gov.au.	

Collection methods:	When collecting the geographical location of a person's usual place of residence, the ABS recommends that 'usual' be defined as: 'the place where the person has or intends to live for 6 months or more, or the place that the person regards as their main residence, or where the person has no other residence, the place they currently reside.' Apart from collecting a person's usual place of residence there is also a need in some collections to collect area of residence immediately prior to or after assistance is provided, or at some other point in time.	
Comments:	Geographical location is reported using SLA to enable accurate aggregation of information to larger areas within the ASGC (such as Statistical Subdivisions and Statistical Divisions) as well as detailed analysis at the SLA level. The use of SLA also allows analysis relating the data to information compiled by the ABS on the demographic and other characteristics of the population of each SLA. Analyses facilitated by the inclusion of SLA information include:
•	comparison of the use of services by persons residing in different geographical areas; 
•	characterisation of catchment areas and populations for establishments for planning purposes; and 
•	documentation of the provision of services to residents of states or territories other than the state or territory of the provider.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification (Australian Bureau of Statistics catalogue number 1216.0)	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011 Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
  Conditional obligation:
Only collected for unit record level collection for Early Childhood Education and Care	

Area of usual residence (CD)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	455512	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/07/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The geographical location of the usual residence of the person, using a seven digit numerical code which indicates the Collection District (CD) within the state or territory of Australia.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—area of usual residence	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNNNN	
Maximum character length:	7	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The geographical location is reported using a seven digit numerical code. The first digit is the single digit code to indicate state or territory. The remaining six digits are the numerical code for the Collection District (CD) within the state or territory.
The single digit codes for the states and territories and the six digit codes for the CDs are as defined in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC).
The ASGC is updated on an annual basis with a date of effect of 1 July each year. The codes for CDs are unique within each state and territory, but not within the whole country. Thus, to define a unique location, the code for the state or territory is required in addition to the code for the CD.	

Collection methods:	When collecting the geographical location of a person's usual place of residence, the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) recommends that 'usual' be defined as: 'the place where the person has or intends to live for 6 months or more, or the place that the person regards as their main residence, or where the person has no other residence, the place they currently reside.' Apart from collecting a person's usual place of residence there is also a need in some collections to collect area of residence immediately prior to or after assistance is provided, or at some other point in time.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 14/07/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Arrival time at service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—arrival time at service, hhmm	
METeOR identifier:	314962	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The time that a person arrives at the place of service delivery.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—arrival time at service	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Time	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	hhmm	
Maximum character length:	4	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ISO 8601:2000 : Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and times	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This data element may be used in conjunction with the data element Departure time from service as a measure of the patterns of service utilisation.	
Comments:	In addition, this data element can be used to calculate the number of hours per day, hours per week and days per week a person uses services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Children’s Services NCSIMG Data Working Group
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Assessment date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—assessment date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	269943	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The date(s) on which the agency undertook an assessment of the client(s) need for assistance, appropriateness of service provision and/or circumstances.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—assessment date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item should always be recorded as an 8-digit valid date comprising day, month and year. Year should always be recorded in its full 4-digit format. For days and months with a numeric value of less than 10, zeros should be used to ensure that the date contains the required 8 digits. For example, if a person was last assessed by an agency on 1 July 2000 the Assessment date should be recorded as 01072000 as specified in the representational layout.	

Collection methods:	When an agency undertakes an assessment of client needs and the adequacy and appropriateness of service provision, the agency should also record or update information about the client's circumstances. While agency practice tends to differ, most clients undergo some form of assessment process when they first become involved with the agency. This process may vary from a relatively simple assessment of eligibility or need for assistance to a comprehensive functional assessment of the person’s ability to undertake tasks of daily living. Agency practice related to the timing and process for re-assessing clients also varies. Although the extent and nature of assessment processes vary depending on the type of assistance provided by the agency, this process does serve as a primary point of data capture/update about the client.
HACC have this metadata item as being derived from Date of assistance received and Primary type of assistance received (where ‘assessment’ is coded).	
Comments:	If records have been linked, the last assessment date is a key piece of information that facilitates analysis by providing a clearly defined basis for the selection of data (i.e. the most recently recorded information) where conflicting values are recorded in the linked file.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Assessment date, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.4 KB) 	
Assistance not provided reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—reason assistance not provided, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270040	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The reason assistance was not provided to a person by a community services agency, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—reason assistance not provided	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Service not offered by agency	

2	
Person not eligible/wrong target group	

3	
Outlet refused service to person/offer refused	

4	
Person or service provider unable to attend	

5	
Assistance currently not available	

6	
Facilities for special needs not available/service inaccessible	

7	
Referred to other more appropriate agency	

8	
Other	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Record main reason assistance not provided.
More specific categories in the data domain (that can map to this data domain) can also provide useful information at an agency or locality level about service gaps and resource limitations. For example code 6 can be broken up into a number of more specific categories to ascertain whether people are having trouble accessing services due to lack of interpreter services, disabled access to a building, etc. This information can help individual agencies better allocate their resources.
Examples of the above categories are:
CODE 3 Outlet refused service to person/offer refused
Due to inappropriate behaviour or person failed to present and did not contact the agency.
CODE 4 Person or service provider unable to attend
For example, unscheduled staff absence or unscheduled events such as bad weather or electricity failure.
CODE 5 Assistance currently not available
The place, service or resource is not currently available or a waiting period applies.
CODE 6 Facilities for special needs not available/service inaccessible
Facilities for special needs such as disability, cultural, language etc, not available; no disabled access to building; too far away; service not provided in days or hours required.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This item should at the least be collected for the primary reason that assistance is not provided. Other reasons can also be collected, but the primary reason should also be specified.
This item should be linked to a type of services or a particular event (such as a referral/contact event or a particular request for service).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance - reason not provided, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (17.1 KB) 	
Assistance received date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—assistance received date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	270042	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date on which a client receives assistance from an agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—assistance received date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item should always be recorded as an 8-digit valid date comprising day, month and year. Year should always be recorded in its full 4-digit format. For days and months with a numeric value of less than 10, zeros should be used to ensure that the date contains the required 8 digits. For example if a person received assistance from an agency on 1 July 2000 the Assistance receipt date should be recorded as 01072000 as specified in the representational layout.	
Collection methods:	The date recorded should reflect the date on which the client received any type of assistance. Where a client receives more than one occasion of service on the same day, the agency should separately record each occasion of service against the same date.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Assistance received date, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.2 KB) 	
Assistance request date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—assistance request date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	270043	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which assistance was requested.	
Context:	Service provision and planning:
This item can be useful for measuring the immediacy of response times and the responsiveness to people’s requests for assistance (in conjunction with the date the assistance commenced and the reason assistance was requested). It also has important uses in measuring actual assistance provided and unmet demand.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—assistance request date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item should always be recorded as an 8-digit valid date comprising day, month and year. Year should always be recorded in its full 4-digit format. For days and months with a numeric value of less than 10, zeros should be used to ensure that the date contains the required 8 digits. For example if a person requested assistance from an agency on 1 July 2000 the Date assistance requested should be recorded as 01072000 as specified in the representational layout.	
Collection methods:	This item should be collected on the date on which a person(s) made the initial request for assistance. The person(s) requesting assistance need not necessarily be a client as a request does not necessarily result in provision of a service.
May be collected for individual types of assistance or service requested.	

Comments:	A request does not necessarily result in provision of a service.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) National Data Collection Agency 2001. National Data Collection Data Dictionary. Version 2. Unpublished	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance request date, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.9 KB) 	
Assistance urgency
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—assistance urgency, code N{.N}	
METeOR identifier:	270102	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The assessed time period within which assistance is needed by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—assistance urgency	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N{.N}	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Within 48 hours	

1.1	
Immediate	

1.2	
Within 24 hours	

1.3	
More than 24 hours but within 48 hours	

2	
More than 2 days but within 14 days	

2.1	
3–4 days	

2.2	
5–6 days	

2.3	
More than 6 days but within 14 days	

3	
More than 14 days	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item measures a perceived need by the service provider and/or professional making the assessment, not a perceived want.	
Collection methods:	Determination of ‘urgency’ should follow an assessment event or some determination by the agency of need.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Data Dictionary Version 1.1, July 1999. Draft Aged Care Assessment Program Minimum Data Set, version 2.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance urgency, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.1 KB) 	
Assistance with activities
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area, code N	
METeOR identifier:	320213	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The level of help and/or supervision a person requires (or would require if the person currently helping/supervising was not available) to perform tasks and actions in a specified life area, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
Does not need help/supervision	

1	
Sometimes needs help/supervision	

2	
Always needs help/supervision	

3	
Unable to do this task or action, even with assistance	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
In the context of health, an activity is the execution of a task or action by an individual. Activity limitations are difficulties an individual may have in executing an activity. 
Activity limitation varies with the environment and is assessed in relation to a particular environment; the absence or presence of assistance, including aids and equipment, is an aspect of the environment.
This value domain records the level of a person's need for help or supervision, in a specified domain, in their overall life. This means that the need for assistance may not be directly relevant to the health or community care service being provided.
Where a life area includes a range of examples, (e.g. domestic life includes cooking, cleaning and shopping), if a person requires assistance in any of the areas then the highest level of assistance should be recorded.
Where need for assistance varies markedly over time (e.g. episodic psychiatric conditions) please record the average level of assistance needed.
The presence of an activity limitation with a given domain is indicated by a non-zero response in this value domain. Activity is limited when an individual, in the context of a health condition, either has need for assistance in performing an activity in an expected manner, or cannot perform the activity at all.
CODE 0 is used when the person has no need for supervision or help and can undertake the activity independently.
CODE 1 is used when the person sometimes needs assistance to perform an activity.
CODE 2 is used when the person always needs assistance to undertake the activity and cannot do the activity without assistance.
CODE 3 is used when the person cannot do the activity even with assistance
CODE 8 is used when a person's need for assistance to undertake the activity is unknown or there is insufficient information to use codes 0-3.
CODE 9 is used where the need for help or supervision is due to the person's age. For example, Education for persons less than 5 years and work for persons less than 15 years.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.
	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW  	

Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
 WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html  	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element, in conjunction with Person—activities and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN], indicates a person's need for assistance in a given domain of activity.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Activities and Participation cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Australian area code
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Australian area code, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	434284	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The standard Australian area code, used in conjunction with contact telephone and facsimile numbers, that also describes the location of an entity, as represented by a two-digit number.
	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Australian area code	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

02	
New South Wales/Australian Capital Territory	

03	
Victoria/Tasmania	

07	
Queensland	

08	
South Australia/Northern Territory/Western Australia, including Christmas Island and Cocos (Keeling) Islands	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Australian Communications Media Authority (ACMA) 2011. 8-digit numbering: four area codes. Canberra: ACMA. Viewed 11 July 2011, http://www.acma.gov.au/WEB/STANDARD/pc=PC_2466	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The two-digit area code should be abbreviated to one-digit when used in conjunction with leading country code. If this is the case, the leading ‘0’ in the area code should be removed, e.g. 03 55551234 becomes 61 3 55551234.
When a country code is used in conjunction with an area code and phone number it should be arranged in the following order: (Country Code) + (Area Code) + Phone Number.
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—International country code, code N[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Address—telephone number, text X[16] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Australian business number (ABN) 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Entity—Australian business number (ABN), identifier N(11)	
METeOR identifier:	429148	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Early Childhood, Proposed 31/05/2011	
Definition:	A unique identifier allocated to an individual, association, or other legal or administrative unit for the purposes of identification in dealings with the Australian Government, or for other Commonwealth purposes, in particular with respect to taxation laws.	
Data Element Concept:	Entity—Australian business number (ABN)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N(11)	
Maximum character length:	11	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian business number (ABN) was introduced on 1 July 2000 to enable businesses in Australia to deal with a range of government departments and agencies using a single identification number. 
An entity receives one ABN, regardless of the number of commercial activities or enterprises it undertakes. However, if the enterprise is carried on by a number of different entity types, each entity needs to register in its own right. 
When used in relation to an ABN, an entity is defined in section184-1 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cwth)
 as the following: 
(a) an *individual; 
(b) a body corporate; 
(c) a corporation sole; 
(d) a body politic; 
(e) a *partnership; 
(f) any other unincorporated association or body of persons; 
(g) a trust;
(h) a *superannuation fund. 
*This does not apply in all cases. See subsection 184-1 of the GST Act. 
The terms 'individual', 'partnership' and 'superannuation fund' are defined in the Dictionary to the GST Act (section 195-1).10 Where terms are not defined they take their meaning from the general law. 
In some cases particular organisations are treated as if they are entities. This applies to government entities and non-profit sub-entities. In the absence of this treatment some of these organisations would only be part of another entity. For a further discussion of these entities, see paragraphs 87 to 91 of the Ruling MT 2006/1 The New Tax System: the meaning of entity carrying on an enterprise for the purposes of entitlement to an Australian Business Number. 
A legal person, including a company, is an entity in itself and can also be a part of another entity. For example, an individual is an entity and can be a partner in a partnership. Further, a legal person is taken to be a separate entity in a different role or capacity from itself when that person is a trustee of a trust or a superannuation fund. For further information about multiple roles, see paragraphs 81 to 86 of the Ruling. 
A similar definition of 'entity' can be found in section 960-100 of the ITAA 1997. It is intended that the term 'entity' has a common meaning across the ABN, GST and income tax Acts. However, the particular definition of 'entity' still needs to be considered in the context of the Act in which it is found. Also note for ABN and GST purposes a defined part of an entity may be taken to be an entity in itself.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Taxation Office 2006.  The New Tax System: the meaning of entity carrying on an enterprise for the purposes of entitlement to an Australian Business Number. Australian Taxation Office, Canberra. Viewed 21 February 2011,
<http://law.ato.gov.au/atolaw/
view.htm?Docid=MXR%2FMT20061%
2FNAT%2FATO%2F00001>
Australasian Legal Information Institute 1999. A new tax system (goods and services tax) ACT 1999. A NEW TAX SYSTEM (GOODS AND SERVICES TAX) ACT 1999. Australasian Legal Information Institute, NSW. Viewed 21 February 2011, 
<http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/legis/
cth/consol_act/antsasta1999402/>	
Australian postcode (address)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN}	
METeOR identifier:	429894	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The Australian numeric descriptor for a postal delivery area for an address.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Australian postcode	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Postcode datafile	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	{NNNN}	
Maximum character length:	4	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Australian postal addresses should include a valid postcode. Refer to the Australia Post Address Presentation Standard for rules on presentation and positioning of postcodes on mail.
For a full list of Australian postcodes visit the Australia Post website: www.auspost.com.au
This data element may be used in the analysis of data on a geographical basis which involves a conversion from postcodes to the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) postal areas. This conversion results in some inaccuracy of information as postcodes do not have a geographic definition and boundaries are not well defined. However, in some data sets postcode is the only geographic identifier, therefore the use of other more accurate indicators (e.g. Statistical areas - SA) is not always possible. 
When dealing with aggregate data, postal areas, converted from postcodes, can be mapped to Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS) codes using an ABS concordance, for example to determine SA2s. For a more advanced concordance, locality, postcode and state, which are all part of an address, used in conjunction can effectively code data to the SA1 level and above in the ASGS.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—statistical area, level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9) Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011 Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Australian state/territory identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—Australian state/territory identifier, code N	
METeOR identifier:	286919	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	The Australian state or territory where a person can be located, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—Australian state/territory identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
New South Wales	

2	
Victoria	

3	
Queensland	

4	
South Australia	

5	
Western Australia	

6	
Tasmania	

7	
Northern Territory	

8	
Australian Capital Territory	

9	
Other territories (Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Christmas Island and Jervis Bay Territory)	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The order presented here is the standard for the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS). Other organisations (including the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare) publish data in state order based on population (that is, Western Australia before South Australia and Australian Capital Territory before Northern Territory). 	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC). Cat No. 1216.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Irrespective of how the information is coded, conversion of the codes to the ABS standard must be possible.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2004. Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) (Cat No. 1216.0). Viewed 13 October 2005.	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
In AS4846 and AS5017 alternative codes are presented. Refer to the current standard for more details.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person (address)—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Australian state/territory identifier (service provider organisation)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier, code N	
METeOR identifier:	289083	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 07/12/2005
Housing assistance, Proposed 01/11/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	An identifier of the Australian state or territory where an organisation or agency can be located, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
New South Wales	

2	
Victoria	

3	
Queensland	

4	
South Australia	

5	
Western Australia	

6	
Tasmania	

7	
Northern Territory	

8	
Australian Capital Territory	

9	
Other territories (Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Christmas Island and Jervis Bay Territory)	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The order presented here is the standard for the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS). Other organisations (including the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare) publish data in state order based on population (that is, Western Australia before South Australia and Australian Capital Territory before Northern Territory). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC). Cat No. 1216.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Irrespective of how the information is coded, conversion of the codes to the ABS standard must be possible.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Health Data Standard Committee
National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
In AS4846 and AS5017 alternative codes are presented. Refer to the current standard for more details.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Australian state/territory identifier of address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Australian state/territory identifier, code AA[A]	
Synonymous names:	State/territory code	
METeOR identifier:	430134	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	An identifier of the state or territory of an address, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Australian state/territory identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[A]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

NSW	
New South Wales	

VIC 	
Victoria	

QLD	
Queensland	

SA	
South Australia	

WA	
Western Australia	

TAS	
Tasmania	

NT	
Northern Territory	

ACT	
Australian Capital Territory	

AAT	
Australian Antarctic Territory	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	These Australian state/territory codes are used for addressing purposes only. The codes are listed in the order commonly used for statistical reporting by ABS and used in the National Standard for Australian state/territory identifier.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name
•	Address number or number range
•	Road name (name/type/suffix)
•	Locality
•	State/Territory
•	Postcode (optional)
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Blow to the head indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—blow to the head indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
METeOR identifier:	358833	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person has ever received a blow to the head resulting in a loss of consciousness, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—blow to the head indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This information is based on self-reporting. Only record blows to the head which resulted in a loss of consciousness.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Body function
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—body function, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN]	
Synonymous names:	Body function code	
METeOR identifier:	320141	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The physiological or psychological function of a person's body system, as represented by a code.   	
Data Element Concept:	Person—body function	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN[NNNN]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Data can be collected at the three digit level in one chapter and at the chapter level in another. However it is only possible to collect data at a single level of the hierarchy in a single chapter to maintain mutual exclusivity. For example, it is not permitted to collect both Exercise tolerance functions (3 digit level) and 'fatigability' (4-digit level) as the former includes the latter.
The value domain below refers to the highest hierarchical level (ICF chapter level). Data collected at this level, in association with Impairment extent code N will use the codes as indicated. 
CODE b1 Mental functions
CODE b2 Sensory functions and pain
CODE b3 Voice and speech functions
CODE b4 Functions of the cardiovascular, haematological, immunological and respiratory systems
CODE b5 Functions of the digestive, metabolic and the endocrine system 
CODE b6 Genitourinary and reproductive functions
CODE b7 Neuromusculoskeletal and movement-related functions
CODE b8 Functions of the skin and related structures
Data collected at this level will provide a general description of the structures and can only be compared with data collected at the same level. 
Each chapter contains categories at different levels ordered from general to detailed. For more detailed information the user should follow the structure of the ICF; the codes should be drawn from the same hierarchical level within any particular chapter. The full range of permissible values together, with definitions is listed in the Body Functions component of the ICF. 
An example of a value domain at the 3 digit level from the Sensory functions and pain chapter may include:
CODE b210   Seeing functions 
CODE b230   Hearing functions 
CODE b235   Vestibular functions 
CODE b250   Taste functions 
CODE b255   Smell functions 
CODE b260   Proprioceptive functions
CODE b265   Touch functions
CODE b270   Sensory functions related to temperature and other stimuli
CODE b279   Additional sensory functions, other specified and unspecified
An example of a value domain at the 4 digit level from the body function component  may include: 
CODE b1300   Energy level
CODE b1400   Sustaining attention
CODE b1442   Retrieval of memory
CODE b1521   Regulation of emotion
CODE b1641   Organization and planning
The prefix b denotes the domains within the component of Body Functions. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element can be used to record positive or neutral body function, as well as impairment of body function when used in conjunction with the metadata item Person—extent of impairment of body function, code (ICF 2001)N.
Where multiple body functions or impairments of body functions are recorded, the following prioritising system should be useful. 
•	The first recorded body function or impairment of body function is the one having the greatest impact on the individual. 
•	Second and subsequent body function or impairment of body function is also of relevance to the individual.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—extent of impairment of body function, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body functions cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—body structure, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN]	
Synonymous names:	Body structure code	
METeOR identifier:	320147	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	An anatomical part of a person's body such as organs, limbs or their components, as represented by a code.   	
Data Element Concept:	Person—body structure	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN[NNNN]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept disability and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Data can be collected at the three digit level in one chapter and at the chapter level in another. However it is only possible to collect data at a single level of the hierarchy in a single chapter to maintain mutual exclusivity. For example, it is not permitted to collect both 'Skin and related structures' (chapter level) and 'Structure of nails' (3 digit level) as the former includes the latter.
The value domain below refers to the highest hierarchical level (ICF chapter level). Data collected at this level, in association with respective qualifiers (Impairment extent code N, Impairment nature code N, Impairment location code N) will use the codes as indicated. 
CODE s1 Structures of the nervous system
CODE s2 The eye, ear and related structures
CODE s3 Structures involved in voice and speech
CODE s4 Structures of the cardiovascular, immunological and respiratory systems
CODE s5 Structures related to the digestive, metabolic and endocrine systems
CODE s6 Structures related to the genitourinary and reproductive systems
CODE s7 Structures related to movement
CODE s8 Skin and related structures
Data collected at this level will provide a general description of the structures and can only be compared with data collected at the same level. 
Each chapter contains categories at different levels ordered from general to detailed. For more detailed information the user should follow the structure of the ICF; the codes should be drawn from the same hierarchical level within any particular chapter. The full range of permissible values together with definitions is listed in the Body Structures component of the ICF. 
An example of a value domain at the 3 digit level from the Structures of the nervous system chapter may include:
CODE s110   Structure of the brain
CODE s120   Spinal cord and related structures
CODE s130   Structure of the meninges
CODE s140   Structure of sympathetic nervous system
CODE s150   Structure of parasympathetic nervous system
CODE s198   Structure of the nervous system, other specified
CODE s199   Structure of the nervous system, unspecified
An example of a value domain at the 4 digit level from the Structures related to movement chapter may include: 
CODE s7300   Structure of upper arm
CODE s7301   Structure of forearm
CODE s7302   Structure of hand
CODE s7500   Structure of thigh
CODE s7501   Structure of lower leg
CODE s7502   Structure of ankle and foot
CODE s7600   Structure of vertebral column
The prefix s denotes the domains within the component of Body Structures. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW
	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm
 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element consists of a single, neutral list of body structures that can be used to record positive or neutral body function.  In conjunction with Impairment extent code N, it enables the provision of information about the presence and extent of impairment for any given body structures; with Impairment nature code N, the provision of information about the nature of the impairment for given body functions; and Impairment location code N, the location of the impairment for given body functions.
Where multiple body structures or impairments of body structures are recorded, the following prioritising system should be useful:
•	The first recorded body structure or impairment of body function is the one having the greatest impact on the individual. 
•	Second and subsequent body structure or impairment of body function is also of relevance to the individual.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body structures cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Building/complex sub-unit type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—building/complex sub-unit type, code AA[AA]	
Synonymous names:	Sub-complex unit type code	
METeOR identifier:	429004	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	Within a complex, an abbreviation used to distinguish the type of address found within a building/sub-complex or marina.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—building/complex sub-unit type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[AA]	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

ANT	
Antenna	

APT	
Apartment	

ATM	
Automated Teller Machine	

BBQ	
Barbecue	

BTSD	
Boatshed	

BLDG	
Building	

BNGW	
Bungalow	

CAGE	
Cage	

CARP	
Carpark	

CARS	
Carspace	

CLUB	
Club	

COOL	
Coolroom	

CTGE	
Cottage	

DUPL	
Duplex	

FCTY	
Factory	

FLAT	
Flat	

GRGE	
Garage	

HALL	
Hall	

HSE	
House	

KSK	
Kiosk	

LSE	
Lease	

LBBY	
Lobby	

LOFT	
Loft	

LOT	
Lot	

MSNT	
Maisonette	

MBTH	
Marine Berth	

OFFC	
Office	

RESV	
Reserve	

ROOM	
Room	

SHED	
Shed	

SHOP	
Shop	

SHRM	
Showroom	

SIGN	
Sign	

SITE	
Site	

STLL	
Stall	

STOR	
Store	

STR	
Strata unit	

STU	
Studio/studio apartment	

SUBS	
Substation	

SE	
Suite	

TNCY	
Tenancy	

TWR	
Tower	

TNHS	
Townhouse	

UNIT	
Unit	

VLT	
Vault	

VLLA	
Villa	

WARD	
Ward	

WHSE	
Wharehouse	

WKSH	
Workshop	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Addresses may contain multiple instances of building/complex type. Record each instance of building/complex type with its corresponding building/complex number when appropriate. 
Examples:
APT 6
SHOP 3A
UNIT 6	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
Usage examples:
Mrs Joyce Citizen
Apartment 7 (Sub-dwelling unit type code is APT)
Level 3
Apex Building
48 Johnson Rd
CLAYTON VIC 3168
Mr XYZ
Suite 54 (Sub-dwelling unit type code is SE)
Beacon Cove Foodstore
103 Beach Road
PORT MELBOURNE VIC 3207	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Carer Allowance (Child) receipt indicator 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Parent/guardian—receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Receipt of Carer Allowance (Child)	
METeOR identifier:	323286	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether a parent or guardian of a person is in receipt of the 'Carer Allowance (Child)', as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Parent/guardian—receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should not be reported if the service user is aged 16 years or more, even if the person's parent or guardian receives 'Carer Allowance (Child)'. 
This data element does not refer to the 'Carer Payment' (formerly 'Carer Pension'), even though some parents or carers of children aged less than 16 years may receive 'Carer Payment' as well as 'Carer Allowance (Child)' (formerly the 'Child Disability Allowance').
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
This code should only be recorded when it has not been possible for the service user or their carer/family/advocate to provide the information (i.e., they have been asked but do not know).	
Comments:	 Used to assess the relationship between receipt of 'Carer Allowance (Child)' and receipt of other services. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2006. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection Data Guide: Data items and definitions, 2006-07. Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, Canberra. Viewed 20 November 2006. <http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/csda_public/06-07_data/data_guide_2006-07.doc>	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Case management goal status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—case management goal status, code N	
Synonymous names:	Extent case management goals achieved	
METeOR identifier:	401048	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The extent to which a client has achieved his/her case management goals, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—case management goal status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Not at all	

2	
Up to half	

3	
Half or more	

4	
All	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Not at all 
This option is selected if no case management goals were achieved.
CODE 2   Up to half
This option is used if less than half the case management goals were achieved.
CODE 3   Half or more
This option is selected if at least half the case management goals were achieved.
CODE 4   All
This option is used if all case management goals were achieved.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The permissible values for this data element are used to form the response categories to the question:
"To what extent does the case worker think the client has achieved their goals over the past reporting period?"	
Comments:	This item is answered from the perspective of the agency worker. It is answered at the end of a reporting period as to whether the case management goals were achieved.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Client—case management plan goal status, code N Community Services, Superseded 02/11/2010	
Case management plan indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—case management plan indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	321129	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether or not a current (at the time of recording) case management plan has been developed for the client, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—case management plan indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This metadata item would be collected either at an initial assessment or subsequent assessments of a person(s).
Due to the variety across community services as to what constitutes a case management plan, and whether it is considered to be developed, agreed to and implemented, it is up to individual collections to further clearly specify these aspects when collecting data for their individual purposes. This could include whether or not the plan is written.
An example of a question used by the Day Therapy Centre program (DTC) to establish whether a care plan has been developed for the client is:
Was a care plan developed for the person?
•	Yes
•	No
Individual collections may also have certain quality issues regarding case management plans that may be as important as whether or not one has been developed. 	
Comments:	A case management plan is a personal plan or a support agreement that usually has a statement of the person(s) problems or needs, some goals for the person(s) and strategies to achieve those goals. It is usually developed between the person and agency as a result of an assessment process.
The plan or agreement can relate to services provided by one agency or a number of agencies.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	National Community Services Data Dictionary Version 2, 2000	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Client—case management plan indicator, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Case plan review date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—case plan review date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Date of case plan review	
METeOR identifier:	316408	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a written plan of action for the client was reviewed.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—case plan review date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The date the case plan was actually reviewed or revised may not be the same as when any action specified in the plan was initiated or actually occurred.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Child Protection and Support Services (NCPASS) data group.	
Origin:	National Child Protection and Support Services National Minimum Data Set data collection manual, AIHW. September 2005.	
Caseworker allocation date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—caseworker allocation date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	317373	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The date a client is allocated a caseworker.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—caseworker allocation date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This data item may be collected for the date on which the initial case worker was allocated and for subsequent dates on which a client may be allocated a new case worker. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Child Protection and Support Services (NCPASS) data group.	
Origin:	Child protection and support services national minimum data set data collection manual, AIHW September 2005.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) case worker cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Centrelink customer reference number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—government funding identifier, Centrelink customer reference number N(9)A	
Synonymous names:	CRN; Centrelink reference number	
METeOR identifier:	369274	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 12/08/2008
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A unique identifier allocated to a customer or organisation, or other item of interest.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—government funding identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N(9)A	
Maximum character length:	10	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This identifier is assigned by Centrelink. The CRN consists of nine digits and one alphabetic character, generated and validation by an internal Centrelink Algorithm.	
Comments:	The Centrelink Reference Number (CRN) is a unique identifier assigned to people and certain organisations that have one or more recognised relationships with Centrelink. In most cases, these entities receive services provided by Centrelink. It is used by Centrelink as the primary key for a customer's record.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Centrelink.	
Origin:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification	
Change to body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320171	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The qualitative or quantitative change of a person's impairment in a specified body structure, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—nature of impairment of body structure	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
No change in structure	

1	
Total absence	

2	
Partial absence	

3	
Additional part	

4	
Aberrant dimensions	

5	
Discontinuity	

6	
Deviating position	

7	
Qualitative changes in structure	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Impairments of body structure are problems in body structure such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages.
CODE 0 No change in structure
Used when the structure of the body part is within the range of the population standard.
CODE 1 Total absence
Used when the body structure is not present. For example total absence of the structures of the lower leg following a thorough knee amputation.
CODE 2 Partial absence
Used when only part of a body structure is present. For example partial absence of the bones of the lower leg following below knee amputation.
CODE 3 Additional part
Used when a structure, not usually present in the population is present, for example a sixth lumbar vertebra or an sixth digit on one hand.
CODE 4 Aberrant dimensions
Used when the shape and size of a body structure is significantly different from the population standard. For example radial aplasia where the shape and size of the radial bone does not develop.
CODE 5 Discontinuity
Used when parts of a body structure are separated, for example cleft palate or fracture.
CODE 6 Deviating position
Used when the location of a structure is not according to population standard; for example, transposition of the great vessels, where the aorta arises from the right ventricle and the pulmonary vessels from the left ventricle.
CODE 7 Qualitative changes in structure
Used when the structure of a body part is altered from the population standard. This includes accumulation of fluid, changes in bone structure as a result of osteoporosis or Paget’s disease.
CODE 8 Not specified
Used when there is a change to a body structure, but the nature of the change is not described.
CODE 9 Not applicable
Used when it is not appropriate to code the nature of the change to a body structure.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites: 
WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used in conjunction with specified body structures, for example ‘partial absence of structures related to movement’. This data element may also be used in conjunction with Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N and Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body structures cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Child abuse and neglect type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Child—abuse and neglect type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270166	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type of physical, sexual or emotional actions or inactions which have resulted in, or are likely to result in, significant harm or injury to a child, or risk of significant harm or injury to a child, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Child—abuse and neglect type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Physical abuse	

2	
Emotional abuse	

3	
Sexual abuse	

4	
Neglect	

5	
Other	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/ inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	These categories may be used in different ways by different jurisdictions, depending on the state or territories own definitions, policies and practices. In addition, a child subject to abuse and neglect is often subject to more than one type of abuse and neglect (for example, sexual abuse is often also associated with emotional abuse).	
Comments:	The National Child Protection and Support Services Working Group, is undertaking considerable work to improve the comparability of child protection data. This work will impact upon the definitions and data collections in the child protection area.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Child protection, Australia, 1997–98 (AIHW)
Comparability of Child Protection Data 1999 (AIHW)
Children Protection Australia: data collection standards, tables, & counting rules 1998–1999 (AIHW)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Child abuse and neglect type, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.3 KB) 	
Citizenship country
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—citizenship country, country code (SACC 2011) NNNN	
METeOR identifier:	431026	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The country in which a person has acquired citizenship, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—citizenship country	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 (SACC) is a four-digit, three-level hierarchical structure specifying major group, minor group and country.
A country, even if it comprises other discrete political entities such as states, is treated as a single unit for all data domain purposes. Parts of a political entity are not included in different groups. Thus, Hawaii is included in Northern America (as part of the identified country United States of America), despite being geographically close to and having similar social and cultural characteristics as the units classified to Polynesia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	A person may have multiple or dual citizenships. Each should be recorded separately.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Communication method
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—communication method, code N	
METeOR identifier:	345093	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The method of communication, including sign language, most effectively used by the person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—communication method	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Spoken language	

2	
Sign language	

3	
Other effective non-spoken communication (e.g. Canon Communicator, Compic)	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1, 2 and 3
The communication must be effective in that the person must be able to communicate more than just basic needs, to unfamiliar people, using this method. 
This item is considered ‘not applicable’ to young children, i.e. children aged 0–4 years 	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Method of communication is an important indicator of potential barriers to social inclusion, particularly in conjunction with data on country of birth and interpreter services required.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—communication method, code N Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
See also Person—effective communication indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Complex road name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—complex road name, text X[45]	
Synonymous names:	Complex street name	
METeOR identifier:	429376	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name of the road/thoroughfare of an address within a complex, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—complex road name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[45]	
Maximum character length:	45	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
Within a road name it is possible to find what appears to be a Road type. It is also possible to have a null Road type.
Usage Examples:
Biology Building B
20-24 Genetics Lane North (Complex road name is Genetics)
Blamey Research Institute
1-131 Sunshine Rd
CAIRNS QLD 4870
Rose Cottage
9 Garden Walk (Complex road name is Garden)
Happy Valley Retirement Village
75 Davis Street
NORWOOD SA 5067	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—complex road type, code AA[AA] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Complex road number 1
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—complex road number 1, road number X[6]	
Synonymous names:	Complex house number 1; Complex street number 1	
METeOR identifier:	429268	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier of an address, or the start number for a ranged address, in the road or thoroughfare within a complex.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—complex road number 1	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[6]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
In the case of a ranged address within a complex, this data element is used in combination with the Address—complex road number 2, road number X[6] data element to obtain the first and last numbers of the address.  
Usage Examples:
Biology Building B
20-24 Genetics Lane North (Complex road number 1 is 20)
Blamey Research Institute
1-131 Sunshine Rd
CAIRNS QLD 4870
Rose Cottage
9 Garden Walk (Complex road number 1 is 9)
Happy Valley Retirement Village
75 Davis Street
Guide for use/examples
NORWOOD SA 5067
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
Address site (or Primary Complex) name
Address number or number range
Road name (name/type/suffix)
Locality
State/Territory
Postcode (optional)
Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—complex road number 2, road number X[6] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Complex road number 2
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—complex road number 2, road number X[6]	
Synonymous names:	Complex house number 2; Complex street number 2	
METeOR identifier:	429264	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier for the last number for a ranged address in the road or thoroughfare in which a complex is located.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—complex road number 2	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[6]	
Maximum character length:	6	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
In the case of a ranged address within a complex, this data element is used in combination with the Address—complex road number 1, road number X[6] data element to obtain the first and last numbers of the address.
Usage Example:
Biology Building B
20-24 Genetics Lane North (Complex road number 2 is 24)
Blamey Research Institute
1-131 Sunshine Rd 
CAIRNS QLD 4870
 This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
Address site (or Primary Complex) name
Address number or number range
Road name (name/type/suffix)
Locality
State/Territory
Postcode (optional)
Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—complex road number 1, road number X[6] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Complex road suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—complex road suffix, street suffix code A[A]	
Synonymous names:	Complex road suffix code; Complex street suffix code	
METeOR identifier:	429397	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An abbreviation representing the suffix of the road/thoroughfare of an address within a complex, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—complex road suffix	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	A[A]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

CN	
Central	

E	
East	

EX	
Extension	

LR	
Lower	

N	
North	

NE	
North East	

NW	
North West	

S	
South	

SE	
South East	

SW	
South West	

UP	
Upper	

W	
West	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
Usage Example:
Biology Building B
20-24 Genetics Lane North (Complex road suffix code is N)
Blamey Research Institute
1-131 Sunshine Rd
CAIRNS QLD 4870	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Complex road type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—complex road type, code AA[AA]	
Synonymous names:	Complex street type code; Complex road type code	
METeOR identifier:	429387	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An abbreviation used to distinguish the type of road or thoroughfare of an address within a complex. 	
Data Element Concept:	Address—complex road type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[AA]	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

ACCS	
Access	

ALLY	
Alley	

ALWY	
Alleyway	

AMBL	
Amble	

APP	
Approach	

ARC	
Arcade	

ARTL	
Arterial	

ARTY	
Artery	

AV	
Avenue	

BA	
Banan	

BEND	
Bend	

BWLK	
Boardwalk	

BVD	
Boulevard	

BR	
Brace	

BRAE	
Brae	

BRK	
Break	

BROW	
Brow	

BYPA	
Bypass	

BYWY	
Byway	

CSWY	
Causeway	

CTR	
Centre	

CH	
Chase	

CIR	
Circle	

CCT	
Circuit	

CRCS	
Circus	

CL	
Close	

CON	
Concourse	

CPS	
Copse	

CNR	
Corner	

CT	
Court	

CTYD	
Courtyard	

COVE	
Cove	

CR	
Crescent	

CRST	
Crest	

CRSS	
Cross	

CSAC	
Cul-de-sac	

CUTT	
Cutting	

DALE	
Dale	

DIP	
Dip	

DR	
Drive	

DVWY	
Driveway	

EDGE	
Edge	

ELB	
Elbow	

END	
End	

ENT	
Entrance	

ESP	
Esplanade	

EXP	
Expressway	

FAWY	
Fairway	

FOLW	
Follow	

FTWY	
Footway	

FORM	
Formation	

FWY	
Freeway	

FRTG	
Frontage	

GAP	
Gap	

GDNS	
Gardens	

GTE	
Gate	

GLDE	
Glade	

GLEN	
Glen	

GRA	
Grange	

GRN	
Green	

GR	
Grove	

HTS	
Heights	

HIRD	
Highroad	

HWY	
Highway	

HILL	
Hill	

INTG	
Interchange	

JNC	
Junction	

KEY	
Key	

LANE	
Lane	

LNWY	
Laneway	

LINE	
Line	

LINK	
Link	

LKT	
Lookout	

LOOP	
Loop	

MALL	
Mall	

MNDR	
Meander	

MEWS	
Mews	

MTWY	
Motorway	

NOOK	
Nook	

OTLK	
Outlook	

PDE	
Parade	

PWY	
Parkway	

PASS	
Pass	

PSGE	
Passage	

PATH	
Path	

PWAY	
Pathway	

PIAZ	
Piazza	

PLZA	
Plaza	

PKT	
Pocket	

PNT	
Point	

PORT	
Port	

PROM	
Promenade	

QDRT	
Quadrant	

QYS	
Quays	

RMBL	
Ramble	

REST	
Rest	

RTT	
Retreat	

RDGE	
Ridge	

RISE	
Rise	

RD	
Road	

RTY	
Rotary	

RTE	
Route	

ROW	
Row	

RUE	
Rue	

SVWY	
Serviceway	

SHUN	
Shunt	

SPUR	
Spur	

SQ	
Square	

ST	
Street	

SBWY	
Subway	

TARN	
Tarn	

TCE	
Terrace	

THFR	
Thoroughfare	

TLWY	
Tollway	

TOP	
Top	

TOR	
Tor	

TRK	
Track	

TRL	
Trail	

TURN	
Turn	

UPAS	
Underpass	

VALE	
Vale	

VIAD	
Viaduct	

VIEW	
View	

VSTA	
Vista	

WALK	
Walk	

WKWY	
Walkway	

WHRF	
Wharf	

WYND	
Wynd	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The recommended code description is the list of standard street type abbreviations in AS/NZS 4819.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to provide unique definition.
NOTE: Within a Road name it is possible to find what appears to be a Road type (e.g. The Boulevard). It is also possible to have a null Road type.
Usage Example:
Biology Building B
20-24 Genetics Lane North (Complex road type code is LA)
Blamey Research Institute
1-131 Sunshine Rd
CAIRNS QLD 4870
Rose Cottage
9 Garden Walk (Complex road type code is WK)
Happy Valley Retirement Village
75 Davis Street
NORWOOD SA 5067	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—complex road name, text X[45] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Consent obtained indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—consent obtained indicator, yes/no code N	
Synonymous names:	Consent obtained	
METeOR identifier:	338737	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether the client has agreed to have personal information recorded, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—consent indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Code 1 Yes
Information has been provided to the client about the recording of personal information and they have given their consent to being involved. 
Code 2 No
The client has been asked to give consent but has refused, or if consent was not obtained for other reasons. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Corporation indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—corporation indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	315191	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether the group or organisation which is responsible for managing the service is legally termed a corporation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—corporation indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A corporation is a legal entity that:
•	is created for the purpose of producing goods and services for the market;
•	may be a source of profit or other financial gain to its owner(s); and
•	is collectively owned by shareholders who have the authority to appoint directors responsible for its general management.
•	Respondents should choose 'no' if the legal entity of their service's owner or management group does not reflect the definition.	
Country code of address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—country identifier, country code (ISO 3166)  AA	
METeOR identifier:	430165	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The country identifier of an address, as represented by the International Standards Organisation code for countries.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—country identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Standards Organisation codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions, Part 1: Country codes (ISO 3166, 2006)	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA	
Maximum character length:	2	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	AUSTRALIA should not be printed on domestic mail.
For international mailing purposes the full country name must be used.
Mail for Australian Island Territories (e.g. Christmas Island, Norfolk Island) is treated as Australian domestic mail with the name of the island included as the locality information.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable). 	
Collection methods:	If this data element is blank the address is by default an Australian address.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—country identifier, code (SACC 2008) NNNN Community Services, Superseded 28/02/2012, Health, Superseded 28/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Country identifier (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (address)—country identifier, code (SACC 2011) NNNN	
METeOR identifier:	459971	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 28/02/2012
Health, Standard 28/02/2012	
Definition:	The country component of the address of a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (address)—country identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 (SACC) is a four-digit, three-level hierarchical structure specifying major group, minor group and country.
A country, even if it comprises other discrete political entities such as states, is treated as a single unit for all data domain purposes. Parts of a political entity are not included in different groups. Thus, Hawaii is included in Northern America (as part of the identified country United States of America), despite being geographically close to and having similar social and cultural characteristics as the units classified to Polynesia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Collect the data at the 4-digit level.	
Comments:	Note that the Standard Australian Classification of Countries (SACC) is mappable to but not identical to Australian Standard Classification of Countries for Social Statistics (ASCCSS).	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Standard Australian Classification of Countries Edition 1, Catalogue number 1269.0, 2011, Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—country identifier, code (SACC 2008) NNNN Community Services, Superseded 28/02/2012, Health, Superseded 28/02/2012	
Country of birth
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—country of birth, code (SACC 2011) NNNN	
METeOR identifier:	459973	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The country in which the person was born, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—country of birth	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 (SACC) is a four-digit, three-level hierarchical structure specifying major group, minor group and country.
A country, even if it comprises other discrete political entities such as states, is treated as a single unit for all data domain purposes. Parts of a political entity are not included in different groups. Thus, Hawaii is included in Northern America (as part of the identified country United States of America), despite being geographically close to and having similar social and cultural characteristics as the units classified to Polynesia.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Some data collections ask respondents to specify their country of birth. In others, a pre-determined set of countries is specified as part of the question, usually accompanied by an ‘other (please specify)’ category.
Recommended questions are: 
In which country were you/was the person/was (name) born?
Australia 
Other (please specify)
Alternatively, a list of countries may be used based on, for example common Census responses.
In which country were you/was the person/was (name) born? 
Australia 
England 
New Zealand 
Italy 
Viet Nam 
India 
Scotland 
Philippines 
Greece 
Germany 
Other (please specify)
In either case coding of data should conform to the SACC. 
Sometimes respondents are simply asked to specify whether they were born in either 'English speaking' or 'non-English speaking' countries but this question is of limited use and this method of collection is not recommended.	
Comments:	This metadata item is consistent with that used in the ABS collection methods and is recommended for use whenever there is a requirement for comparison with ABS data (last viewed 2/6/2008).	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—country of birth, code (SACC 2008) NNNN Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Superseded 13/10/2011, Health, Superseded 22/11/2011, Homelessness, Superseded 13/10/2011, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Date accommodation sought
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—date accommodation sought, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	336188	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date a person sought accommodation from an agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—date accommodation sought	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	SAAP demand collection DSS specific information:
The date must be within the specified collection period.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Date accuracy indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA	
METeOR identifier:	294429	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of the accuracy of the components of a reported date, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Date—accuracy indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AAA	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

AAA	
Day, month and year are accurate	

AAE	
Day and month are accurate, year is estimated	

AAU	
Day and month are accurate, year is unknown	

AEE	
Day is accurate, month and year are estimated	

AEU	
Day is accurate, month is estimated, year is unknown	

AUU	
Day is accurate, month and year are unknown	

AUA	
Day is accurate, month is unknown, year is accurate	

AUE	
Day is accurate, month is unknown, year is estimated	

AEA	
Day is accurate, month is estimated, year is accurate	

EAA	
Day is estimated, month and year are accurate	

EAE	
Day is estimated, month is accurate, year is estimated	

EAU	
Day is estimated, month is accurate, year is unknown	

EEA	
Day and month are estimated, year is accurate	

EEE	
Day, month and year are estimated	

EEU	
Day and month are estimated, year is unknown	

EUA	
Day is estimated, month is unknown, year is accurate	

EUE	
Day is estimated, month is unknown, year is estimated	

EUU	
Day is estimated, month and year are unknown	

UAA	
Day is unknown, month and year are accurate	

UAE	
Day is unknown, month is accurate, year is estimated	

UAU	
Day is unknown, month is accurate, year is unknown	

UEA	
Day is unknown, month is estimated, year is accurate	

UEE	
Day is unknown, month and year are estimated	

UEU	
Day is unknown, month is estimated, year is unknown	

UUA	
Day and month are unknown, year is accurate	

UUE	
Day and month are unknown, year is estimated	

UUU	
Day, month and year are unknown	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Any combination of the values A, E, U representing the corresponding level of accuracy of each date component of the reported date.
This data element consists of a combination of three codes, each of which denotes the accuracy of one date component:
A – the referred date component is accurate
E – the referred date component is not known but is estimated
U – the referred date component is not known and not estimated.
This data element contains positional fields (DMY) that reflects the order of the date components in the format (DDMMYYYY) of the reported date:
Field 1 (D) – refers to the accuracy of the day component;
Field 2 (M) – refers to the accuracy of the month component;
Field 3 (Y) – refers to the accuracy of the year component.
Data domain	
Date component (for a format DDMMYYYY)	

(D)ay	
(M)onth	
(Y)ear	

Accurate	
A	
A	
A	

Estimated	
E	
E	
E	

Unknown	
U	
U	
U	

This data element is valid only for use with dates that are reported/exchanged in the format (DDMMYYYY).
Example 1: A date has been sourced from a reliable source and is known as accurate then the Date accuracy indicator should be informed as (AAA).
Example 2: If only the age of the person is known and there is no certainty of the accuracy of this, then the Date accuracy indicator should be informed as (UUE). That is the day and month are “unknown” and the year is “estimated”.
Example 3: If a person was brought in unconscious to an emergency department of a hospital and the only information available was from a relative who was certain of the age and the birthday’s 'month' then the Date accuracy indicator should be informed as (UAA). A year derived from an accurate month and accurate age is always an accurate year.
The Date accuracy indicator can be useful for operational purposes to indicate the level of accuracy that a date has been collected at any point in time. It can indicate whether the stored date needs to be followed up until it reaches the intended minimal required accuracy. For example, if a person was brought in unconscious to an emergency department of a hospital the level of accuracy of the date collected at that point may not be satisfactory. It is likely that the correct date of birth can be obtained at a later date. The Date accuracy indicator provides information on the accuracy of the entered dates that may require further action.
For future users of the data it may also be essential they know the accuracy of the date components of a reported date.   	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Collection constraints: 
If constraints for the collection of the date are imposed, such as ‘a valid date must be input in an information system for unknown date components’, the Date accuracy indicator should be used along with the date as a way of avoiding the contamination of the valid dates with the same value on the respective date components.
Example: 
Some jurisdictions use 0107YYYY and some use 0101YYYY when only the year is known. When month and year are known some use the 15th day as the date i.e. 15MMYYYY. Where this occurs in a data collection that is used for reporting or analysis purposes there will be dates in the collection with the attributes 0107YYYY etc that are accurate and some that are not accurate. Without a corresponding flag to determine this accuracy the analysis or report will be contaminated by those estimated dates.	
Comments:	Provision of a date is often a mandatory requirement in data collections.
Most computer systems require a valid date to be recorded in a date field i.e. the month part must be an integer between 1 and 12, the day part must be an integer between 1 and 31 with rules about the months with less than 31 days, and the year part should include the century. Also in many systems, significant dates (e.g. date of birth) are mandatory requirements.
However, in actual practice, the date or date components are often not known (e.g. date of birth, date of injury) but, as stated above, computer systems require a valid date. This means that a date MUST be included and it MUST follow the rules for a valid date. It therefore follows that, while such a date will contain valid values according to the rules for a date, the date is in fact an ‘unknown’ or ‘estimated’ date. For future users of the data it is essential they know that a date is accurate, unknown or estimated and which components of the date are accurate, unknown or estimated. 
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Individual service provider—occupation end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
See also Individual service provider—occupation start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
See also Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
See also Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
See also Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
  	
Conditional obligation:
Where a date of birth is estimated the date accuracy indicator should be used	

Date estimate indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Date—estimate indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Date estimate flag, Birth date estimate flag, Estimate indicator, Date accuracy flag	
METeOR identifier:	329314	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether any component of a reported date was estimated.	
Context:	Record linkage and statistical linkage key.	
Data Element Concept:	Date—estimate indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Estimated	

2	
Not estimated	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This data element may be reported in conjunction with the date of birth when any part of the date represents an estimate rather than the actual or known date.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	NCSIMG Children Services Data Working Group
CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	National Community Services Data Dictionary V3, 2004.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
See also Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Date of birth
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	287007	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date of birth of the person.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—date of birth	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	If date of birth is not known or cannot be obtained, provision should be made to collect or estimate age. Collected or estimated age would usually be in years for adults, and to the nearest three months (or less) for children aged less than two years. Additionally, an estimated date flag or a date accuracy indicator should be reported in conjunction with all estimated dates of birth. 
For data collections concerned with children's services, it is suggested that the estimated date of birth of children aged under 2 years should be reported to the nearest 3 month period, i.e. 0101, 0104, 0107, 0110 of the estimated year of birth. For example, a child who is thought to be aged 18 months in October of one year would have his/her estimated date of birth reported as 0104 of the previous year. Again, an estimated date flag or date accuracy indicator should be reported in conjunction with all estimated dates of birth.	

Collection methods:	Information on date of birth can be collected using the one question: 
What is your/(the person's) date of birth?
In self-reported data collections, it is recommended that the following response format is used: 
Date of birth: _ _ / _ _ / _ _ _ _ 
This enables easy conversion to the preferred representational layout (DDMMYYYY).
For record identification and/or the derivation of other metadata items that require accurate date of birth information, estimated dates of birth should be identified by a date accuracy indicator to prevent inappropriate use of date of birth data. The linking of client records from diverse sources, the sharing of patient data, and data analysis for research and planning all rely heavily on the accuracy and integrity of the collected data. In order to maintain data integrity and the greatest possible accuracy an indication of the accuracy of the date collected is critical. The collection of an indicator of the accuracy of the date may be essential in confirming or refuting the positive identification of a person. For this reason it is strongly recommended that the data element Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA also be recorded at the time of record creation to flag the accuracy of the data.	
Comments:	Privacy issues need to be taken into account in asking persons their date of birth.
Wherever possible and wherever appropriate, date of birth should be used rather than age because the actual date of birth allows a more precise calculation of age.
When date of birth is an estimated or default value, national health and community services collections typically use 0101 or 0107 or 3006 as the estimate or default for DDMM. 
It is suggested that different rules for reporting data may apply when estimating the date of birth of children aged under 2 years because of the rapid growth and development of children within this age group which means that a child's development can vary considerably over the course of a year. Thus, more specific reporting of estimated age is suggested. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee 
National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
See also Date—estimate indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Supersedes Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Is used in the formation of Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Child protection and support services (CPSS) sibling cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Date of death
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—date of death, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	287305	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date of death of the person.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—date of death	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Recorded for persons who have died.
Where Date of birth is collected, Date of death must be equal to or greater than Date of birth for the same person.	
Collection methods:	It is recommended that in cases where all components of the date of death are not known or where an estimate is arrived at from age, a valid date be used together with a flag to indicate that it is an estimate.
For record identification and/or the derivation of other metadata items that require accurate date of death information, estimated dates of death should be identified by a date accuracy indicator to prevent inappropriate use of date of death data. The linking of client records from diverse sources, the sharing of patient data, and data analysis for research and planning all rely heavily on the accuracy and integrity of the collected data. In order to maintain data integrity and the greatest possible accuracy an indication of the accuracy of the date collected is critical. The collection of Date accuracy indicator may be essential in confirming or refuting the positive identification of a person. For this reason it is strongly recommended that the data element Date accuracy indicator also be recorded at the time of record creation to flag the accuracy of the data.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Date of death, version 1, DE, NHDD, NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (13.5 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Date of initial case plan 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—initial case plan date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Initial case plan date	
METeOR identifier:	316402	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a client's first case plan was developed and agreed to by relevant parties.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—initial case plan date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A case management plan is a written plan or a support agreement that usually has a statement of the person’s problems or needs, some goals for the person and strategies to achieve those goals. It is usually developed between the person and agency as a result of an assessment process. The plan or agreement can relate to services provided by on agency or a number of agencies.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Child Protection and Support Services (NCPASS) data group.	
Origin:	National Child Protection and Support Services National Minimum Data Set data collection manual, AIHW, September 2005.	
Day of operation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—day of operation, code N	
METeOR identifier:	315122	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	The day of the week an agency or organisation is open for the provision of service, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—day of operation	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Monday	

2	
Tuesday	

3	
Wednesday	

4	
Thursday	

5	
Friday	

6	
Saturday	

7	
Sunday	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	More than one option can be selected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	NCSIMG Children's Services Data Working Group
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Department of Veterans' Affairs file number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—government funding identifier, Department of Veterans' Affairs file number AAXXNNNNA	
METeOR identifier:	339127	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	A unique personal identifier issued to a veteran by the Department of Veterans' Affairs.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—government funding identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AAXXNNNN[A]	
Maximum character length:	9	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	1st character is the state code (an alphabetic character) - N, V, Q, W, S or T for the appropriate state/territory. Australian Capital Territory is included in New South Wales (N) and Northern Territory with South Australia (S). 
Next 7 characters are the file number, made up of: 
War code + numeric digits, where: 
if War code is 1 alphabetic character, add 6 numeric characters (ANNNNNN)
Where there is no war code as is the case with World War 1 veterans, insert a blank and add 6 numeric characters ( NNNNNN)
if War code is 2 alphabetic characters, add 5 numeric characters (AANNNNN) 
if War code is 3 alphabetic characters, add 4 numeric characters (AAANNNN) 
The 9th character is the segment link. For dependents of veterans, the 9th character is always an alphabetic character. The alphabetic code is generated in the order by which the cards are issued. For example A, B, C, D etc. 
CAUTIONARY NOTE: For veterans the 9th character is left blank	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The Department of Veterans' Affairs file number should only be collected from persons eligible to receive health services that are to be funded by the DVA. The number may be reported to the appropriate government agency to reconcile payment for the service provided. 
DVA card number: 
This number is the digitised version of the file number. If paper claims are optically scanned by the Health Insurance Commission, the digitised version of the file number is picked up by the scanner and converted to the normal file number format. For manual claims, the gold and white cards may be used in conjunction with the data element and an imprinter. This method records the DVA file number and other card details on a manual voucher. 
The data should not be used by private sector organisations for any purpose unless specifically authorised by law. For example, private sector organisations should not use the DVA file number for data linking unless specifically authorised by relevant privacy legislation.
This number must be recorded by a service provider each time a service is provided to a person who holds the entitlement for reimbursement purposes.	
Comments:	All veterans and veteran community clients are issued with a DVA file number. The veteran community may access many different benefits, ranging from pensions to health services, through their DVA file number.
Note that Veterans may have a Medicare card number and a Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) number or only a DVA number. 
DVA has three (3) types of health cards:
•	Gold Card 
•	White Card 
•	Repatriation Pharmaceutical Benefits Card.
Each card indicates, to the health provider, the level of health services the holder is eligible for, at the DVA expense. 
The Gold card enables the holder to access a comprehensive range of health care and related services, for all conditions, whether they are related to war service or not. 
The White card enables the holder to access health care and associated services for war or service-related conditions. Veterans of Australian forces may also be issued this card to receive treatment for malignant cancer, pulmonary tuberculosis and post traumatic stress disorder and, for Vietnam veterans only, anxiety or depression, irrespective of whether these conditions are related to war service or not. 
The white card holders are eligible to receive, for specific conditions, treatment from registered medical, hospital, pharmaceutical, dental and allied health care providers with whom DVA has arrangements.
A white card is also issued to eligible ex-service personnel who are from other countries, which enter into arrangements with the Australian government for the treatment of the conditions that these countries accept as war related. 
When a gold/white card holder accesses health services at DVA expense, the DVA File Number is critical and should be used. The person's Medicare card number is not required or relevant. 
It should be noted that there are a number of gold card holders who do not have a Medicare card. 
The Repatriation Pharmaceutical Benefits card is an orange coloured card issued to eligible veterans and merchant mariners from Britain and the Commonwealth and other allied countries. This card enables the holder to access the range of pharmaceutical items available under the Repatriation Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme. It does not provide access to other health services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Department of Veterans' Affairs	
Departure time from service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—departure time from service, hhmm	
METeOR identifier:	314976	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The time that a person leaves the place of service delivery.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—departure time from service	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Time	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	hhmm	
Maximum character length:	4	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ISO 8601:2000 : Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and times	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This data element may be used in conjunction with the data element Arrival time at service as a measure of the patterns of utilisation of services.	
Comments:	In addition, this data element can be used to calculate the number of hours per day, hours per week and days per week a person uses services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	NCSIMG Children’s Services Data Working Group
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Design capacity
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—design capacity, total beds N[NNNNN]	
METeOR identifier:	314052	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Definition:	The useable design capacity of the service provider organisation measured in total bed numbers.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—design capacity	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNNNNN]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Unit of measure:	Bed	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Note that this refers to the capacity for which the agency/centre was designed.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Corrections Advisory Group 1999. National Corrections Advisory Group Data Collection Manual 1998-99. Canberra. Viewed 21 May 2008, http://www.pc.gov.au/gsp/reports/rogs/2000/factsheets
 	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Juvenile Justice Centre file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Difficulty with activities
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—level of difficulty with activities in life areas, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320120	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The level of difficulty a person has in performing the tasks and actions involved in specified life areas, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—level of difficulty with activities in a life area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
No difficulty	

1	
Mild difficulty	

2	
Moderate difficulty	

3	
Severe difficulty	

4	
Complete difficulty	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person. 
In the context of health, an activity is the execution of a task or action by an individual. Activity limitations are difficulties an individual may have in executing an activity. 
Difficulties with activities can arise when there is a qualitative or quantitative alteration in the way in which these activities are carried out. Difficulty includes matters such as 'with pain', 'time taken', 'number of errors', clumsiness', 'modification of manner in which an activity is performed' e.g. sitting to get dressed instead of standing. 'Difficulty' is a combination of the frequency with which the problem exists, the duration of the problem and the intensity of the problem. Activity limitations are assessed against a generally accepted population standard, relative to cultural and social expectations.
Activity limitation varies with the environment and is assessed in relation to a particular environment; the absence or presence of assistance, including aids and equipment, is an aspect of the environment.
The user will select the code that most closely summarises, in terms of duration, frequency, manner or outcome, the level of difficulty of the person for whom the data is recorded.
CODE 0 No difficulty in this life area 
Is used when there is no difficulty in performing this activity. This scale has a margin of error of 5%. [0-4%]
CODE 1 Mild difficulty 
Is recorded for example, when the level of difficulty is below the threshold for medical intervention, the difficulty is experienced less than 25% of the time, and/or with a low alteration in functioning which may happen occasionally over the last 30 days. [5-24%]
CODE 2 Moderate difficulty
Is used for example when the level of difficulty is experienced less than 50% of the time and/or with a significant, but moderate effect on functioning (Up to half the scale of total performance) which may happen regularly over the last 30 days. [25-49%]
CODE 3 Severe difficulty 
Is used for example when performance in this life area can be achieved, but with only extreme difficulty, and/or with an extreme effect on functioning which may happen often over the last 30 days. [50-95%]
CODE 4 Complete difficulty 
Is used when the person can not perform in this life area due of the difficulty in doing so. This scale has a margin of error of 5%. [96-100%]
CODE 8 Not specified
Is used where a person has difficulty with activities in a life area but there is insufficient information to use codes 0-4.
CODE 9 Not applicable 
Is used where a life area is not applicable to this person, e.g. domestic life for a child under 5.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW 	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element, in conjunction with Person—activities and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN], indicates the presence and extent of activity limitation in a given domain of activity. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Activities and Participation cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Disability group
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—disability group, code N	
METeOR identifier:	337532	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The disability group that most clearly expresses the experience of disability by a person as represented by a code.	
Context:	Disability groupings constitute a broad categorisation of disabilities in terms of the underlying health condition, impairment, activity limitations, participation restrictions, environmental factors and support needs.
Disability is the umbrella term for any or all of: an impairment of body structure or function, a limitation in activities, or a restriction in participation. Disability is defined in terms of three components: 'Body functions and structures', 'Activity and Participation' and 'Environmental factors'.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—disability group	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Intellectual/learning	

2	
Psychiatric	

3	
Sensory/speech	

4	
Physical/diverse	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Code 1 Intellectual/learning 
Intellectual/learning disability is associated with impairment of intellectual functions with limitations in a range of daily activities and restrictions in participation in a range of life areas. Supports may be needed throughout life; the level of support tends to be consistent over a period of time but may change in association with changes in life circumstances.
This grouping includes:
Developmental delay is applicable to children aged 0-5 only. Conditions appearing in the early developmental period, with no specific diagnosis.
Intellectual disability applies to conditions appearing in the developmental period (age 0–18) associated with impairment of mental functions, difficulties in learning and performing certain daily life skills and limitation of adaptive skills in the context of community environments compared to others of the same age. Includes Down syndrome, tuberous sclerosis, cri-du-chat syndrome etc. 
Specific learning/Attention Deficit Disorder (other than intellectual). A general term referring to a group of disorders, presumed due to central nervous system dysfunction rather than an intellectual disability, covering significant difficulties in the acquisition and use of listening, speaking, reading, writing, reasoning or mathematical skills. 
Autism (including Asperger syndrome and Pervasive Developmental Delay) is used to describe pervasive developmental disorder involving disturbances in cognition, interpersonal communication, social interactions and behaviour (in particular obsessional, ritualistic, stereotyped and rigid behaviours). 
Code 2 Psychiatric 
Psychiatric disability is associated with clinically recognisable symptoms and behaviour patterns frequently associated with distress that may impair personal functioning in normal social activity. Impairments of global or specific mental functions may be experienced, with associated activity limitations and participation restrictions in a range of areas. Supports needed may vary in range, and may be required with intermittent intensity during the course of the condition. Change in level of supports tends to be related to changes in the extent of the impairment and the environment. Psychiatric disability may be associated with schizophrenias, affective disorders, anxiety disorders, addictive behaviours, personality disorders, stress, psychosis, depression and adjustment disorders. 
Code 3 Sensory/speech
This grouping includes:
Deafblind is used to describe dual sensory impairments causing severe restrictions in communication, and in the ability to participate in community life. 
Vision disability encompasses blindness, vision impairment, visual handicap (not corrected by glasses or contact lenses), which can cause severe restrictions in communication, and in the ability to participate in community life.
Hearing disability encompasses deafness, hearing impairment, hearing loss, which can cause severe restrictions in communication, and in the ability to participate in community life.
Speech disability encompasses speech loss, impairment and/or difficulty in communication which can cause severe restrictions in communication, and in the ability to participate in community life.
Code 4 Physical/diverse
Physical/diverse disability is associated with the presence of an impairment, which may have diverse effects within and among individuals, including effects on physical activities such as mobility. The range and extent of activity limitations and participation restrictions will vary with the extent of impairment and the environment. Environmental factors and support needs are related to areas of activity limitation and participation restrictions, and may be required for long periods. Level of supports may vary with both life changes and extent of impairment.
This grouping includes:
Physical disability is used to describe conditions that are attributable to a physical cause or impact on the ability to perform physical activities, such as mobility. Physical disability includes paraplegia, quadriplegia, muscular dystrophy, motor neurone disease, neuromuscular disorders, cerebral palsy, absence or deformities of limbs, spina bifida, arthritis, back disorders, ataxia, bone formation or degeneration, scoliosis etc. Impairments may affect internal organs such as lung or liver. 
Acquired brain injury is used to describe multiple disabilities arising from damage to the brain acquired after birth. It results in deterioration in cognitive, physical, emotional or independent functioning. It can be as a result of accidents, stroke, brain tumours, infection, poisoning, lack of oxygen, degenerative neurological disease etc. 
Neurological disability applies to impairments of the nervous system occurring after birth, and includes epilepsy and organic dementias (e.g. Alzheimer disease) as well as such conditions as multiple sclerosis and Parkinson disease. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set 2002-2003 Data Guide.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set 2005-06 Data Guide.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item may be used as a basis for the broad description of similar experiences of disability and patterns of impairments, activity limitations, participation restrictions, support needs and related health conditions. 'Disability group' is not a diagnostic grouping, and there is not a one-to-one correspondence between a health condition and a disability group. Where a precise diagnosis is to be recorded, Episode of care—principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 6th edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care—additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 6th edn) ANN{.N[N]} may be used. The collection of data on disability-related metadata items and diagnosis, together, allows the relationship of the components of disability and related health conditions to be more thoroughly explored.
Consumer groups, service providers and governments may use these groupings to make national and international comparisons.
The experience of disability is complex and multi-dimensional. It can be described using impairments of structure and/or function, patterns of activity limitation, participation restrictions, environmental factors and support needs.
Each of these dimensions can inform the decision on which group to use.	

Collection methods:	Data collections may report at a lower level of detail. However, it is important that the two levels of classification can be mapped to each other.
Code 1 Intellectual /learning
Intellectual
Specific learning
Autism
Developmental delay
Code 2 Psychiatric
Psychiatric
Code 3 Sensory/speech
Deafblind
Vision
Hearing
Speech
Code 4 Physical/diverse
Physical
Acquired brain impairment
Neurological
 Specific collections may require information on all disabilities of person, on only one primary disability or on both.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Disability grouping, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (28.2 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Education at presentation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—school enrolment and attendance status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	401809	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The school enrolment and attendance status of a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—school enrolment and attendance status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Enrolled and attending school	

2	
Enrolled in school but not always attending	

3	
Enrolled in school but not attending	

4	
Enrolled in school but waiting to commence	

5	
Home schooled	

6	
Neither enrolled nor home schooled	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 3   Enrolled in school but not attending
This option is used when the person is not attending school and the school year or term is considered to be fully commenced.
CODE 4   Enrolled in school but waiting to commence
This option is used when the person is enrolled in school but the school year or term has not yet commenced.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This item is collected at the time of presentation to an agency for assistance.	
Effective communication indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—effective communication indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	345049	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether a person is able to communicate more than just basic needs to unfamiliar people, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—effective communication indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Effective communication	

2	
Little or no effective communication	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is not applicable to young children aged 0-4 years.
CODE 1 Effective communication
Ability to communicate more than just basic needs, to unfamiliar people.
CODE 2 Little or no effective communication
Little or no ability to communicate more than just basic needs, to unfamiliar people.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Reference documents:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2006. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: data guide—data items and definitions 2006–07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—communication method, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Electronic communication address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—electronic communication address, text X[1100]	
Synonymous names:	Electronic communication details; Electronic mail address; Email address	
METeOR identifier:	452649	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An electronic internet contact address, used for communication purposes, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—electronic communication address	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X [1100]	
Maximum character length:	1100	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The following rules are to assist in data exchange and should not be considered as a standard for the creation of email addresses.
An email address cannot have any white space.
An email address can come in many different formats each can be valid, but look quite different.
All email addresses will begin with a Username followed by an ‘@’ symbol.
The rest of the email address depends on whether it is Domain-Defined or IP-Address Defined.
Alphanumeric in the format
Username@(subdomain.)domain.topleveldomain
(.countrydomainExtension)
Or
Username@IPAddress
Domain Defined:
Following the @ symbol is the sub-domain which could be the name of a department in a business for example. This is not compulsory. There may be many sub-domains in any email address. After the sub-domain(s) is a ‘.’ followed by the domain. The domain could be the name of the company for example. This is compulsory. There is only ever one domain name.
Following the domain is another ‘.’ and the topleveldomain name. This is usually the type of business e.g. ‘.com’ stands for a commercial business, ‘.edu’ stands for an educational institution, etc. This is compulsory. There is only ever one topleveldomain name.
After the topleveldomain is another ‘.’ And the countrydomainextension. This is an abbreviation code for the country in which the business originated or is hosted. For an Australian business this would be ‘.au’. This is not compulsory. There is only ever one countrydomainextention.
An example Domain-Defined name with user name could be:
FirstName.LastName@BusinessUnit.Company.com.au
IP-Address Defined:
A domain name is basically an IP address with a logical name. An IP address is a series of four numbers (only numbers) separated by dots.
Each of the four numbers can have a maximum of 3 numbers. If any of the numbers have less than 3 digits then no leading characters should be entered. Each of the digits must be between 0 and 255, they cannot be lower than 0 or higher than 255.
An example IP Address-Defined name with user name could be: FirstName.LastName@255.0.178.96	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—electronic contact preference indicator, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Supersedes Person (address)—electronic communication address, text [X(250)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication address, text [X(250)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Electronic communication medium (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (address)—electronic communication medium, code N	
METeOR identifier:	287519	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A type of communication mechanism used by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (address)—electronic communication medium	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Telephone (excluding mobile telephone)	

2	
Mobile (cellular) telephone	

3	
Facsimile machine	

4	
Pager	

5	
e-mail	

6	
URL	

8	
Other	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS 4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Electronic communication medium (service provider organisation)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication medium, code N	
METeOR identifier:	287521	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A type of communication mechanism used by an organisation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication medium	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Telephone (excluding mobile telephone)	

2	
Mobile (cellular) telephone	

3	
Facsimile machine	

4	
Pager	

5	
e-mail	

6	
URL	

8	
Other	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Multiple electronic communication addresses (for example, multiple phone numbers, fax numbers and e-mail) may be recorded as required. Each instance should have an appropriate Electronic communication medium and Electronic communication usage code assigned.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS 4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
In AS4846 alternative alphabetic codes are presented. Refer to the current standard for more details.	
Electronic communication usage 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—electronic communication usage code, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	452746	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The primary usage of an electronic communication address, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—electronic communication usage code	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Personal use	

02	
Business use	

88	
Other	

Supplementary values:	98	
Unknown	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—electronic communication usage, code N Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Electronic contact preference indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—electronic contact preference indicator, code NN	
Synonymous names:	Electronic contact preference code	
METeOR identifier:	433720	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether one electronic contact address is preferred over any other electronic contact address, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—electronic contact preference indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Preferred	

02	
Not preferred	

03	
Not defined	

Supplementary values:	98	
Unknown	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should be used in conjunction with Address—telephone number, text X[16] or Address—electronic communication address, text X[1100].
Example:
A party provided a mobile phone number and landline phone number and has indicated that the mobile phone number is the preferred means of contact.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—electronic communication address, text X[1100] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Address—telephone number, text X[16] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Eligibility for subsidy indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—eligibility for subsidy indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	395878	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	Whether a service provider organisation is entitled to receive subsidies, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—eligibility for subsidy indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Eligibility status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—eligibility status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	304556	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	Eligibility of a person as determined by an assessment to receive a service from an agency as represented by a code. 	
Context:	This metadata item may be used in calculating unmet demand and need for existing community services.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—eligibility status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Eligible	

2	
Not eligible	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The actual eligibility criteria may differ according to the type of assistance and the agency.	
Collection methods:	To be measured only where the person's eligibility for assistance has been assessed.
Instances in which a client who has been assisted on a previous occasion and subsequently seeks further assistance, should generally be considered as another occasion of assistance, and a new 'eligibility status' should be recorded. For example, instances where a significant amount of time has lapsed since previous assistance or where the reasons for seeking assistance have changed should be regarded as additional occasions of assistance.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian institute of health and welfare	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (assessed)—assistance eligibility status, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Employment related study indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—employment related study indicator, code N[N]	
METeOR identifier:	355555	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether an employed person is undertaking education or training in an employment-related field, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—employment related study indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The person may be a student, and or engaged in training.	
Employment type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—employment type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	314867	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The nature of a person's employment in relation to his or her expected continuity of employment and eligibility for basic leave entitlements, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—employment type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Permanent	

2	
Fixed term contract	

3	
Casual	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Permanent
Permanent employees are those employees who are entitled to either paid sick leave, or paid holiday leave, or both and are not employed on a fixed term contract or casual basis.
CODE 2 Fixed term contract
Fixed-term-contract employees are those employees who have a written agreement to work a minimum number of days over a specified period of time.  They do not receive paid sick or annual leave entitlements.
CODE 3 Casual
Casual employees are those employees who do not have a written agreement on the minimum number of days that will be worked.  They are usually paid a higher rate of pay, to compensate for lack of permanency and leave entitlements. Casuals may be full-time or part-time, according to the hours they have agreed to work. 
The leave entitlements that a worker is eligible for should be used as the basis for choosing which category each worker belongs to. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Labour Statistics Concepts, Sources and Methods, Australia 2001. Cat no. 6102.0. Canberra: ABS Reference through:
http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf. Select:  ABS concepts, sources, methods and statistical frameworks.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Question: Is the worker employed on a permanent, fixed term contract or casual basis?
Fields are those listed in the data domain.
CODE 9 
Not stated/inadequately described, is not to be used on primary collection forms.  It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Environmental factor
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—environmental factor, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]	
METeOR identifier:	320207	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The physical, social and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	The environment in which a person functions or experiences disability.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—environmental factor	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN[NNN]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Environmental factors represent the circumstances in which the individual lives. These factors are conceived as immediate (e.g. physical features of the environment, social environment) and societal (formal and informal social structures, services and systems). Different environments may have a very different impact on the same individual with a given health condition.
Facilitators are features of the environment that have a positive effect on disability. Barriers are features of the environment that have a negative effect on disability.
Data can be collected at the three digit level in one chapter and at the chapter level in another. However it is only possible to collect data at a single level of the hierarchy in a single chapter to maintain mutual exclusivity. For example, it is not permitted to collect both 'Attitudes' (chapter level) and 'Social, norms, practices and ideology' (3 digit level) as the former includes the latter.
The value domain below refers to the highest hierarchical level (ICF chapter level). Data collected at this level, in association with Extent of environmental factor influence code [X]N will use the codes as indicated. The full range of the permissible values together with definitions can be found in the Environmental Factors component of the ICF.
CODE e1   Products and technology
CODE e2   Natural environment and human-made changes to environment
CODE e3   Support and relationships
CODE e4   Attitudes
CODE e5   Services, systems and policies
Data collected at this level will provide a general description of the environmental factors and can only be compared with data collected at the same level. 
An example of a value domain at the 3 digit level from the Environmental factors component may include:
CODE e225   Climate 
CODE e240   Light
CODE e250   Sound
CODE e255   Vibration
CODE e260   Air quality 
An example of a value domain at the 4 digit level from the environmental factors component may include: 
CODE e1151   Assistive products and technology for personal use in daily life
CODE e1201   Assistive products and technology for personal indoor and outdoor mobility and transportation
CODE e2151   Assistive products and technology for communication
CODE e1301   Assistive products and technology for education
CODE e1351   Assistive products and technology for employment
CODE e1401   Assistive products and technology for culture, recreation and sport
CODE e1451   Assistive products and technology for the practice of religion and spirituality
The prefix e denotes the domains within the component of Environmental Factors.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is a neutral list of environmental factors. It may be used, in conjunction with Person—extent of environmental factor influence, code (ICF 2001) [X]N, in health, community services and other disability-related data collections to record the environmental factors that facilitate or inhibit optimum functioning at the body, person or societal level. Identification of environmental factors may assist in determining appropriate interventions to support the person to achieve optimum functioning.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—extent of environmental factor influence, code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Environmental factors cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Episode end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service episode—episode end date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Service exit date, Exit date, End date, Support period end date, Date of expiry, Date of exit, Order end date, Detention end date	
METeOR identifier:	270160	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which a service episode was completed.	
Data Element Concept:	Service episode—episode end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	May occur after or on the same day as date of last delivery of service.
Due to the considerable variation in the types of services provided in the community services sector, it is not possible at this stage to define in generic terms what will constitute completion of a service episode. Individual collections should however define what constitutes completion for their own purposes. 
This metadata item should always be recorded as an 8 digit valid date comprising day, month and year. Year should always be recorded in its full 4 digit format. For days and months with a numeric value of less than 10, zeros should be used to ensure that the date contains the required 8 digits. For example if a service episode is completed on July 1 2000 the date assistance completed should be recorded as 01072000 as specified by the format.	

Collection methods:	The end date must be related to a particular service episode. For each separate service episode a separate end date should be recorded.	
Comments:	This metadata item may be used in the calculation of measures of periods of support and duration of assistance.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Detention file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Juvenile Justice Order file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Episode start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service episode—episode start date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Service start date, Entry date, Support period start date, Date of effect, Date of entry, Order start date, Detention start date	
METeOR identifier:	338558	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/05/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which a service episode commenced.	
Data Element Concept:	Service episode—episode start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Due to the considerable variation in the types of services provided in the community services sector, it is not possible at this stage to define in generic terms what will constitute commencement of a service episode. Individual collections should however define what constitutes commencement for their own purposes. For example, it may be at contact stage in some instances or in others when a case plan is formulated.	
Collection methods:	Date assistance commenced must be related to a particular service episode.
For each separate service episode a separate 'service episode—start date, DDMMYYYY' should be recorded.	
Comments:	This metadata item is used in calculation of measures of periods of support and duration of assistance.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes First service contact date, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.7 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Detention file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Juvenile Justice Order file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Estimated resident population
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—estimated resident population of Australia, total people N[N(7)]	
METeOR identifier:	388656	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Health, Proposed 09/04/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The official measure of the population of Australia, as a number. 	
Data Element Concept:	Person—Estimated resident population of Australia	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N(7)]	
Maximum character length:	8	
Unit of measure:	Person	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The official measure of the population of Australia is based on the concept of usual residence. It refers to all people, regardless of nationality or citizenship, who usually live in Australia, with the exception of foreign diplomatic personnel and their families. It includes usual residents who are overseas for less than 12 months. It excludes overseas visitors who are in Australia for less than 12 months. Estimates of the Australian resident population are generated on a quarterly basis by adding natural increase (the excess of births over deaths) and net overseas migration (NOM) occurring during the period to the population at the beginning of each period. This is known as the cohort component method, and can be represented by the following equation:
Pt+1 = Pt + B - D + NOM, where:
Pt = the estimated resident population at time point t
Pt+1 = the estimated resident population at time point t+1
B = the number of births occurring between t and t+1
D = the number of deaths occurring between t and t+1
NOM = net overseas migration occurring between t and t+1.
For state and territory population estimates, an additional term is added to the equation representing net interstate migration (NIM) occurring between t and t+1, represented by the following equation:
Pt+1 = Pt + B - D + NOM + NIM.	
Collection methods:	The estimates by age of the population of Australia and the states and territories at the date of the Census are derived from the Census counts by place of usual residence, by adjusting for under-enumeration and adding the number of Australian residents estimated to have been temporarily overseas at the time of the Census.
Post-censal population estimates are obtained by advancing the previous year's estimates to the next year by subtracting deaths and adding births and net estimated interstate and overseas migration. After each Census, estimates for the preceding intercensal period are revised by incorporating an additional adjustment (intercensal discrepancy) to ensure that the total intercensal increase at each age agrees with the difference between the estimated resident populations at the two respective Census dates.
Net overseas migration
Conceptually, net overseas migration (NOM) is the difference between permanent and long-term arrivals, and permanent and long-term departures. Estimates of NOM are derived from information provided on incoming and outgoing passenger cards, as well as other data supplied by the Department of Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs (DIMIA). Data on the intended duration of stay of overseas visitors arriving in Australia and the intended duration of absence of Australian residents travelling overseas are used to determine the numbers of permanent and long-term arrivals, and permanent and long-term departures. Passenger card data are also used to calculate migration adjustments and determine the state and territory distribution of NOM. The processes of adjusting movement data on travellers' stated intentions to reflect their actual behaviour are complex, and depend upon the amount and type of movement data available at a particular point in time.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Population Estimates: Concepts, Sources and Methods, 2009 (ABS cat no 3228.0.55.001)
Australian Demographic Statistics (ABS cat no 3101.0)	
Extent of participation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—extent of participation in a life area, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320219	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree of participation by an individual in a specified life area, as represented by a code.  	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—extent of participation in a life area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
Full participation	

1	
Mild participation restriction	

2	
Moderate participation restriction	

3	
Severe participation restriction	

4	
Complete participation restriction	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
In the context of health, participation is involvement in a life situation. Participation restrictions are problems an individual may experience in involvement of life situations. 
This metadata item may be used to describe the extent of participation in life situations for an individual with a health condition. The standard or norm to which an individual's participation is compared is that of an individual without a similar health condition in that particular society. The participation restriction records the discordance between the experienced participation and the expected participation of an individual without a health condition. The definition of 'particular society' is not specified and will inevitably give rise to different interpretations. If limiting the interpretation, it will be necessary to state the factors which are taken into account, for example, age, gender, ethnicity, religion, education, locality (town, state, rural, remote, urban).
The user will select the code that most closely summarises, in terms of duration, frequency, manner or outcome, the level of participation of the person for whom the data is recorded.
CODE 0 Full participation
Used when the person participates in this life area in the same way in terms of duration, frequency, manner or outcome as other individuals without a similar health condition in that particular society
CODE 1 Mild participation restriction
Used for example, when the person is restricted in their participation less than 25% of the time, and/or with a low alteration in functioning which may happen occasionally over the last 30 days
CODE 2 Moderate participation restriction 
Used for example, when the person is restricted in their participation between 26% and 50% of the time with a significant, and/or with a moderate effect on functioning (Up to half the total scale of performance) which may happen regularly over the last 30 days
CODE 3 Severe participation restriction
Used for example, when participation in this life area can be achieved, but only rarely and/or with an extreme effect on functioning which may happen often over the last 30 days
CODE 4 Complete participation restriction
Used when the person can not participate in this life area. This scale has a margin of error of 5%
CODE 8 Not specified
Used when a person's participation in a life area is restricted but there is insufficient information to use codes 0-4
CODE 9 Not applicable
Used when participation in a life area is not relevant, such as employment for an infant.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW 	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Extent of participation is always associated with a health condition. For example, a restriction in participation in 'community, social and civic life' may be recorded when the person has had a stroke, but not when the restriction is associated only with personal preferences, without a related health condition. A value is attached to restriction of participation (i.e. a participation restriction is a disadvantage). The value is dependent on cultural norms, so that an individual may be disadvantaged in one group or location and not in another place.
This data element is used in conjunction with a specified Activities and participation life area (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]. For example, a 'mild restriction in participation in exchange of information'. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Activities and Participation cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)]	
Synonymous names:	Surname; Last name	
METeOR identifier:	453750	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	That part of a name a person usually has in common with some other members of his/her family, as distinguished from his/her given names, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—family name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(40)]	
Maximum character length:	40	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A person’s family name is one of the following:
•	The hereditary or tribal surname of a person’s family.
•	Acquired by a person in accordance with a due process defined in a State or Territory Act relating to the registration of births, deaths, marriages and changes of name and sex, and for related purposes, such as the ACT Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration.
•	Any other name distinguished from a person given name.
The agency or establishment should record the person's full family name on their information systems.	
Collection methods:	Family name cannot be a repeated data element.
There are no universal verification rules for a person Family Name.
This metadata item should be recorded for all persons who receive services from or are of interest to an organisation. For the purposes of positive identification, it may also be recorded for providers of those services who are individuals.
Mixed case should be used. 
Family name should be recorded in the format preferred by the person. The format should be the same as that written by the person on a (pre) registration form or in the same format as that printed on an identification card, such as a Medicare card, to ensure consistent collection of name data.
A person is able to change his or her name by usage in all States and Territories of Australia with the exception of Western Australia, where a person may only change his or her name under the Change of Name Act. Care should be taken when recording a change of name for a minor. Ideally, the name recorded for the minor should be known to both of his/her parents, so the minor's records can be retrieved and continuity of care maintained, regardless of which parent accompanies the minor to the agency or establishment.
The following format may assist with data collection: 
What is your family name? _______________________________________ 
Punctuation: 
If special characters form part of the family name they should be included, e.g. hyphenated names should be entered with a hyphen.
Examples: 
- hyphen, e.g. Wilson-Phillips 
Do not leave a space before or after a hyphen, i.e. between the last letter of 'Wilson' and the hyphen, nor a space between the hyphen and the first letter of 'Phillips'. 
- apostrophe, e.g. O'Brien, D'Agostino
Do not leave a space before or after the apostrophe, i.e. between the 'O' and the apostrophe, or a space between the apostrophe and 'Brien'. 
- full stop, e.g. St. John, St. George 
Do not leave a space before a full stop, i.e. between 'St' and the full stop. Do leave a space between the full stop and 'John'. 
- space, e.g. van der Humm, Le Brun, Mc Donald 
If the client has recorded their family name as more than one word, displaying spaces in between the words, record their family name in the same way leaving one space between each word.
Registered unnamed newborn babies: 
When registering a newborn, use the mother's family name as the baby's family name unless instructed otherwise by the mother. Record unnamed babies under the newborn identification name Name type.
Persons with only one name: 
Some people do not have a family name and a given name, they have only one name by which they are known. If the person has only one name, record it in the 'Family name' field and leave the 'Given name' field blank.
Registering an unidentified person: 
The default for unknown family name should be unknown in all instances and the name recorded as an alias name. Don't create a 'fictitious' family name such as 'Doe' as this is an actual family name. When the person's name becomes known, record it as the preferred family name and do not overwrite the alias name of unknown.
Registering clients from disaster sites: 
Persons treated from disaster sites should be recorded under the alias Name Type. Local business rules should be developed for consistent recording of disaster site person details. 
Care should be taken not to use identical dummy data (family name, given name, date of birth, sex) for two or more persons from a disaster site.
If the family name needs to be shortened: 
If the length of the family name exceeds the length of the field, truncate the family name from the right (that is, dropping the final letters). Also, the last character of the name should be a hash (#) to identify that the name has been truncated.
Use of incomplete names or fictitious names: 
Some organisations permit persons to use a pseudonym (fictitious or partial name) in lieu of their full or actual name. It is recommended that the person be asked to record both the pseudonym (Alias name) in addition to the person's legal name.
Baby for adoption: 
The word adoption should not be used as the family name, given name or alias for a newborn baby. A newborn baby that is for adoption should be registered in the same way that other newborn babies are registered. However, if a baby born in the hospital is subsequently adopted, and is admitted for treatment as a child, the baby is registered under their adopted (current) name, and the record should not be linked to the birth record. This should be the current practice. Any old references to adoption in client registers (for names) should also be changed to unknown. Contact your State or Territory adoption information service for further information.
Prefixes: 
Where a family name contains a prefix, such as one to indicate that the person is a widow, this must be entered as part of the 'Family name' field. When widowed, some Hungarian women add 'Ozvegy' (abbreviation is 'Ozy') before their married family name, e.g. 'Mrs Szabo' would become 'Mrs Ozy Szabo'.
A useful resource when capturing ethnic names is the referenced Naming Systems of Ethnic Groups produced by Centrelink, Canberra, AGPS.
Misspelled family name: 
If the person's family name has been misspelled in error, update the family name with the correct spelling. The misspelled name should not be deleted as recording misspelled names is important for filing documents that may be issued with previous versions of the person's name. Discretion should be used regarding the degree of recording that is maintained.	
Comments:	Often people use a variety of names, including legal names, married/maiden names, nicknames, assumed names, traditional names, etc. Even small differences in recording - such as the difference between MacIntosh and McIntosh - can make record linkage impossible. To minimise discrepancies in the recording and reporting of name information, agencies or establishments should ask the person for their full (formal) 'Given name' and 'Family name'. These may be different from the name that the person may prefer the agency or establishment workers to use in personal dealings. Agencies or establishments may choose to separately record the preferred names that the person wishes to be used by agency or establishment workers. In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies or establishments should always ask the person to specify their first given name and their family name or surname separately. These should then be recorded as 'Given name' and 'Family name' as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
See also Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type, code AAA Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Fee schedule amount
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—fee schedule amount, total Australian currency N[NNNNN].NN	
METeOR identifier:	354640	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The standard fee schedule amount reported by an agency, measured in Australian dollars and cents.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—fee schedule amount	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[NNNNN].NN	
Maximum character length:	8	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Unit of measure precision:	2	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This value domain must be expressed to two decimal places. Where there is a dollar value and no cent value, the cents must be expressed as .00 (eg. 100.00). 	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	NCSIMG Children’s Services Data Working Group
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Field of education
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—field of education, code (ASCED 2001) NN[{NN}{NN}]	
METeOR identifier:	270172	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The main field of education undertaken by a person in relation to current study or completed education, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—field of education	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Education 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN[{NN}{NN}]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

99(9999)	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Code 99(9999), Not stated/inadequately described, is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the metadata item has not been collected.	
Collection methods:	A standard question module for self-enumerated collections is not available for this metadata item.
Accurate data is best achieved using computer-assisted coding of both the field of education and the level of highest educational attainment at the same time.
Computer-assisted coding will return a nine-digit code comprising both the field of education and level of highest educational attainment codes.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This is a three-level hierarchical classification specifying broad, narrow and detailed fields of study. For example, social work is coded to the broad field 09 'Society and Culture', the narrow field 0905 'Human Welfare Studies and Services' and the detailed field 090501 'Social Work'.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Standards Classification of Education (ASCED 2001). Australian Bureau of Statistics Cat. no 1272.0 (last viewed 21 Dec 2005)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Field of education, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.6 KB) 	
Financial assistance amount
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—financial assistance amount, total Australian currency N[NNNN]	
METeOR identifier:	401991	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The amount of financial assistance provided to a person, in Australian dollars.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—financial assistance amount	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[NNNN]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is collected in whole dollar amounts. If vouchers are given instead of cash the value of the voucher is to be recorded.	
First accommodation attempt indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—first accommodation attempt indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	329736	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether this is the first request for accommodation by a person for a particular day, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—first accommodation attempt	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Don't know	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Used to clarify why a person had been unsuccessful earlier that day in getting accommodation. Allows estimates for the actual number of people seeking accommodation on any one day by taking into account the number of multiple requests made by a person on that day.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—reason for earlier unsuccessful accommodation attempt, SAAP code N[NN] Community Services, Retired 01/07/2011	
First language spoken
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	
METeOR identifier:	460120	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The language the person identifies as being the first language that they could understand to the extent of being able to conduct a conversation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—first language spoken	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN{NN}	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) has a three-level hierarchical structure. The most detailed level of the classification consists of base units (languages) which are represented by four-digit codes. The second level of the classification comprises narrow groups of languages (the Narrow group level), identified by the first two digits. The most general level of the classification consists of broad groups of languages (the Broad group level) and is identified by the first digit. The classification includes Australian Indigenous languages and sign languages.
For example, the Lithuanian language has a code of 3102. In this case 3 denotes that it is an Eastern European language, while 31 denotes that it is a Baltic language. The Pintupi Aboriginal language is coded as 8713. In this case 8 denotes that it is an Australian Indigenous language and 87 denotes that the language is a Western Desert language.
Language data may be output at the Broad group level, Narrow group level or base level of the classification. If necessary, significant languages within a Narrow group can be presented separately while the remaining languages in the Narrow group are aggregated. The same principle can be adopted to highlight significant Narrow groups within a Broad group.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Data should be captured, classified and stored at the base level of the classification wherever possible as this allows the greatest flexibility for output.
Recommended question:
Which language did you/the person/name first speak as a child?
English
Italian
Greek
Cantonese
Arabic
Mandarin
Vietnamese
Spanish
German
Hindu
Other (please specify)
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, this standard should be used wherever practically possible.	
Comments:	Persons whose first language is not English have been identified by service providers as a population group that may experience disadvantage when seeking to obtain equal access to government and community programs and services in Australia. Data relating to 'First language spoken' may thus provide a surrogate indicator of disadvantage potentially associated with a lack of English competence or with other factors associated with cultural background.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2011. Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) 2011. Cat. no. 1267.0. Canberra: ABS. 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—country of birth, code (SACC 1998) NNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/06/2008, Housing assistance, Superseded 24/11/2008, Health, Superseded 01/10/2008
Supersedes Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011, Health, Standard 13/10/2011, Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
See also Person—proficiency in spoken English, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
First service contact date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—first service contact date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	270163	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which the agency provides the first service to the client.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—first service contact date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Due to the considerable variation in the types of services provided in the community services sector, it is not possible at this stage to define in generic terms what will constitute the first service contact date.	
Collection methods:	For each separate service episode a separate 'Service event—first service contact date, DDMMYYYY' should be recorded.	
Comments:	This metadata item is used in calculation of measures of periods of support and duration of assistance.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  First service contact date, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.7 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

First service request indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—first service request indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	400276	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator that a request for service is the first request made by a person to an Agency, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—first service request indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

3	
Unknown	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Floor/level type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—floor/level type, code A[AAA]	
Synonymous names:	Floor type code; Level type code	
METeOR identifier:	429016	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An abbreviation, forming part of an address within a complex, used to distinguish the type of floor/level within a multi-storey building or sub-complex, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—floor/level type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	A[AAA]	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

B	
Basement	

FL	
Floor	

G	
Ground	

L	
Level	

LG	
Lower ground floor	

M	
Mezzanine	

OD	
Observation deck	

P	
Parking	

PTHS	
Penthouse	

PLF	
Platform	

PDM	
Podium	

RT	
Rooftop	

SB	
Sub-basement	

UG	
Upper ground floor	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The ‘Ground’ floor of a building is that on or nearest ground level.
The uppermost level of a building may sometimes be referred to as the ‘Penthouse’, ‘Roof’/’Rooftop’ or ‘Observation Deck’.
Where a building has entrances on two different floors, such as those built into a hill, the lower floor is known as ‘Lower Ground’ floor and higher may be referred to either as the ‘Ground’ floor or ‘Upper-Ground’ floor.
The floor immediately below the ground floor/s is the ‘Basement’. There may be instances where it is referred to as ‘Lower Level’ (a non-preferred term).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usage Examples:
Mrs Joyce Citizen
Apartment 7
Level 3 (Level type code is L)
Apex Building
48 Johnson Rd
CLAYTON VIC 3168
Level 2 (Level type code is L)
Building 75
Monash University
1-131 Wellington Road
CLAYTON VIC 3168	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—floor/level type, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level type, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Full financial year funding indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—full financial year funding indicator, yes/no code N	
Synonymous names:	Full financial year of funding	
METeOR identifier:	322176	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether the agency has received funding for the full financial year, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—full financial year funding indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	If an agency received funding in December but intends to operate for 52 weeks per year, ‘No’ should be reported for this data element and ‘52’ should be reported for Service operation weeks. An agency may be funded for the entire financial year but only operates for, say, four school holiday periods of 2 weeks each. In this situation, the agency should report that it is funded for the full financial year.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Full-time equivalent paid staff
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff (paid), total N[NNN{.N}]	
METeOR identifier:	270213	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	The aggregate full time equivalent staff units for all paid staff.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN{.N}]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Full-time equivalent (FTE) staff	
Unit of measure precision:	1	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Calculated number of staff (full-time equivalents) for each staffing category.
The ordinary time hours normally worked may differ according to the type of work. The hours under the relevant award or agreement should be used if known. If the relevant award or agreement staff hours for an occupation is not known, or the worker is undertaking a variety of tasks, 38 hours per week should be used as a substitute.
Hours of unpaid leave are to be excluded.
Contract staff employed through an agency are included where the contract is for the supply of labour (e.g. nursing) rather than of products (e.g. provision of photocopies). In the former case, the contract would normally specify the amount of labour supplied and could be reported as full-time equivalent units.
If under the relevant award of agreement a full-time nurse is paid for an 80 (ordinary time) hour fortnight, the full-time equivalent for a part time nurse who works 64 hours is 0.8 (64 divided by 80). If a full-time nurse under the same award is paid for a 100 hours for that fortnight (20 hours overtime), then the full time equivalent is 100 divided by 80=1.25. This number would then be added to the full time equivalent staff units for all other staff and the number rounded to one decimal place.
Where staff provide services to more than one establishment, full-time equivalent staff members should be apportioned between all establishments to which services are provided on the basis of hours paid for in each. (Salary costs should be apportioned on the same basis).	
Collection methods:	This metadata item is not intended to be a completely accurate calculation of staff hours, but a general indication of the number of hours an agency is staffed by paid staff.
This metadata item may be calculated over weeks, fortnights, months or an annual basis.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Full-time equivalent paid staff, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.3 KB) 	
Full-time equivalent volunteer/unpaid staff
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff (volunteer/unpaid), total N[NNN{.N}]	
METeOR identifier:	270214	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The aggregate full time equivalent staff units for all volunteer/unpaid staff.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN{.N}]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Full-time equivalent (FTE) staff	
Unit of measure precision:	1	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The ordinary time hours normally worked may differ according to the type of work a volunteer is doing. The hours under the relevant award or agreement should be used if known. If the relevant award or agreement staff hours for an occupation is not known, or the volunteer is undertaking a variety of tasks, 38 hours per week should be used as a substitute.
Example:
A volunteer kitchen hand works 10 hours over a week. The relevant award specifies that a full time kitchen hand usually works 38 hours in a week.
Full time equivalent staff units = 10/38 = 0.263 (for that person for a week) This number would then be added to the full time equivalent staff units for all other staff and the number rounded to one decimal place.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item is not intended to be a completely accurate calculation of staff hours, but a general indication of the number of volunteer hours an agency is staffed.
This metadata item may be calculated over weeks, fortnights, months or an annual basis.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Full-time equivalent volunteer/unpaid staff, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.9 KB) 	
Full-time/part-time status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—full-time/part-time status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	269950	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether a person in paid employment is employed full-time or part-time, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Labour force characteristics.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—full-time/part-time status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Full-time	

2	
Part-time	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Applies only to people whose labour force status is employed. (See metadata item Person—labour force status, code N for a definition of 'employed'). Paid employment includes persons who performed some work for wages or salary, in cash or in kind, and persons temporarily absent from a paid employment job but who retained a formal attachment to that job.
Code 1 Full-time: 
Employed persons are working full-time if they:
(a) usually work 35 hours or more in a week (in all paid jobs) or 
(b) although usually working less than 35 hours a week, actually worked 35 hours or more during the reference period. 
Code 2 Part-time: 
Employed persons are working part-time if they usually work less than 35 hours a week (in all paid jobs) and either did so during the reference period, or were not at work in the reference period. 
Code 9 Not stated/ inadequately described:
Is not to be used on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Collection methods:	Can be collected for an actual week (e.g. a particular reference period), or a usual week (e.g. a person usually works part time though they worked full-time in the last week). Note: if collected for a particular reference period, respondents may report 0 hours if on leave for the reference period. For most purposes the hours usually worked will be more appropriate.
This metadata item should be based on the number of hours worked by the person (either actual or usual). It should not be based on the self-enumerated question suggested in the Collection methods of metadata item Person—labour force status, code N. Doing so would result in inaccurate information.	
Comments:	See the Australian Bureau of Statistics website for details regarding labour force data items and standard questions.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1999. Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Labour Force Variables. Full-Time/Part-Time Status.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Employed - working full-time/ part-time, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.5 KB) 	
Funding allocated
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—funding allocated, total Australian currency N[N(8)]	
Synonymous names:	Total NDA funds	
METeOR identifier:	321039	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The total amount of money allocated to an agency or organisation.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—funding allocated	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[N(8)]	
Maximum character length:	9	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) Data Dictionary Version 1.1. July 2004. Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Funding end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—funding end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	336775	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which funding ceased for a service provider organisation.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—funding end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—funding start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Funding source
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—funding source, level of government code N	
METeOR identifier:	355759	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The level of government responsible for provision of funds to an agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—funding source	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
National (Australian government)	

2	
State/Territory government	

3	
Local government	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA), Cat No. 1218.0. 	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier, code N Community Services, Standard 07/12/2005, Housing assistance, Proposed 01/11/2011, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	

Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Funding start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—funding start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	336746	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which funding commenced for a service provider organisation.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—funding start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—funding end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Geocode containment indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode containment indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	430494	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether the geocode for an address is contained within the address site, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode containment indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1  Yes
Indicates that the geocode is within an area described by the feature, for example, House – within the bounds of the house footprint, Property centroid – within the bounds of the property.
CODE 2   No
Indicates that the geocode is not within an area described by the feature, for example, House – driveway access.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode feature
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode feature, text [X(30)]	
METeOR identifier:	430313	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The physical or virtual features associated with the geocode for an address point, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode feature	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(30)]	
Maximum character length:	30	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Physical features associated with the address point may include mailbox, driveway, water meter or building.
Virtual features are mathematically or geometrically derived spatial reference points such as the centroid of a lot or property or the closest point on a road centreline to property centroid.
Usage Example: Property access point setback, water meter, access point, building, property centroid, lot centroid.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode geographic datum
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode geographic datum, text [X(10)]	
Synonymous names:	Horizontal datum; Map datum	
METeOR identifier:	430325	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The reference model of the earth's surface used in the measurement of the geocode position of the address point, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode geographic datum	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(10)]	
Maximum character length:	10	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The Geocentric Datum of Australia (GDA94) is a coordinate reference system that best fits the shape of the earth as a whole. It has an origin that coincides with the centre of mass of the earth, hence the term 'geocentric'.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode height
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode height, total metres N[NNNN].NNN	
Synonymous names:	Height and elevation	
METeOR identifier:	430483	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The height of an address point on the earth, measured in metres, above or below a specified reference vertical datum.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode height	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNNN].NNN	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usage Example: 1023.378	
Comments:	This is considered an optional data element, but with the increased amount of high-density population and the emergence of three-dimension modelling and geographic information systems, an accurate height for an address will be increasingly in demand.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—geocode vertical datum, text [X(10)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode latitude decimal degrees
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode latitude, decimal degrees XN[N][.N(9)]	
Synonymous names:	Latitude	
METeOR identifier:	430445	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The geographic latitude of an address point on the earth, measured in decimal degrees north or south of the equator.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode latitude	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	Geospatial	
Format:	XN[N][.N(9)]	
Maximum character length:	12	
Unit of measure:	Decimal degree	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The 'X' in the latitude format symbolises the designator symbol “+” or “-” and should be placed prior to the first number. Latitudes north of the equator are positive and shall be designated by use of the plus sign (+), latitudes south of the equator are negative and shall be designated by use of the minus sign (-). The equator shall be designated by use of the plus sign (+).
The format XN[N][.N(9)] allows for 1 or 2 digit latitudes (i.e. degree values) with the option of 0 to 9 decimal places (i.e. decimal degree values).
Usage examples:
•	+14.091360569 
•	+2 
•	-50.321	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand 2008. AS/NZS ISO6709:2008—Standard representation of latitude, longitude and altitude for geographic point locations. Sydney/Wellington: Standards Australia/Standards NZ.
Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.
	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Geographical coordinates (latitudes and longitudes) are the universal system for defining spatial position. A set of geographic coordinates on a datum is complete and unique, worldwide.
Positions of geographic features can be defined in space by a set of coordinates. In order for coordinates to be unique, the coordinate reference system needs to be fully defined. 
A coordinate reference system is realised by a reference frame, which comprises a datum and a coordinate system.
Latitudes can also be expressed in degrees, minutes and seconds (e.g. + 66° 33′ 39″), see METeOR for this related item. A conversion to decimal degrees from the degrees, minutes and seconds format can be calculated with the following formula: Decimal Degrees = Degrees + ((Minutes / 60) + (Seconds / 3600)). (REF:
https://www2.landgate.wa.gov.au/slip/portal/
home/Graticule.html)
Usage example: -75° 59' 32.483" converts to -75.992356389 in decimal degrees (rounded up to 9 decimal places). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—geocode longitude, decimal degrees XN[NN][.N(9)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode longitude decimal degrees
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode longitude, decimal degrees XN[NN][.N(9)]	
Synonymous names:	Longitude	
METeOR identifier:	430469	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The geographic longitude of an address point on the earth, measured in decimal degrees east or west of the Greenwich Meridian.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode longitude	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	Geospatial	
Format:	XN[NN][.N(9)]	
Maximum character length:	13	
Unit of measure:	Decimal degree	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The 'X' in the longitude format symbolises the designator symbol “+” or “-” and should be placed prior to the first number. 
The designator symbol for longitudes east of Greenwich are positive and shall be designated by use of the plus sign (+), while longitudes west of Greenwich are negative and shall be designated by use of the minus sign (-). The Prime Meridian shall be designated by use of the plus sign (+). The 180th meridian shall be designated by use of the minus sign (-). 
The format XN[NN][.N(9)] allows for 1, 2 and 3 digit longitudes (ie. degrees) with the option of 0 to 9 decimal places (ie. decimal degrees). 
Usage examples:
•	+149.091360569 
•	+2 
•	-50.321- 	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand 2008. AS/NZS ISO6709:2008—Standard representation of latitude, longitude and altitude for geographic point locations. Sydney/Wellington: Standards Australia/Standards NZ.
Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Geographical coordinates (latitudes and longitudes) are the universal system for defining spatial position. A set of geographic coordinates on a datum is complete and unique, worldwide.
Positions of geographic features can be defined in space by a set of coordinates. In order for coordinates to be unique, the coordinate reference system needs to be fully defined. 
A coordinate reference system is realised by a reference frame, which comprises a datum and a coordinate system.
Longitudes can also be expressed in degrees, minutes and seconds (e.g. 150° 54' 45".98), see METeOR for this related item. A conversion to decimal degrees from the degrees, minutes and seconds format can be calculated with the following formula: Decimal Degrees = Degrees + ((Minutes / 60) + (Seconds / 3600)). (REF: 
https://www2.landgate.wa.gov.au/slip/portal/home/
Graticule.html)
Usage example: -75° 59' 32.483" converts to -75.992356389 in decimal degrees (rounded up to 9 decimal places). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—geocode latitude, decimal degrees XN[N][.N(9)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode positional uncertainty
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode positional uncertainty, total metres N[NNN].NNN	
Synonymous names:	Positional uncertainty	
METeOR identifier:	430490	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The horizontal uncertainty of the geocode for an address site, measured in total metres.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode positional uncertainty	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN].NNN	
Maximum character length:	7	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The positional uncertainty is measured in metres at the 95% confidence level, with respect to the defined reference frame. It is intended to be a measure for physical address point features.
Usage Example: 10.000	
Comments:	This is a measure of the closeness of the location of the point in relation to true position on the earth. That is, we are 95% confident that the true position lies within 10 metres of the position given by the geocode.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode vertical datum
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—geocode vertical datum, text [X(10)]	
Synonymous names:	Vertical datum	
METeOR identifier:	430339	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The reference datum of the height above sea level, used in the measurement of the geocode position of the address point, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—geocode vertical datum	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(10)]	
Maximum character length:	10	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	In Australia, the reference datum for height is the Australian Height Datum (AHD71). In general terms it is commonly interpreted as being height above sea level.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—geocode height, total metres N[NNNN].NNN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geographic location of organisation (CD)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	455515	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The geographical location of an agency using a seven digit numerical code which indicates the Collection District (CD) within the state or territory of Australia.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—geographic location	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNNNN	
Maximum character length:	7	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The geographical location is reported using a seven digit numerical code. The first digit is the single digit code to indicate state or territory. The remaining six digits are the numerical code for the Collection District (CD) within the state or territory.
The single digit codes for the states and territories and the six digit codes for the CDs are as defined in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC).
The ASGC is updated on an annual basis with a date of effect of 1 July each year. The codes for CDs are unique within each state and territory, but not within the whole country. Thus, to define a unique location, the code of the state or territory is required in addition to the code for the CD.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 21/02/2012, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011 Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Geographic location of organisation (SLA)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	
Synonymous names:	Statistical local area of service provider	
METeOR identifier:	455566	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 26/10/2011
Health, Proposed 14/07/2011	
Definition:	The geographical location of an agency using a five digit numerical code which indicates the Statistical Local Area (SLA) within the state or territory of Australia.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—geographic location	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Details on which edition was used in a particular data set should be included in the documentation of metadata accompanying that data set. Coding to ASGC codes is preferably done using the ABS National Localities Index, to map actual address. In some data collections, a compromise has to be made and the ASGC code derived from suburb/town/locality and Postcode-Australian only. However, this solution results in some inaccuracy of information.
The accurate recording of the state or territory is essential.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification (Australian Bureau of Statistics catalogue number 1216.0)	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 26/10/2011, Health, Standardisation pending 14/11/2011	
Geographic location of person
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	455542	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012	
Definition:	The geographical location of a person using a five digit numerical code which indicates the Statistical Local Area (SLA) within the state or territory of Australia.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—geographic location	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The geographical location is reported using a five digit numerical code to indicate the Statistical Local Area (SLA) within the reporting state or territory, as defined in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) (Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS), catalogue number 1216.0). It is a composite of state/territory identifier and SLA (first digit = state/territory identifier, next four digits = SLA). 
The Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) is updated by the ABS on an annual basis, with a date of effect of 1 July each year.
Up until 2007, the ABS's National Localities Index (NLI) (catalogue number 1252.0.55.001) was available as a coding tool designed to assist users assign the ASGC Main Structure codes to street address information. However, the NLI is no longer produced by the ABS. To replace the Localities file of the NLI, the ABS has created a Locality to SLA correspondence file for 2011. This file is available on request by contacting ABS Geography at geography@abs.gov.au.
For the majority of localities, the locality name (suburb or town, for example) is sufficient to assign an SLA code. However, some localities have the same name. For most of these, limited additional information such as the postcode or state/territory can be used with the locality name to assign an SLA code. In addition, other localities cross one or more SLA boundaries and are referred to as split localities. For these, the more detailed information of the number and street of the person's residence is used to assign an SLA code.
If the information available on the person's address indicates that it is in a split locality but is insufficient to assign an SLA code, the code for the SLA which includes most of the split locaility should be reported.
An SLA cannot be assigned if the information about the address is insufficient to identify a locality, or the locality is not an Australian locality. In these cases, the appropriate codes should be used for either undefined SLA within Australia (state/territory unstated), undefined SLA within a stated state/territory, no fixed place of abode (within Australia or within a stated state/territory) or overseas.	
Comments:	Geographical location is reported using SLA to enable accurate aggregation of information to larger areas within the ASGC (such as Statistical Subdivisions and Statistical Divisions) as well as detailed analysis at the SLA level. The use of SLA also allows analysis relating the data to information compiled by the ABS on the demographic and other characteristics of the population of each SLA. Analyses facilitated by the inclusion of SLA information include:
•	comparison of the use of services by persons residing in different geographical areas;
•	characterisation of catchment areas and populations for establishments for planning purposes; and
•	documentation of the provision of services to residents of states or territories other than the state or territory of the provider.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification (Australian Bureau of Statistics catalogue number 1216.0)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 26/10/2011	
Given name sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—given name sequence number, code N	
METeOR identifier:	287595	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The numerical order of the given names or initials of a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—given name sequence number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
First given name	

2	
Second given name	

3	
Third given name	

4	
Fourth given name	

5	
Fifth given name	

6	
Sixth given name	

7	
Seventh given name	

8	
Eighth given name	

9	
Ninth and subsequent given name	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	To be used in conjunction with Given name.
Example: Mary Georgina Smith
In the example above 'Mary' would have a given name sequence number of 1 and 'Georgina' would have a given name sequence number of 2.
Example: Jean Claude Marcel Moreaux
If the person has recorded a single given name as more than one word, displaying spaces in between the words(e.g. Jean Claude), their given names are recorded in data collection systems in the same way (i.e. Jean Claude is one given name and Marcel is another given name). ‘Jean Claude’ would have a Given name sequence number of ‘1’ and ‘Marcel’ would have a Given name sequence number of ‘2’.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Given name(s)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)]	
Synonymous names:	First name; Forename; Christian name; Middle name; Second name; Other given name	
METeOR identifier:	453734	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The person's identifying name within the family group or by which the person is socially identified, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—given name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(40)]	
Maximum character length:	40	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A person's given name can be:
•	Assigned by a person parents shortly after birth or adoption or other cultural ceremony. 
•	Acquired by a person in accordance with a due process defined in a State or Territory Act relating to the registration of births, deaths, marriages and changes of name and sex, and for related purposes, such as the ACT Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration Act. 
•	Attained by a person within the family group or by which that person is socially identified.
The agency or establishment should record the person's full given name(s) on their information systems.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item should be recorded for all clients. 
There are no universal verification rules for a person's given name.
Given name(s) should be recorded in the format preferred by the person. The format should be the same as that indicated by the person (for example written on a form) or in the same format as that printed on an identification card, such as Medicare card, to ensure consistent collection of name data. 
It is acknowledged that some people use more than one given name (for example formal name, birth name, nickname or shortened name, or tribal name) depending on the circumstances. A person is able to change his or her name by usage in all States and Territories of Australia with the exception of Western Australia, where a person may only change his or her name under the Change of Name Act. 
A person should generally be registered using their preferred name as it is more likely to be used in common usage and on subsequent visits to an agency or establishment. The person's preferred name may in fact be their legal name. The Person—name usage type, code AAA metadata item can be used to distinguish between the different types of names that may be used by the person.
The following format may assist with data collection: 
What is the given name you would like to be known by? 
_______________________ 
Are you known by any other given names that you would like recorded?
If so, what are they
___________________________________________________________ 
Whenever a person informs the agency or establishment of a change of given name (for example prefers to be known by their middle name), the former name should be recorded according to the appropriate name type. Do not delete or overwrite a previous given name. For example 'Mary Georgina Smith' informs the hospital that she prefers to be known as 'Georgina'. Record 'Georgina' as her preferred given name and record 'Mary' as the name at birth. 
Similarly the establishment is informed that 'Baby of Louise Jones' has been named 'Mary Jones'. Retain 'Baby of Louise' as the newborn name and also record 'Mary' as the preferred 'Given name'. 
Registering an unidentified client: 
If the person is a client and her/his given name is not known, record unknown in the 'Given name' field and use alias Name type. When the person's name becomes known, add the actual name as preferred Name type (or other as appropriate). Do not delete or overwrite the alias name of unknown. 
Use of first initial: 
If the person's given name is not known, but the first letter (initial) of the given name is known, record the first letter in the preferred 'Given name' field. Do not record a full stop following the initial. 
Persons with only one name: 
•	Some people do not have a family name and a given name: they have only one name by which they are known. If the person has only one name, record it in the 'Family name' field and leave the 'Given name' blank. 
Record complete information: 
•	All of the person's given names should be recorded. 
Shortened or alternate first given name: 
•	If the person uses a shortened version or an alternate version of their first given name, record their preferred name, the actual name as an appropriate name type e.g. name at birth, and any alternative versions as alias names as appropriate. 
Example - The person's given name is Jennifer but she prefers to be called Jenny. Record 'Jenny' as the preferred 'Given name' and 'Jennifer' as If a person has only one name it should be recorded as the family name not the
given name.
A useful resource when capturing ethnic names is the referenced Naming Systems
of Ethnic Groups produced by Centrelink, Canberra, AGPS.
Example - The person's given name is 'Giovanni' but he prefers to be called 'John'. 
Record 'John' as the preferred 'Given name' and 'Giovanni' as the name at birth. 
Punctuation: 
If special characters form part of the given names they shall be included, e.g. hyphenated names shall be entered with the hyphen. 
Hyphen, for example Anne-Maree, Mary-Jane 
Do not leave a space before or after the hyphen, that is between last letter of 'Anne' and the hyphen, nor a space between the hyphen and the first letter of 'Maree'.
spaces, for example Jean Claude Marcel Moreaux
If the person has recorded their given name as more than one word, displaying spaces in between the words, record their given names in data collection systems in the same way (that is Jean Claude is one given name and Marcel is another given name). 
Names not for continued use:
For cultural reasons, a person such as an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander may advise that they are no longer using the given name they previously used and are now using an alternative current name. Record their current name as their preferred given name and record their previously used name as an alias name. 
Composite name:
If a person identifies their first name as being a composite word, both parts should be recorded under the first Given Name (rather than the first and second Given Name).
If ‘Anne Marie Walker’ notes her preferred Given Name to be ‘Anne Marie’, then ‘Anne Marie’ is recoded as (first) Given Name, and (second) Given Name is left blank.
Registering an unnamed newborn baby: 
An unnamed (newborn) baby is to be registered using the mother's given name in conjunction with the prefix 'Baby of'. For example, if the baby's mother's given name is Fiona, then record 'Baby of Fiona' in the preferred 'Given name' field for the baby. This name is recorded under the newborn identification name type. If a name is subsequently given, record the new name as the preferred given name and retain the newborn name. 
Registering unnamed multiple births: 
An unnamed (newborn) baby from a multiple birth should use their mother's given name plus a reference to the multiple births. For example, if the baby's mother's given name is 'Fiona' and a set of twins is to be registered, then record 'Twin 1 of Fiona' in the Given name field for the first born baby, and 'Twin 2 of Fiona' in the 'Given name' field of the second born baby. Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3 ...) are used, not Roman Numerals (I, II, III ......). 
In the case of triplets or other multiple births the same logic applies. The following terms should be use for recording multiple births: 
Twin: 
•	use Twin, that is Twin 1 of Fiona 
Triplet: 
•	use Trip, that is Trip 1 of Fiona 
Quadruplet: 
•	use Quad, that is Quad 1 of Fiona 
Quintuplet: 
•	use Quin, that is Quin 1 of Fiona 
Sextuplet: 
•	use Sext, that is Sext 1 of Fiona 
Septuplet:
•	use Sept, that is Sept 1 of Fiona. 
These names should be recorded under the newborn identification name Person name type. When the babies are named, the actual names should be recorded as the preferred name. The newborn name is retained. 
Ethnic Names: 
A useful resource when capturing ethnic names is the referenced Naming Systems of Ethnic Groups produced by Centrelink, Canberra, AGPS.
Misspelled given names: 
If the person's given name has been misspelled in error, update the Given name field with the correct spelling and record the misspelled given name as an Alias name. Recording misspelled names is important for filing documents that may be issued with previous versions of the client's name. Discretion should be used regarding the degree of recording that is maintained. 	
Comments:	Often people use a variety of names, including legal names, married/maiden names, nicknames, assumed names, traditional names, etc. Even small differences in recording - such as the difference between Thomas and Tom - can make Record linkage impossible. To minimise discrepancies in the recording and reporting of name information, agencies or establishments should ask the person for their full (formal) Given name and Family name. These may be different from the name that the person may prefer the agency or establishment workers to use in personal dealings. Agencies or establishments may choose to separately record the preferred name that the person wishes to be used by agency or establishment workers. In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies or establishments should always ask the person to specify their first given name and their family or surname separately. These should then be recorded as Given name and Family name as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Supersedes Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
See also Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type, code AAA Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Goods and equipment received (service episode)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service episode—type of goods and equipment received, code N	
METeOR identifier:	323299	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The types of goods or equipment received by the client (by purchase, loan, or gift) during a service episode, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service episode—type of goods and equipment received	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Self-care aids (e.g. button hook for dressing or bowl care for eating)	

2	
Support and mobility aids (e.g. walking frame, manual wheelchair)	

3	
Communication aids (e.g. hearing aids, mouthstick)	

4	
Reading aids (e.g. magnifying glass, braille books)	

5	
Medical care aids (e.g. ventilator, pacemaker)	

6	
Car modifications (e.g. car ramp, room for wheelchair)	

8	
Other goods and equipment (other goods and equipment not elsewhere classified)	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Self-care aids
Eating aids – crockery, cutlery, plate guard, bowl guard
Dressing aids – button hook, clothes tongs, zip pull
Washing aids – bathrails/hoist/seat, shower rails/fitting/seat
Bag, urinal, incontinence pad, uredome, urinary appliances
Bowel appliances – colostomy bag, bowel pad
Toilet chair, commode, frame, conventional toilet use aids
Cooking aids (excl. eating utensils), special iron
Other aids for self care
CODE 2 Support and mobility aids
Callipers, splints
Belts, braces, neck collar, corsets
Crutches for support, walking frame/stick
Ankle/knee strap, built up shoe, foot/leg support NEC
Transporter chair, pusher, tricycle
Wheelchair manual or unspecified
Wheelchair, motorised
Henry lifter, hoist, patient lifter Scooter
Ejector chair, hard-back chair, made to measure chair, chair NEC
Special bed, cushions/pillows for support
White cane
Sonic beam, laser cane, optacon
Guide dog
bars/hooks/rails/straps, attached to walls, etc., for support and mobility
Other aids for support or mobility
CODE 3 Communication aids
Aid, hearing
Teletext
Telephone attachment or adaptation (e.g. answering service, flashing light, headpiece, TTY telephone)
Writing aids (mouthstick, writing pad, typewriter, communication board)
Computers – Kurzweil personal reader, communication
Speaking aids - electrolarynx
CODE 4 Reading aids
Contact lenses, reading/magnifying glasses
Braille books/items/watch
Books, large print/talking, cassette recorders/players
Reading frame, page turners, reading aids not associated with loss of sight
Other reading or sight aids
Dwelling modification to aid communication – intercom
Other aids for communication
CODE 5 Medical care aids
Breathing pumps – oxygen masks, ventilator
Dialysis machine, kidney functioning machines
Heart stimulus/functioning machines, pacemaker
Ostomy appliances/Stoma appliances, excluding colostomy bag
Other aids for medical care
CODE 6 Car modifications
Accelerator/brake/controls, hand – car modifications
Handles/lifter/rails/ramps – car modifications
Mirrors/steering/windows, power – car modifications
Other car modifications – automatic transmission, room for wheelchair
CODE 8 Other goods/equipment
Other goods/equipment NEC	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National HACC Minimum Data Set User Guide Version 2.0 2005. Home and Community Care (HACC) Program	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The agency should record the type of goods or equipment received by the client (on loan or by purchase) on each instance of assistance. This information can then be amalgamated to provide a measure of the types of goods and equipment received by a client over a reporting period (which will vary according to collection requirements).
Where the client receives more than one of the same type of good or equipment (e.g. several food packets) on the same occasion, the agency should only record this once. Where the client receives different types of goods or equipment on the same occasion, the agency should separately record each type of goods or equipment against the same date.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 1998. Home and Community Care (HACC) data dictionary, version 1.0. Commonwealth Department of Health and Family Services, Canberra	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Goods and equipment received, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.9 KB) 
Supersedes Service episode—type of goods and equipment received, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Goods and equipment received (service event)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—type of goods and equipment received, code N	
Synonymous names:	Goods and equipment received	
METeOR identifier:	323236	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The types of goods or equipment received by the client (by purchase, loan, or gift) during a service event, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—type of goods and equipment received	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Self-care aids (e.g. button hook for dressing or bowl care for eating)	

2	
Support and mobility aids (e.g. walking frame, manual wheelchair)	

3	
Communication aids (e.g. hearing aids, mouthstick)	

4	
Reading aids (e.g. magnifying glass, braille books)	

5	
Medical care aids (e.g. ventilator, pacemaker)	

6	
Car modifications (e.g. car ramp, room for wheelchair)	

8	
Other goods and equipment (other goods and equipment not elsewhere classified)	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Self-care aids
Eating aids – crockery, cutlery, plate guard, bowl guard
Dressing aids – button hook, clothes tongs, zip pull
Washing aids – bathrails/hoist/seat, shower rails/fitting/seat
Bag, urinal, incontinence pad, uredome, urinary appliances
Bowel appliances – colostomy bag, bowel pad
Toilet chair, commode, frame, conventional toilet use aids
Cooking aids (excl. eating utensils), special iron
Other aids for self care
CODE 2 Support and mobility aids
Callipers, splints
Belts, braces, neck collar, corsets
Crutches for support, walking frame/stick
Ankle/knee strap, built up shoe, foot/leg support NEC
Transporter chair, pusher, tricycle
Wheelchair manual or unspecified
Wheelchair, motorised
Henry lifter, hoist, patient lifter Scooter
Ejector chair, hard-back chair, made to measure chair, chair NEC
Special bed, cushions/pillows for support
White cane
Sonic beam, laser cane, optacon
Guide dog
bars/hooks/rails/straps, attached to walls, etc., for support and mobility
Other aids for support or mobility
CODE 3 Communication aids
Aid, hearing
Teletext
Telephone attachment or adaptation (e.g. answering service, flashing light, headpiece, TTY telephone)
Writing aids (mouthstick, writing pad, typewriter, communication board)
Computers – Kurzweil personal reader, communication
Speaking aids - electrolarynx
CODE 4 Reading aids
Contact lenses, reading/magnifying glasses
Braille books/items/watch
Books, large print/talking, cassette recorders/players
Reading frame, page turners, reading aids not associated with loss of sight
Other reading or sight aids
Dwelling modification to aid communication – intercom
Other aids for communication
CODE 5 Medical care aids
Breathing pumps – oxygen masks, ventilator
Dialysis machine, kidney functioning machines
Heart stimulus/functioning machines, pacemaker
Ostomy appliances/Stoma appliances, excluding colostomy bag
Other aids for medical care
CODE 6 Car modifications
Accelerator/brake/controls, hand – car modifications
Handles/lifter/rails/ramps – car modifications
Mirrors/steering/windows, power – car modifications
Other car modifications – automatic transmission, room for wheelchair
CODE 8 Other goods/equipment
Other goods/equipment NEC	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National HACC Minimum Data Set User Guide Version 2.0 2005. Home and Community Care (HACC) Program	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The agency should record the type of goods or equipment received by the client (on loan or by purchase) for each Service event. This information can then be amalgamated to provide a measure of the types of goods and equipment received by a client over a reporting period (which will vary according to collection requirements).
Where the client receives more than one of the same type of good or equipment (e.g. several food packets) on the same occasion, the agency should only record this once. Where the client receives different types of goods or equipment on the same occasion, the agency should separately record each type of goods or equipment against the same date.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 1998. Home and Community Care (HACC) data dictionary, version 1.0. Commonwealth Department of Health and Family Services, Canberra	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Goods and equipment received, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.9 KB) 
Supersedes Service event—type of goods and equipment received, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Government funding allocated (agency level)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—government  funding allocated, total Australian currency N[N(8)]	
METeOR identifier:	336819	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The total amount of funds allocated by government to an agency, as represented in Australian dollars.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—funding allocated	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[N(8)]	
Maximum character length:	9	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Gross income (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—gross income (weekly), total Australian currency N[NNNNN].NN	
METeOR identifier:	302481	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006	
Definition:	The value of income per week from all sources before any deductions such as income tax and superannuation for a person expressed as dollars and cents.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—gross income	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[NNNNN].NN	
Maximum character length:	8	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Unit of measure precision:	2	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This value domain must be expressed to two decimal places. Where there is a dollar value and no cent value, the cents must be expressed as .00 (eg. 100.00). 	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The main components of gross income are:
•	wages and salary; 
•	income derived from self-employment; 
•	government pensions, benefits and allowances; and 
other income comprising investments (including interest, dividends, royalties and rent) and other regular income (including superannuation, private scholarships received in cash, workers' compensation, accident compensation, maintenance or alimony, and any other allowances regularly received). 
•	Gross income is regarded as all receipts which are received regularly and are of a recurring nature. Certain receipts such as lump sum receipts, windfall gains and withdrawals from savings are not considered to conform to these criteria and are not included as income. Where household or income unit gross income is required, the gross income of each person is summed.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Housing Data Development Committee	
Origin:	CSHA Public rental housing data manual 2001-02	
Highest year of school completed
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—highest year of school completed, code N	
Synonymous names:	Highest level of schooling completed	
METeOR identifier:	375998	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The highest level of schooling that a person has completed, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—highest year of school completed	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Year 12	

2	
Year 11	

3	
Year 10	

4	
Year 9	

5	
Year 8 or below	

6	
No schooling	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Highest level of schooling includes study at a secondary education level which might, for example, be undertaken at a Technical and Further Education (TAFE) institution (ABS, 2002).
Record the code for the highest year of schooling completed, regardless of the institution or location where that study took place. If a year of schooling had been commenced but not completed, the code for the year below should be used. 
Only one option may be selected.	
Comments:	This metadata item maps to the Australian Bureau of Statistics standard 'Highest year of school completed'.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Education variables. ABS cat. no. 1246.0. Canberra: ABS	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Education variables. ABS cat. no. 1246.0. Canberra: ABS	
Hours of service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—amount of assistance, total hours and minutes NNNN	
METeOR identifier:	404961	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The number of hours of service received by a client during a reporting period, in hours and minutes.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—amount of assistance	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Unit of measure:	Hour and minute	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	HHMM	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element refers to the number of hours of service (support) received by an individual client during a reporting period. Time measured includes:
(a) time spent directly assisting a client and
(b) time spent by an agency worker in arranging a service for the client, which may include arranging accommodation
The agency should record the amount of assistance in hours and minutes- rounding up to the nearest 15 minutes. Include any contact with a client that is 15 minutes or greater. Include time spent on arranging accommodation for a client but exclude time spent in that accommodation by the client.
Do not record the time the client receives from partnering agencies who provide the services purchased, arranged or brokered by your agency.	
Collection methods:	This measure refers to the direct hours of support that are provided to clients. This may include time spent in face-to-face service delivery, meetings or phone contact with a client or time spent undertaking tasks on behalf of a client (e.g. time spent on preparation of documents, file notes, correspondence, phone calls or liaison with other service providers in relation to the client).
Activities to include:
Time spent with client
•	face-to-face time spent providing a specific service (individually or in a group setting) 
•	assessment 
•	case management 
•	community education 
•	phone contact with a client
Time spent on behalf of the client (or which can be attributed to a client)
•	arranging a referral 
•	writing file notes 
•	participating in case conferences directly related to a client, which may include contact with other agencies – e.g. inter-agency meetings, case planning meetings 
•	review of case plans 
•	recording data at time of assessment 
•	mobile service delivery  
•	telephone calls made on behalf of a client 
•	preparation for group activities or training events.
Not counted in hours of service:
•	team meetings 
•	travel 
•	training 
•	networking meetings 
•	getting supervision 
•	compiling or entering data for reporting 
•	collating data.
This measure excludes time spent on things that cannot be directly attributed to clients, such as: administration, business planning, staff training, travel to and from a client, record keeping not directly related to a client, compiling data for reporting purposes, inter-agency meetings not directly related to a client, team meetings and professional supervision. It includes time spent on behalf of a client having accommodation arranged but excludes the actual time spent by the client in that accommodation.
Where clients receive support in a group setting, record the hours received for all attending clients (i.e. do not divide group hours by the number of clients. For example, where a staff member runs a 2-hour group activity for 3 clients, count each client as receiving 2 hours of service. If a client spends an hour with two workers, record this as 1 hour received by the client.). This approach ensures a consistent focus on the hours of assistance received by clients.
Example: a client receives 11 hours of assistance from an agency over a 4-week period, which includes time spent on needs assessment, assistance in accessing community services, counselling and advocacy. This is counted as 1100 hours.	
Hours worked by worker
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—hours worked, total hours NNN	
METeOR identifier:	314817	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The total number of hours worked by a person over a specified period.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—hours worked	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NNN	
Maximum character length:	3	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

999	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Hour (h)	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Total hours expressed as 000, 001 etc.	
Hours worked—paid staff
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—hours worked (paid staff), total NNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	347870	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The total number of hours actually worked by all paid staff in an agency or organisation.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—hours worked	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Hour (h)	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Total hours expressed as 00000, 00001, 00425 etc.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is asking for actual staff hours worked, not the rostered hours or full-time equivalent staff.
Contract staff employed through an agency are included where the contract is for the supply of labour (e.g. nursing) rather than of products (e.g. photocopier maintenance).	
Collection methods:	In some collections this metadata item may be collected for a specified week. Other collections may specify a 'usual' week or an average week calculated from a number of weeks or the entire year.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2002. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data guide-data items and definitions 2002-03. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—hours worked (paid staff), total NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Hours worked—volunteer/unpaid staff
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—hours worked (volunteer/unpaid staff), total NNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	347882	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The total number of hours actually worked by all volunteer/unpaid staff in an agency or organisation. 	
Context:	To assist in the analysis of staffing inputs and to enable a comparison of the staffing requirements of different service types. It is important to include volunteers due to the significant contribution they make within many organisations.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—hours worked	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Hour (h)	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Total hours expressed as 00000, 00001, 00425 etc.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is asking for actual staff hours worked by volunteer staff, not the rostered hours or full-time equivalent staff.	
Collection methods:	In some collections this metadata item may be collected for a specified week. Other collections may specify a 'usual' week or an average week calculated from a number of weeks or the entire year.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2002. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data guide-data items and definitions 2002-03. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—hours worked (volunteer/unpaid staff), total NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Household family composition
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Household—family composition, code N[NNN]	
METeOR identifier:	343206	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The composition of the family within the household, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Household and family statistics.	
Data Element Concept:	Household—family composition	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Family, household and income unit variables (family composition) 2005	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Couple family with no children	

2	
Couple family with children	

3	
One parent family	

9	
Other family	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Children refers to children of any age, dependent and non-dependent.
The basis of a family is formed by identifying the presence of a couple relationship, lone parent-child relationship or other blood relationship. Some households will, therefore, contain more than one family.
The classification is based on the Australian Bureau of Statistics Standards for Statistics on Families (ABS Cat. No. 1286.0) which contains a 4-level hierarchical classification. Only level 1 of this classification has been adopted for this metadata item. If individual agencies need to classify family types at a lower level of detail than specified in this metadata item (for example, if they wish to split children into dependent and non-dependent children), they should ensure that the more detailed ABS classification is used.
CODE 8 Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the metadata item has not been collected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Household—family type, code N Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Household type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Household—household type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	351188	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A categorisation of a household based on the presence or absence of family members, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Household and family statistics.	
Data Element Concept:	Household—household type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Household containing family members only	

2	
Household containing a mixture of family and non-family members	

3	
Household containing non-family members only	

4	
Not classifiable	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The classification is based on a combination of the first and second levels of the ABS 3-level hierarchy. This classification differs from the ABS classification in that it seeks to determine whether there are non-family persons co-resident with the person of concern. Care should be taken in making comparisons with the ABS data for Household composition.
If individual agencies need to classify household types at a lower level of detail, they should ensure that the more detailed ABS classification 'Household composition' is used. The lower levels in the classification cover detail on the number of families or the number of household members. Thus, household type is allocated dependent on the basis of the number of families and whether unrelated household members are present (if it is a family household), or the number of household members if it is a non-family household.
It should be noted that only usual residents of a household are considered when describing and categorising households by Household type. Since households are differentiated in terms of families, and visitors to a household are excluded from family coding, the identification of usual residence is essential to determine the household type.
CODE 4 Not Classifiable
Operationally, all households must contain at least one member 15 years of age or older. Any household consisting only of a person or persons all under 15 years of age is coded to 'Not classifiable'. This approach is consistent with that used in the family type classification, in which a family is likewise not defined unless it consists of at least one member aged 15 years or older.
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
Is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/66f306f503e529a5ca25697e0017661f/7d8452b70c81c070ca256b3b00149f7f!OpenDocument	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	At least one member of the household must be over 15 years of age.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Household—household type, code N Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Housing tenure type (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—housing tenure type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	368085	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 12/08/2008	
Definition:	A description of a person's legal right to occupy a dwelling in which he/she lives as represented by a code.
	
Data Element Concept:	Person—housing tenure type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Owner without a mortgage	

2	
Owner with a mortgage	

3	
Purchaser/renter under a rent/buy scheme	

4	
Renter	

5	
Occupier under a rent free accommodation	

6	
Occupier under a life tenure scheme	

7	
Other tenure type	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Tenure type of persons in caravans and manufactured homes is determined according to the tenure of the dwelling structure and not the land. Thus, a person who owns a caravan and rents a site in a caravan park is regarded as an owner.
Code 1. Owner without a mortgage: 
A person who owns their dwelling and is not making any payments on mortgages or loans secured against the dwelling. (Thus persons who have repaid a loan but technically not discharged the associated mortgage are included in this category).
Code 2. Owner with a mortgage: 
A person who owns their dwelling and is repaying a mortgage or loans secured against the dwelling, regardless of the purpose of the mortgage or secured loan. 
Code 3. Purchaser/renter under a rent/buy scheme: 
A person purchasing a proportion of the equity in the dwelling, and paying rent for the remainder.
Code 4. Renter: 
A person paying money to another person/organisation in return for accommodation. Included in this category are: Boarder, a person who is provided with meals and lodging in return for money; and Lodger, a person who is provided with lodging only (a room or rooms) in return for money. 
Code 5. Occupier under rent free accommodation: 
A person paying no money in exchange for accommodation. Exclude owners with or without a mortgage, house-sitters, and those paying accommodation in goods and services.
Code 6. Occupier under a life tenure scheme: 
A person with a contract to live in the dwelling for the term of his/her life but without the full rights of ownership and usually has/have limited or no equity in the dwelling. This is a common arrangement in retirement villages.
Code 7. Other tenure type: 
The tenure does not fit any of the above categories. For example: house-sitting, payment in kind, for a specific service.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Populations tabulated for these categories may not correspond to populations in household level collections. In particular, a person classified as a ‘Renter’, ‘Rent-free’, and ‘Other’ may correspond to ‘Owners with/out a mortgage’. For example, a dependent student pays rent to their parents in the same household, may report their tenure type as 'Renter' or ' Boarder' in a person level collection , whereas in a Household level collection, they would be assigned the ‘highest’ tenure type in the household, for example ‘Owner with a mortgage’.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics: 2006 Census Data Dictionary (Cat. no. 2901.0). 2901.0 - Census Dictionary, 2006 (Reissue)	
Identifier designation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier designation, text [X(20)]	
Synonymous names:	Identifier value; Party identifier	
METeOR identifier:	466235	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier, assigned by an organisation, establishment or agency, used to uniquely identify an entity, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier designation	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(20)]	
Maximum character length:	20	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Any interchange of identifier designations shall be performed in accordance with privacy guidelines and legislation defined in the Interchange of Client Information, Appendix G , Privacy principles:
"The Privacy Act 1988 (Commonwealth) is the principal piece of legislation providing protection of personal information in the federal public sector and in the private sector. The Privacy Act provides eleven Information Privacy Principles (IPPs) for the federal public sector and ten National Privacy Principles (NPPs) for private sector organisations. ‘Organisation’ is defined broadly to include a body corporate, an unincorporated association, a partnership, a trust or an individual.
http://www.privacy.gov.au./"
The possible values are not standardised or codified, as the data is dependent on the issuer and type of identifier.
Examples:
•	A business's Australian business number (ABN): 85 087 326 690 
•	An individual's Medicare card number (MCN): 2345 56789 8	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier issuer
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier issuer, text [X(200)]	
Synonymous names:	Issuing party name	
METeOR identifier:	466241	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of the party that issues the identifier that is used to establish the identity of an entity, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier issuer	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(200)]	
Maximum character length:	200	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	An identifier issuer may include an association, organisation or government agency e.g. 
•	Australian Taxation Office
•	Centrelink
•	National Australia Bank
•	Medicare Australia	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier name, text [A(50)]	
Synonymous names:	Card name; Identification name	
METeOR identifier:	466224	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name or label of the identifier that establishes the identity of an entity, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[A(50)]	
Maximum character length:	50	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Examples of an identifier name include:
•	Australian business number (ABN)
•	Driver’s licence number
•	Medicare card number (MCN)	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	466249	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The status of an identifier that is used to establish the identity of an entity, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Active	

2	
Suspended	

3	
Not defined	

4	
Cancelled	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/Inadequately described	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A party may have multiple identifier statuses.	
Comments:	No attempt has been made to enumerate all codes that can be associated with the identifier status code.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier status end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	466264	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of an identifier ceased to be in effect, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier status end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This date can be used separately or in conjunction with Identifier—identifier status start date, DDMMYYYY so as to provide a timeframe that an identifier status was/is in effect from/to.
The absence of this data element in a collection implies that the recorded status is still in effect.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Identifier—identifier status start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Identifier—identifier status start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	466256	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of an identifier came into effect, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Identifier—identifier status start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This date can be used separately or in conjunction with Identifier—identifier status end date, DDMMYYYY so as to provide a timeframe that an identifier status was/is in effect from/to.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Identifier—identifier status end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Impairment of body function
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—extent of impairment of body function, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320138	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	A person's degree of impairment in a specified body function, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—extent of impairment of body function	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
No impairment	

1	
Mild impairment	

2	
Moderate impairment	

3	
Severe impairment	

4	
Complete impairment	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Impairments of body structure or body function are problems in body structure or function such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages. 
CODE 0 No impairment
Used when there is no significant variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [0-4%].
CODE 1 Mild impairment
Used when there is a slight or low variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [5-24%].
CODE 2 Moderate impairment
Used when there is a medium (significant but not severe) variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [25-49%].
CODE 3 Severe impairment
Used when there is an extreme variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [50-95%].
CODE 4 Complete impairment
Used when there is a total variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [96-100%].	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This coding is to be used in conjunction with specified Body Functions domains. For example, 'a mild impairment of functions related to the brain' to indicate the area of impairment and, potentially, the sorts of interventions that may result in improved functioning. The body function in which an individual experiences an impairment is indicated using the metadata item Person—body function, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN]. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—body function, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body functions cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Impairment of body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320165	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	A person's degree of impairment in a specified body structure, as represented by a code. 	
Data Element Concept:	Person—extent of impairment of body structure	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
No impairment	

1	
Mild impairment	

2	
Moderate impairment	

3	
Severe impairment	

4	
Complete impairment	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Impairments of body structure or body function are problems in body structure or function such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages. 
CODE 0 No impairment
Used when there is no significant variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [0-4%].
CODE 1 Mild impairment
Used when there is a slight or low variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [5-24%].
CODE 2 Moderate impairment
Used when there is a medium (significant but not severe) variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [25-49%].
CODE 3 Severe impairment
Used when there is an extreme variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [50-95%].
CODE 4 Complete impairment
Used when there is a total variation from accepted population standards in the biomedical status of the body structure or its functions [96-100%].	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used in conjunction with specified body structures, for example 'mild impairment of structures related to movement'. This data element may also be used in conjunction with Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N and Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body structures cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Income unit composition
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Income unit—income unit composition, code N	
METeOR identifier:	351139	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007	
Definition:	The composition of the income unit within a household, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Income unit—income unit type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N{.N}	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Couple only	

2	
Couple with dependent children	

3	
One parent	

4	
One person	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Couple only
An income unit comprising two partners in a couple relationship.
CODE 2 Couple with dependent children income unit
An income unit comprising two partners in a couple relationship and all of their dependent children.
CODE 3 One parent 
An income unit comprising a lone parent and all of his or her dependent children.
CODE 4 One person income 
An income unit comprising a person who is not party to either a couple or parent/dependent child relationship. Specifically this includes all persons identified as a non-dependent child, other related individual or non-family member.
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
This option refers to those cases where there is insufficient data to identify and classify the component income unit.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	'Income unit composition' is coded from data obtained from 'Relationship in household'. The procedures for allocation of individuals to income units follow the same rules and procedures as the rules for identifying families explained in detail in the ABS Standard Variable 'Family composition', with the exception that persons not in couple income units or one-parent income units are not allocated to any form of 'Other family' income unit. Such persons form One person income units. The procedures are as follows:
Where a couple relationship is identified, the couple will form the nucleus of an Income unit. If 'Relationship in household' data reveal the presence of one or more natural, adopted, step, or foster dependent children of that couple, the couple and the dependent children will be coded as a Couple with dependent children income unit. A couple without dependent children will be coded as a Couple only income unit.
Once any couple relationships have been identified in the household, if there is a lone parent with one or more natural, adopted, step, or foster dependent children, that parent and the children will be coded as a One parent income unit.
Any person in a household aged 15 or over who is not allocated to an income unit using these procedures will be coded as a One person income unit. Specifically, non-dependent children of any age, lone parents without dependent children, other related individuals and non-family persons in family households; and all persons in group households and lone person households comprise One person Income units.
Any child under 15, who is not the natural, adopted, step or foster child of anyone in the household, is allocated to an income unit as a 'nominal child'. The ABS uses the concepts of the 'nominal child' and 'nominal parent' where to all intents and purposes a 'parent-child' relationship exists, to facilitate a more accurate and analytically useful picture of the arrangements that may exist in the household. Children under 15 who are not the natural, adopted, step or foster child of anyone in the household are allocated to an income unit in the same way as a 'nominal child' is allocated to a 'nominal parent' in family coding. See the ABS Standard Variable 'Family composition' for more detail. The rules for allocating a nominal child are applied in the following order:
•	Sibling aged 25 or more. The nominal child's eldest sibling who is over the age of 25 is assigned as the nominal parent. 
•	Closest other relative. The nominal child's closest non-sibling relative aged 25 or more is assigned as the nominal parent. If necessary relationships by lineage (vertical) take precedence over other types of relationships. For example, grandmother over aunt, or aunt over cousin. 
•	Couple relationship. Persons in a couple relationship are assigned as the nominal parents of the nominal child. 
•	Child to female parent. The nominal child is assigned a female nominal parent in preference to a male nominal parent. For example, aunt over uncle. 
•	Eldest person rule. The nominal child is assigned the eldest person usually resident in the dwelling as their nominal parent.
Where an unattached child under 15 is allocated to an income unit in accordance with the procedures detailed above, the child is treated in the same way as a natural, adopted, step or foster child. The income unit composition of the nominal parent's income unit is then established in accordance with the procedures set out above. This may result in a Couple only income unit becoming a Couple with dependent children income unit or a One person income unit becoming a One parent income unit.
In summary:
•	Couple relationships are identified first. Each identified couple, along with their own dependent children, comprises a separate Couple only or Couple with dependent children income unit. 
•	Any lone parents and their own dependent children form separate One parent income units. 
•	Any other person aged 15 or over forms a separate One person income unit. 
•	Children under 15 who are not the children of any couple or lone parent in the household are attached to an income unit as prescribed above.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1995. Standards for Statistics on the Family 1995. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Indigenous specific agency indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	456799	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an organisation provides services specifically for and by Indigenous people, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	7	
Not applicable	

9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Performance and Data Working Group	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2010. Child protection and support services National Minimum Data Set, data collection manual for the 2010 pilot collection. AIHW: Canberra.	
Indigenous status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—Indigenous status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	291036	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 15/04/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	Whether a person identifies as being of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander origin, as represented by a code. This is in accord with the first two of three components of the Commonwealth definition.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—Indigenous status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Aboriginal but not Torres Strait Islander origin	

2	
Torres Strait Islander but not Aboriginal origin	

3	
Both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander origin	

4	
Neither Aboriginal nor Torres Strait Islander origin	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is based on the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) standard for Indigenous status. For detailed advice on its use and application please refer to the ABS Website as indicated in the Reference documents. 
The classification for Indigenous status has a hierarchical structure comprising two levels. There are four categories at the detailed level of the classification which are grouped into two categories at the broad level. There is one supplementary category for 'not stated' responses. The classification is as follows: 
Indigenous: 
•	Aboriginal but not Torres Strait Islander origin. 
•	Torres Strait Islander but not Aboriginal origin. 
•	Both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander origin. 
Non-Indigenous: 
•	Neither Aboriginal nor Torres Strait Islander origin.
•	Not stated/ inadequately described: 
This category is not to be available as a valid answer to the questions but is intended for use: 
Primarily when importing data from other data collections that do not contain mappable data. 
Where an answer was refused. 
Where the question was not able to be asked prior to completion of assistance because the client was unable to communicate or a person who knows the client was not available.
Only in the last two situations may the tick boxes on the questionnaire be left blank.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The standard question for Indigenous Status is as follows: 
[Are you] [Is the person] [Is (name)] of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander origin?
(For persons of both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander origin, mark both 'Yes' boxes.) 
No.................................................... 
Yes, Aboriginal............................... 
Yes, Torres Strait Islander............ 
This question is recommended for self-enumerated or interview-based collections. It can also be used in circumstances where a close relative, friend, or another member of the household is answering on behalf of the subject. It is strongly recommended that this question be asked directly wherever possible. 
When someone is not present, the person answering for them should be in a position to do so, i.e. this person must know well the person about whom the question is being asked and feel confident to provide accurate information about them. 
This question must always be asked regardless of data collectors' perceptions based on appearance or other factors. 
The Indigenous status question allows for more than one response. The procedure for coding multiple responses is as follows: 
•	If the respondent marks 'No' and either 'Aboriginal' or 'Torres Strait Islander', then the response should be coded to either Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander as indicated (i.e. disregard the 'No' response). 
•	If the respondent marks both the 'Aboriginal' and 'Torres Strait Islander' boxes, then their response should be coded to 'Both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Origin'.
•	If the respondent marks all three boxes ('No', 'Aboriginal' and 'Torres Strait Islander'), then the response should be coded to 'Both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Origin' (i.e. disregard the 'No' response). 
This approach may be problematical in some data collections, for example when data are collected by interview or using screen based data capture systems. An additional response category 
Yes, both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander...
may be included if this better suits the data collection practices of the agency or establishment concerned.	
Comments:	The following definition, commonly known as 'The Commonwealth Definition', was given in a High Court judgement in the case of Commonwealth v Tasmania (1983) 46 ALR 625.
'An Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander is a person of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander descent who identifies as an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander and is accepted as such by the community in which he or she lives'.
There are three components to the Commonwealth definition:
•	descent; 
•	self-identification; and 
•	community acceptance.
In practice, it is not feasible to collect information on the community acceptance part of this definition in general purpose statistical and administrative collections and therefore standard questions on Indigenous status relate to descent and self-identification only.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee
National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1999. Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables. Cultural Diversity Variables, Canberra. Viewed 3 August 2005.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—Indigenous status, code N Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005

Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Individual funding indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—funding indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	323170	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether a person is currently receiving individualised funding from a service provider/program as represented by a code. 	
Data Element Concept:	Person—funding indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Individualised funding should have all of the following characteristics:
•	the funding dollars are provided from with program funds; 
•	funding dollars are allocated to an individual on the basis of needs assessment, funding application or similar process; 
•	these funding dollars may be directly under the control of the individual or their carer/advocate; or may be managed by or in consultation with a service provider to access a range of services for the individual; or may be given directly to the service provider who providers the service to the individual; 
•	the funding is transportable and able to move with the individual if they choose to use another service; 
•	the individual funding package is generally related to a policy ethos of fostering individual choice and autonomy.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Industry of operation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—industry of operation, industry type (ANZSIC 2nd edition) code NN[NN]	
Synonymous names:	Organisation industry code; Organisation ANZSIC code	
METeOR identifier:	453870	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The classification of the type of industry in which an organisation operates, as represented by an ANZSIC code.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—industry of operation	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification, Second edition, 2006	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN[NN]	
Maximum character length:	4	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Influence of environmental factor
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—extent of environmental factor influence, code (ICF 2001) [X]N	
METeOR identifier:	320198	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree to which a specified environmental factor influences the body function or structure, the activity or participation of a person, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	The environment in which a person functions or experiences disability.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—extent of environmental factor influence	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X]N	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
No barrier	

1	
Mild barrier	

2	
Moderate barrier	

3	
Severe barrier	

4	
Complete barrier	

+0	
No facilitator	

+1	
Mild facilitator	

+2	
Moderate facilitator	

+3	
Substantial facilitator	

+4	
Complete facilitator	

Supplementary values:	8	
Barrier not specified	

+8	
Facilitator not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Extent of influence of environmental factors corresponds to the degree, strength or magnitude of the influence and the amount of time the influence is experienced by the person. It is essentially a summary measure, in which are embedded the concepts of availability, quality and importance, that indicates the effect the specified environmental factor has on the person.
Whether, and by how much, environmental factors are influencing an individual's level of functioning, and whether the influence is a facilitator or barrier, may indicate the sorts of interventions that will optimise the individual's functioning. This information may be for policy development, service provision, or advocacy purposes. Preventative strategies could be indicated by this information.
This value domain can be used to collect information across the whole spectrum of influence, for example, tactile flooring may be a facilitator to a person with visual impairment and a barrier to a person with mobility impairments. In line with the ICF approach to functioning and disability, this value domain recognises, and gives the means to record, the positive influence of environmental factors as well as those factors that limit the level of functioning of a person.
The codes are mutually exclusive. The choice of codes depends on the context of the data collection. For example; if collecting information about the positive influence of an environmental factor such as a community service it would be appropriate to use Code 0 No facilitator if the service was not influencing the person's level of functioning (even if the service were not a barrier to the person's functioning).
Code +0 No facilitator:
Used when the environment factor does not impact in a positive way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person.
Code +1 Mild facilitator:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a positive way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 5-24% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or has a low level of impact on the person's functioning.
Code +2 Moderate facilitators:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a positive way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 25-49% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or has a significant, but moderate impact on the person's functioning.
Code +3 Substantial facilitators:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a positive way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 50-95% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or has an extreme effect on the person's functioning.
Code +4 Complete facilitators:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a positive way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 96-100% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or the person functions optimally with this environmental factor.
Code +8 Facilitator not specified:
Used when there is insufficient information to record the Extent of environmental influence code (ICF 2001) N in classes +1 to +4.
Code 0 No barrier:
Used when the environment factor does not impact in a negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person.
Code 1 Mild barriers:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 5-24% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or has a low level of impact on the person's functioning.
Code 2 Moderate barriers:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 25-49% of the time the person participates in that specified domain of functioning or has a significant, but moderate impact on the person's functioning.
Code 3 Severe barriers:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 50-95% of the time the person participates in that specified domain of functioning or has an extreme effect on the person's functioning.
Code 4 Complete barriers:
Used when the environmental factor impacts in a negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person between 96-100% of the time the person participates in the specified domain of functioning or is of such magnitude that the person is unable to function.
Code 8 Barrier not specified:
Used when there is insufficient information to record the Extent of environmental influence code (ICF 2001) N in classes 1 to 4.
Code 9 Not applicable:
Used when environmental factors impacts in neither a positive or negative way on the body structure or function, activity or participation of a person or for between 0-4% of the time the person participates in that specified area and has minimal impact on the person's level of functioning in the specified domain.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
 WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Environmental factors represent the circumstances in which the individual lives. These factors are conceived as immediate (e.g. physical features of the environment, social environment) and societal (formal and informal social structures, services and systems). Different environments may have a very different impact on the same individual with a given health condition.
The influence of environmental factors may be positive, increasing the level of functioning (a facilitator), or negative, decreasing the level of functioning (a barrier).
The extent of influence of the Environmental factors is affected both by the degree, strength of influence, and the amount of time the influence is experienced by the person. 
This metadata item is recorded in conjunction with Environmental factor code N to indicate the extent to which specified environmental factors influence the body function or structure, the activity or participation of a person.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—environmental factor, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Environmental factors cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Informal carer co-residency
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Informal carer—co-residency status, code N	
Synonymous names:	Carer residency status	
METeOR identifier:	270167	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Definition:	Whether or not an informal carer lives with the person for whom they care, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Informal carer—co-residency status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Co-resident carer	

2	
Non-resident carer	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A co-resident carer is a person who provides care and assistance on a regular and sustained basis to a person who lives in the same household. A non-resident carer is a person who provides care and assistance on a regular and sustained basis to someone who usually lives in a different household.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is usually used to record residency status of the person who provides most care to the person.
If a client has both a co-resident (e.g. a spouse) and a visiting carer (e.g. a daughter or son), the coding response should be related to the carer who provides the most significant care and assistance related to the client's capacity to remain living at home. The expressed views of the client and/or their carer(s) or significant other should be used as the basis for determining this.	
Collection methods:	This item can be collected when either the carer or the person being cared for is the client of an agency.
Agencies may be required to collect this item at the beginning of each service episode. Agencies should also assess the currency of this information at subsequent assessments or re-assessments.
Some agencies may record this information historically so that they can track changes over time. Historical recording refers to the practice of maintaining a record of changes over time where each change is accompanied by the appropriate date.	
Comments:	This item helps to establish a profile of the characteristics of informal carers and as such increases knowledge about the dynamics and patterning of the provision of informal care. In particular, whether the informal carer lives with the person for whom they care or not is one indication of the level of informal support available to clients and of the intensity of care provided by the carer.
This data element can be used to identify whether the carer is a co-resident carer (as per the Australian Bureau of Statistics Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers) and thereby facilitates comparisons with population estimates of the number of informal carers who are also co-resident carers. This is important in the estimation of need for services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Carer co-residency, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.8 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Informal carer existence indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—informal carer existence indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Informal carer availability, Informal carer existence flag, Carer arrangements (informal)	
METeOR identifier:	320939	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Definition:	Whether a person has an informal carer, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—informal carer existence indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Informal carers may include those people who receive a pension or benefit for their caring role and people providing care under family care agreements. Excluded from the definition of informal carers are volunteers organised by formal services and paid workers.
This metadata item is purely descriptive of a client's circumstances. It is not intended to reflect whether the informal carer is considered by the service provider to be capable of undertaking the caring role. The expressed views of the client and/or their carer should be used as the basis for determining whether the client is recorded as having an informal carer or not.
When asking a client whether they have an informal carer, it is important for agencies or establishments to recognise that a carer does not always live with the person for whom they care. That is, a person providing significant care and assistance to the client does not have to live with the client in order to be called an informal carer. 	
Collection methods:	Agencies or establishments and service providers may collect this item at the beginning of each service episode and /or assess this information at subsequent assessments.
Some agencies, establishments/providers may record this information historically so that they can track changes over time. Historical recording refers to the practice of maintaining a record of changes over time where each change is accompanied by the appropriate date.
Examples of questions that have been used for data collection include:
Home and Community Care NMDS
‘Do you have someone who helps look after you?’ 
Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement NMDS
‘Does the service user have an informal carer, such as family member, friend or neighbour, who provides care and assistance on a regular and sustained basis? 	
Comments:	Recent years have witnessed a growing recognition of the critical role that informal support networks play in caring for frail older people and people with disabilities within the community. Not only are informal carers responsible for maintaining people with often high levels of functional dependence within the community, but the absence of an informal carer is a significant risk factor contributing to institutionalisation. Increasing interest in the needs of carers and the role they play has prompted greater interest in collecting more reliable and detailed information about carers and the relationship between informal care and the provision of and need for formal services.
This definition of informal carer is not the same as the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) definition of principal carer, 2003 Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers and primary carer used in the 1998 survey. The ABS definitions require that the carer has or will provide care for a certain amount of time and that they provide certain types of care. 
The ABS defines a primary carer as a person of any age who provides the most informal assistance, in terms of help or supervision, to a person with one or more disabilities. The assistance has to be ongoing, or likely to be ongoing, for at least six months and be provided for one or more of the core activities (communication, mobility and self care). This may not be appropriate for community services agencies wishing to obtain information about a person's carer regardless of the amount of time that care is for, or the types of care provided.
Information such as the amount of time for which care is provided can of course be collected separately but, if it were not needed, it would place a burden on service providers.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 
National Health Data Committee 
National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) 1993 Disability, Ageing and Carers Survey and 2003 Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers.
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (2005) Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection (CSTDA NMDS) Data Guide: 2005-06.
National HACC Minimum Data Set User Guide Version 2 July 2005. Home and Community Care (HACC) Program.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (requiring care)—carer availability status, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006, Health, Superseded 04/07/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Informal carer primary status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Informal carer—primary status, code N	
Synonymous names:	Carer primary status	
METeOR identifier:	323760	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether the informal carer provides assistance with one or more core activities (communication, mobility and self-care), as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Informal carer—primary status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should only be reported in relation to service users that have a carer.
Self-care includes activities such as bathing, dressing, eating and/or toileting.
Mobility includes moving around the home and/or moving around away from home (including the ability to use transport or drive a motor vehicle) and getting in or out of bed or a chair.
If the only support provided to a service user is in the area of public transport or driving a motor vehicle and this support is not required every time the service user uses these modes of transport, then a person is not generally considered to be a primary carer. For example, if a person drives the service user to the shops every second Wednesday to go shopping, and the service user can normally move/get around on their own using public transport or a motor vehicle, then the person would not be considered a ‘primary carer’.
Communication includes making oneself understood by strangers/family/friends/staff, in own native language if applicable, and understanding others.	
Comments:	This data element can be used to identify whether the carer is a primary carer (as per the Australian Bureau of Statistics Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers) and thereby facilitates comparisons with population estimates of the number of informal carers who are also primary carers. This is important in the estimation of need for services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.
	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Conditional obligation:
This data element should only be reported in relation to service users that have a carer (Person—Informal carer existence indicator, code N = 1).

	
Injecting drug use status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—injecting drug use status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270113	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The client's use of injection as a method of administering drugs, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—injecting drug use status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Last injected three months ago or less	

2	
Last injected more than three months ago but less than or equal to twelve months ago	

3	
Last injected more than twelve months ago	

4	
Never injected	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	To be collected on commencement of treatment with a service.
For clients whose treatment episode is related to the alcohol and other drug use of another person, this metadata item should not be collected.	
Comments:	This metadata item has been developed for use in clinical settings. A code that refers to a three-month period to define 'current' injecting drug use is required as a clinically relevant period of time.
The metadata item may also be used in population surveys that require a longer timeframe, for example to generate 12-month prevalence rates, by aggregating Codes 1 and 2. However, caution must be exercised when comparing clinical samples with population samples.
This metadata item is important for identifying patterns of drug use and harms associated with injecting drug use.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Intergovernmental Committee on Drugs National Minimum Data Set Working Group	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Injecting drug use status, version 2, DE, NHDD, NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.8 KB) 	
International country code
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—International country code, code N[NNNN]	
Synonymous names:	Country code	
METeOR identifier:	434151	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The standard International country code, used in conjunction with landline telephone, mobile telephone and facsimile numbers that also describes the location of an entity, as represented by a one-to-five digit number.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—International country code	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNNN]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A list of the standard international country codes can be found at:
http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-t/opb/sp/T-SP-E.164D-2011-PDF-E.pdf	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	International Telecommunication Union 2011. List of ITU-T recommendation E.164 assigned country codes. Geneva: International Telecommunication Union. Viewed 11 July 2011, http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-t/opb/sp/T-SP-E.164D-2011-PDF-E.pdf	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	A country code can consist of one-digit up to five-digits; no leading numbers should be entered if the number is less than 5 digits.
When a country code is used in conjunction with an area code and phone number it should be arranged in the following order.
(Country code) + (Area Code) + phone number
Usage Example:
Code 61 - Australia
Country codes should be stored as the 1-5 numbers in a row, but rules can be set up to display the number in a different format, e.g. ## ###.
Country codes are also usually defined with a ‘+’ prefix, this is common for all country codes and can be added to the display via a rule. It should not be stored.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—Australian area code, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Address—telephone number, text X[16] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Internet voice product identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Internet voice product user identifier, text [X(500)]	
Synonymous names:	Internet voice address	
METeOR identifier:	433826	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An address that uniquely identifies an Internet voice product user, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Internet voice product user identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(500)]	
Maximum character length:	500	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Example of an Internet voice product address:
David JONES 456
John 1 DOE	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Internet voice product name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Internet voice product name, text X[256]	
METeOR identifier:	452880	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of an Internet voice product that enables contact and communication with an entity, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Internet voice product name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[256]	
Maximum character length:	256	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Examples of Internet voice products:
SKYPE-to-SKYPE
GoogleTalk	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Internet voice service provider
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Internet voice service provider, text [X(200)]	
METeOR identifier:	433814	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of the organisation that provides an Internet voice service, which enables contact and communication with an entity, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Internet voice service provider	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(200)]	
Maximum character length:	200	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usage Example:
SKYPE
Google
America Online (AOL)
Yahoo	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Interpreter service type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—type of interpreter service required, code N	
Synonymous names:	Type of interpreter service 	
METeOR identifier:	323185	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether an interpreter service required by a person is for spoken language or non-spoken communication, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—type of interpreter services required	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Spoken language other than English	

2	
Non-spoken communication	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 2 Non-spoken communication
If a person communicated with the assistance of a signer (i.e. not necessarily arranged by the agency/service provider) this code should be used.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—interpreter service required Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006, Health, Standard 08/02/2006, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	

Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Interpreter services required
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—interpreter service required, yes/no code N	
Synonymous names:	Need for interpreter service	
METeOR identifier:	304294	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Health, Standard 08/02/2006
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	Whether an interpreter service is required by or for the person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—interpreter service required	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Includes verbal language, non verbal language and languages other than English.
CODE 1 Yes
Use this code where interpreter services are required.
CODE 2 No
Use this code where interpreter services are not required.
Persons requiring interpreter services for any form of sign language should be coded as Interpreter required.	
Collection methods:	Recommended question:
Do you [does the person] require an interpreter?
 Yes
 No	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—interpreter service required (community services), code N Community Services, Superseded 01/05/2006
See also Person—type of interpreter service required, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Labour force status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—labour force status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270112	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The self reported status the person currently has in being either in the labour force (employed/unemployed) or not in the labour force, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—labour force status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Employed	

2	
Unemployed	

3	
Not in the labour force	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Employed: 
Persons aged 15 years and over who, during the reference week: 
(a) worked for one hour or more for pay, profit, commission or payment in kind in a job or business, or on a farm (comprising 'Employees', 'Employers' and 'Own Account Workers'); or 
(b) worked for one hour or more without pay in a family business or on a farm (i.e. 'Contributing Family Worker'); or 
(c) were 'Employees' who had a job but were not at work and were: 
on paid leave 
on leave without pay, for less than four weeks, up to the end of the reference week 
stood down without pay because of bad weather or plant breakdown at their place of employment, for less than four weeks up to the end of the reference week 
on strike or locked out 
on workers' compensation and expected to be returning to their job, or 
receiving wages or salary while undertaking full-time study; or 
(d) were 'Employers', 'Own Account Workers' or 'Contributing Family Workers' who had a job, business or farm, but were not at work. 
CODE 2 Unemployed: 
Unemployed persons are those aged 15 years and over who were not employed during the reference week, and: 
(a) had actively looked for full-time or part-time work at any time in the four weeks up to the end of the reference week. Were available for work in the reference week, or would have been available except for temporary illness (i.e. lasting for less than four weeks to the end of the reference week). Or were waiting to start a new job within four weeks from the end of the reference week and would have started in the reference week if the job had been available then; or 
(b) were waiting to be called back to a full-time or part-time job from which they had been stood down without pay for less than four weeks up to the end of the reference week (including the whole of the reference week) for reasons other than bad weather or plant breakdown. Note: Actively looking for work includes writing, telephoning or applying in person to an employer for work. It also includes answering a newspaper advertisement for a job, checking factory or job placement agency notice boards, being registered with a job placement agency, checking or registering with any other employment agency, advertising or tendering for work or contacting friends or relatives.
CODE 3 Not in the Labour Force:
Persons not in the labour force are those persons aged 15 years and over who, during the reference week, were not in the categories employed or unemployed, as defined. They include persons who were keeping house (unpaid), retired, voluntarily inactive, permanently unable to work, persons in institutions (hospitals, gaols, sanatoriums, etc.), trainee teachers, members of contemplative religious orders, and persons whose only activity during the reference week was jury service or unpaid voluntary work for a charitable organisation.	
Collection methods:	For information about collection, refer to the ABS website: 
http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/0/AEB5AA310D
68DF8FCA25697E0018FED8?Open	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1995. Directory of Concepts and Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables. Australia 1995. Cat. no. 1361.0.30.001. Canberra: AGPS.
http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/0/AEB5AA310D68
DF8FCA25697E0018FED8?Open (last viewed 21 December 2005)	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Labour force status is one indicator of the socio-economic status of a person and is a key element in assessing the circumstances and needs of individuals and families.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Labour force status, version 3, DE, Int. NCSDD & NHDD, NCSIMG & NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (19.5 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Last service provision date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—last service provision date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Last service contact date, Date service last received	
METeOR identifier:	323253	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which a service was last provided.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—last service provision date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Last service contact date must be related to a particular service event.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Last service contact date, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.6 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Legal order
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—legal order/arrangement type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	324835	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The type of legal order or legal arrangement, to which a person is a subject of, or party to, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—legal order/arrangement type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
Not applicable	

1	
Care and protection order	

2	
Juvenile justice order	

3	
Involuntary mental health patient (under mental health legislation)	

4	
Restraining order	

5	
Other legal order	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The legal orders and arrangements listed above are a state responsibility and may vary across jurisdictions (for example, the number and type of care and protection orders vary quite considerably). As a result care should be taken in interpreting data differences across jurisdictions.
CODE 0 Not applicable
To be used where there is no legal order/arrangement in effect.
CODE 1 Care and protection orders: 
A legal order for the care and protection of a child under 18 years of age. Care and protection orders comprise the following:
•	finalised guardianship or finalised custody orders sought through a court, or administrative arrangements that have the impact of transferring custody or guardianship; 
•	finalised supervisory and other finalised court orders which give the department some responsibility for the child's welfare; and 
•	interim and temporary orders and care applications.
•	Care and protection orders exclude administrative and voluntary arrangements with the community services departments that do not have the effect of transferring custody or guardianship. 
There is a wide range of orders and arrangements included as care and protection orders, such as guardianship, custody, supervisory, undertakings, interim and temporary orders and undertakings. The types and numbers of orders vary considerably across states and territories.
CODE 2 Juvenile Justice orders: 
Legal orders or arrangements under state and territory juvenile justice legislation. Includes orders involving detention and non-detention (non-detention orders may require supervision, commitments or undertakings from young people, fines and good behaviour bonds).
CODE 3 Involuntary mental health patient: 
Approval is required under the state or territory mental health legislation in order to detain patients for the provision of mental health care or for patients to be treated compulsorily in the community. Each state and territory mental health legislation differs in the number of categories of involuntary patient that are recognised, and the specific titles and legal conditions applying to each type. The legal status categories, which provide for compulsory detention or compulsory treatment of the patient can be readily differentiated within each jurisdiction. These include special categories for forensic patients who are charged with or convicted of some form of criminal activity.
The mental health legal status of admitted patients treated within approved hospitals may change many times throughout the episode of care. Patients may be admitted to hospital on an involuntary basis and subsequently be changed to voluntary status; some patients are admitted as voluntary but are transferred to involuntary status during the hospital stay. Multiple changes between voluntary and involuntary status during an episode of care in hospital or treatment in the community may occur depending on the patient's clinical condition and his/her capacity to consent to treatment.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A person may be the subject of, or party to, more than one of the legal orders or legal arrangements at the same time (and may therefore have multiple codes).	
Collection methods:	This metadata item will be collected at different times depending on the requirements of the data collection. For some it may be at the time a person is seeking a service while for others it may be at regular or irregular intervals.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	National Health Data Dictionary Version 8.0 Children of care and protection orders, Australia: data collection standards, tables and counting rules, 1998-99 Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAPP) National Data Collection Data Dictionary Version 1.1, 1999	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Legal order, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (20.4 KB) 	
Length of employment in current service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—length of employment in current service, total years code N[NN]	
METeOR identifier:	315084	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The number of years a person is employed in the service they are currently employed.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—length of employment in current service	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NN]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

999	
Unknown/not stated	

Unit of measure:	Year	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	AIHW	
Length of experience in industry sector
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—length of experience in industry sector, total years code N[NN]	
METeOR identifier:	315089	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The length of experience in years that a person has acquired in a particular industry sector of employment.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—length of experience in industry sector	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NN]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

999	
Unknown/not stated	

Unit of measure:	Year	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	AIHW	
Letters of family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—letters of family name, text XXX	
METeOR identifier:	349481	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The combination of 2nd, 3rd and 5th letters of a person's family name.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—letters of family name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	XXX	
Maximum character length:	3	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	In the three spaces, the agency should record the 2nd, 3rd and 5th letters of the client’s family name.
For example: If the client’s family name is Brown, the reported value should be RON. If the client’s family name is Thompson, the reported value should be HOP.
If the client’s family name includes non-alphabetic characters—for example hyphens (as in Lee-Archer), apostrophes (as in O’Mara) or blank spaces (as in De Vries)—these non-alphabetic characters should be ignored when counting the position of each character.
Regardless of the length of a person’s name, the reported value should always be three characters long. If the legal family name is not long enough to supply the requested letters (i.e. a legal family name of less than five letters) then agencies should substitute the number ‘2’ to reflect the missing letters. The placement of a number ‘2’ should always correspond to the same space that the missing letter would have within the 3-digit field. A number (rather than a letter) is used for such a substitution in order to clearly indicate that an appropriate corresponding letter from the person’s name is not available.
For example: If a person’s family name is Farr, then value reported would be AR2 because the 2 is substituting for a missing 5th letter of the family name. Similarly, if the person’s family name was Hua, then the value reported would be UA2 because the 2 is substituting for the missing 5th letter of the family name.
If a client’s family name is missing altogether the agency should record the number 999 for all three spaces associated with the family name, (not the number 2). In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies should always ask the person to specify their legal first given name and their legal family name separately. These should then be recorded as first given name and family name as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.	
Comments:	The selected Letters of family name can be used in combination with Letters of given name, Date of birth and Sex to develop a statistical linkage key to facilitate the linkage of records for statistical purposes only. This key will also enable linkage to other related databases that either have the same linkage key or the fundamental information to form the same key. The linkage is to assist research and analysis of the data, not for tracking of individuals through the system for case management. 
The provision of letters of a person’s name can be a sensitive issue because of privacy and confidentiality concerns. The use of this information will be in accordance with privacy principles.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Is formed using Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Is used in the formation of Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Letters of given name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—letters of given name, text XX	
METeOR identifier:	349483	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The combination of the 2nd and 3rd letters of a person's given name.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—letters of given name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	XX	
Maximum character length:	2	
Data element attributes	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	In the two spaces the agency should record the 2nd and 3rd letters of the client’s given name.
For example: If the client’s given name is Elizabeth the reported value should be LI. If the client’s given name is Robert the reported value should be OB.
If the client’s given name includes non-alphabetic characters—for example hyphens (as in Jo-Anne) or apostrophes (as in D'Arcy), these non-alphabetic characters should be ignored when counting the position of each character.
Regardless of the length of a person’s given name, the reported value should always be two characters long. If the given name of the person is not long enough to supply the requested letters (i.e. a name of less than three letters) then agencies should substitute the number ‘2’ to reflect the missing letters. The placement of a number ‘2’ should always correspond to the same space that the missing letter would have within the 2-digit field. A number (rather than a letter) is used for such substitutions in order to clearly indicate that an appropriate corresponding letter from the person’s name is not available.
For example: If the person’s legal name was Jo then the value reported would be O2 because the 2 is substituting for the missing 3rd letter of the given name.
If the person’s given name is missing altogether the agency should record 99 for the two spaces associated with the given name. In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies should always ask the person to specify their given name and their family name separately. These should then be recorded as first given name and family name as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.	
Comments:	The selected Letters of given name can be used in combination with Letters of family name, Date of birth and Sex to develop a statistical linkage key to facilitate the linkage of records for statistical purposes only. This key will also enable linkage to other related databases that either have the same linkage key or the fundamental information to form the same key. The linkage is to assist research and analysis of the data, not for tracking of individuals through the system for case management. 
The provision of letters of a person’s name can be a sensitive issue because of privacy and confidentiality concerns. The use of this information will be in accordance with privacy principles.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Is formed using Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Is formed using Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Is used in the formation of Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Level number identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—level number, identifier X[XXXX]	
Synonymous names:	Floor number	
METeOR identifier:	429068	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A number, forming part of the address within a complex, used to identify a floor or level of a multi-storey building/sub-complex.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—level number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[XXXX]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The data element may include a leading alphabetic prefix or a trailing alphabetic suffix.
Usage Examples:
Mrs Joyce Citizen
Apartment 7
Level 3 (Level number is 3)
Apex Building
48 Johnson Rd
CLAYTON VIC 3168
Level 2 (Level number is 2)
Building 75
Monash University
1-131 Wellington Road
CLAYTON VIC 3168	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—floor/level identifier, [NNNA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level identifier, [NNNA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Level of government
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—level of government, code N	
Synonymous names:	Funding jurisdiction, funding agency, funding source	
METeOR identifier:	322239	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The level of government associated with a service provider organisation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—level of government	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
National (Australian government)	

2	
State/Territory government	

3	
Local government	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA), Cat No. 1218.0. 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Level of government is relevant to agencies that are defined as belonging to the government or public sector only.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.
CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—sector, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Level of highest educational attainment
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—level of highest educational attainment, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	321069	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The highest level of education achieved by a person in relation to completed education, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—level of highest educational attainment	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Education 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Postgraduate Degree Level	

02	
Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate Level	

03	
Bachelor Degree Level	

04	
Advanced Diploma and Diploma Level	

05	
Certificate Level	

06	
Senior Secondary Education (e.g. Year 12, Senior Secondary Certificate of Education)	

07	
Junior Secondary Education (e.g. Year 10)	

08	
Primary Education	

09	
Pre-primary Education	

10	
Other education	

88	
No Education	

Supplementary values:	99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	

Guide for use:	CODE 01 Postgraduate Degree Level
Includes Higher Doctorate, Doctorate by Research, Doctorate by Coursework, Professional Specialist Qualification at Doctoral Degree Level, Statement of Attainment at Doctoral Degree Level,  Bridging and Enabling Course at Doctoral Degree Level, Master Degree by Research , Master Degree by Coursework , Professional Specialist Qualification at Master Degree Level , Statement of Attainment at Master Degree Level , Bridging and Enabling Course at Master Degree Level. 
 CODE 02 Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate Level
Includes Graduate Diploma, Graduate Qualifying or Preliminary, Professional Specialist Qualification at Graduate Diploma Level, Statement of Attainment at Graduate Diploma Level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Graduate Diploma Level, Graduate Certificate, Professional Specialist Qualification at Graduate Certificate Level, Statement of Attainment at Graduate Certificate Level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Graduate Certificate Level.
 CODE 03 Bachelor Degree Level 
Includes Bachelor (Honours) Degree, Bachelor (Pass) Degree, Statement of Attainment at Bachelor Degree Level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Bachelor Degree Level.
 CODE 04 Advanced Diploma and Diploma Level
Includes Advanced Diploma, Statement of Attainment at Advanced Diploma Level, Associate Degree, Statement of Attainment at Associate Degree Level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Advanced Diploma and Associate Degree Level, Diploma, Statement of Attainment at Diploma Level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Diploma Level.
 CODE 05 Certificate Level
Includes Certificate IV, Statement of Attainment at Certificate IV Level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate IV Level, Certificate III, Statement of Attainment at Certificate III Level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate III Level, Certificate II, Statement of Attainment at Certificate II Level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate II Level, Certificate, and Statement of Attainment at Certificate I Level.
 CODE 06 Senior Secondary Education 
Includes Year 12, Bridging and Enabling Course at Senior Secondary Level, and Year 11.
 CODE 07 Junior Secondary Education
Includes Year 7 (NSW, Vic., Tas., ACT), and year 8 to 10.
 CODE 08 Primary Education
Includes Pre-Year 1, Years 1 to 6, and year 7 (QLD, SA, WA, NT).
 CODE 09 Pre-primary Education
Includes Pre-primary Education.
 CODE 10 Other education
Includes Non-award Courses in Higher Education, Non-award Courses in Higher Education, Statements of Attainment not Identifiable by Level, Bridging and Enabling Courses not Identifiable by Level and Education, n.e.c.
 CODE 88 No education
Applies only when the person reports that they have not completed any level of education whatsoever.
 CODE 99 Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Comments:	This codeset allows for data on Junior secondary education and Senior secondary education to be collected at the first level of detail along with the other first level detail data in the ASCED. The ASCED allows for collection of the junior and senior secondary education data at the second level of the classification.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED) 2001. Cat. no. 1272.0. Canberra: ABS. 
Online reference through: 
Level of Education Structure - Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED)http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/66f306f503e529a5ca25697e0017661f/bac74e2076bc1394ca256aaf001fca55!OpenDocument	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The highest level of educational attainment is the highest qualification reported by a person in any field of study, or the highest year of school completed, whichever is the higher.
This value domain allows for mapping of data to data obtained using the Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED) 2001 from the Australian Bureau of Statistics.
There are two exceptions to this:
1. Data using this codeset cannot be mapped to the ASCED for codes 06 and 07 unless the data from both is combined. When combined this data maps to ASCED code 6.
2. The ASCED does not collect information about a person having no educational qualifications whatsoever. 	
Collection methods:	The recommended question wording for this metadata item is as follows: 
'What is the highest level of education you/the person/(name) has completed?' (Mark one box only). 
The focus of the item is completed education, so if the person is in Year 11, then the category Junior Secondary Education (Year 10) should be marked as the highest level of education completed. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Level of highest educational attainment, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.4 KB) 
Supersedes Person—level of highest educational attainment, code N Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Level of highest non-school qualification
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—level of highest non-school qualification, code N	
Synonymous names:	Level of education	
METeOR identifier:	398769	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The highest non-school qualification attained by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—level of highest non-school qualification	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Trade Certificate (Certificate I-IV)	

2	
Advanced Diploma and Diploma	

3	
Bachelor degree	

4	
Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate	

5	
Postgraduate degree	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Non-school qualifications are awarded for educational attainments other than those of pre-primary, primary or secondary education. They include qualifications at the Postgraduate Degree level, Master Degree level, Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate level, Bachelor Degree level, Advanced Diploma and Diploma level, and Certificates I, II, III and IV levels.
CODE 1   Trade Certificate (Certificate I-IV)
Includes Certificate IV, Statement of Attainment at Certificate IV level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate IV level, Certificate III, Statement of Attainment at Certificate III level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate III level, Certificate II, Statement of Attainment at Certificate II level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Certificate II level, Certificate I, and Statement of Attainment at Certificate I level.
CODE 2   Advanced Diploma and Diploma 
Includes Advanced Diploma, Statement of Attainment at Advanced Diploma Level, Associate Degree, Statement of Attainment at Associate Degree level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Advanced Diploma and Associate Degree level, Diploma, Statement of Attainment at Diploma level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Diploma level. Excludes Graduate Diploma.
CODE 3   Bachelor degree 
Includes Bachelor (Honours) Degree, Bachelor (Pass) Degree, Statement of Attainment at Bachelor Degree level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Bachelor Degree level.
CODE 4   Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate
Includes Graduate Diploma, Graduate Qualifying or Preliminary, Professional Specialist Qualification at Graduate Diploma level, Statement of Attainment at Graduate Diploma level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Graduate Diploma level, Graduate Certificate, Professional Specialist Qualification at Graduate Certificate level, Statement of Attainment at Graduate Certificate level, and Bridging and Enabling Course at Graduate Certificate level. 
CODE 5   Postgraduate degree
Includes Higher Doctorate, Doctorate by Research, Doctorate by Coursework Professional Specialist Qualification at Doctoral Degree level, Statement of Attainment at Doctoral Degree level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Doctoral Degree level, Master Degree by Research, Master Degree by Coursework, Professional Specialist Qualification at Master Degree level, Statement of Attainment at Master Degree level, Bridging and Enabling Course at Master Degree level.
CODE 9   Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Comments:	The categories in this metadata item are based on the Australian Bureau of Statistics Australian Standard Classification of Education, Level of Education (ASCED) 2001. 
CODE 1 Trade Certificate (Certificate I-IV) maps to Broad Level, 5 Certificate Level of the ASCED
CODE 2 Advanced Diploma and Diploma maps to Broad Level 4, Advanced Diploma and Diploma of the ASCED
CODE 3 Bachelor Degree maps to Broad Level 3 Bachelor degree of the ASCED
CODE 4 Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate maps to Broad Level 2, Graduate Diploma and Graduate Certificate of the ASCED
CODE 5 Postgraduate degree maps to Broad Level 1 Postgraduate Degree level	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED) 2001. Cat. no. 1272.0. Canberra: ABS	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Operationally, 'level of highest non-school qualification' is defined as the highest completed non-school qualification reported for a person in any field of education except General Primary and Secondary Education Programmes. Data are obtained by direct question and often sequenced to follow a direct question on 'Highest year of school completed'. The question is worded in terms of qualifications attained and when information is not collected about multiple qualifications, the result is dependent on respondent perception of 'highest'.
The 'Level of highest non-school qualification' excludes partial completion of or current participation in a course of study and Statements of attainment awarded for partial completion of a course of study at a particular level. 
Qualifications generally associated with school education, such as the Senior Secondary Certificate of Education, are excluded from this data element even if they are awarded as the result of study at a non-school institution (ABS 2001).	

Comments:	The level of non-school qualification categories are based on the ABS Australian Standard Classification of Education, Level of Education (ASCED) 2001. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	ABS (Australian Bureau of Statistics) 2001. Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED) 2001. ABS cat. no. 1272.0. Canberra: ABS 
ABS 2002. Education variables. ABS cat. no. 1246.0. Canberra: ABS	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—non-school qualification indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Living arrangement
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—living arrangement, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270385	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	Whether a person usually resides alone or with others, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—living arrangement	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Lives alone	

2	
Lives with family 	

3	
Lives with others	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 2 Lives with family: 
If the person's household includes both family and non-family members, the person should be recorded as living with family. 'Living with family' should be considered to include de facto and same sex relationships. 
On occasion, difficulties can arise in deciding the living arrangement of a person due to their type of accommodation (e.g. boarding houses, hostels, group homes, retirement villages, residential aged care facilities). 
In these circumstances the person should be regarded as living alone, except in those instances in which they are sharing their own private space/room within the premises with a significant other (e.g. partner, sibling, close friend).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Generally this metadata item is collected for the person's usual living arrangement, but may also, if required, be collected for a person's main living arrangement or living arrangement at a particular time reference point.	
Comments:	It is important to record the type of living arrangement for a person in order to develop a sense of the level of support, both physically and emotionally, to which a person may have access.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Commonwealth and State/Territory Home and Community Care Officials	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee
National Community Services Data Committee
Commonwealth Department of Health and Family Services 1998. Home and Community Care Data Dictionary. Version 1.0. Canberra: DHFS.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Living arrangement, version 3, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.6 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Local Government Area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN	
METeOR identifier:	455559	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012	
Definition:	The geographical location of an agency using a five digit numerical code which indicates the Local Government Area (LGA).	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—geographic location	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NNNNN	
Maximum character length:	5	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) is a hierarchical classification system of geographical areas and consists of a number of interrelated structures. It provides a common framework of statistical geography and enables the production of statistics which are comparable. 
The product ASGC contains four comma delimited files showing the levels and hierarchy of those ASGC structures current for the edition: the Local Government Area (LGA) Structure, the Main Structure, the Statistical District (SD) Structure and the Statistical Region (SR) Structure. 
The LGA Structure covers only incorporated areas of Australia. The major areas of Australia not administered by incorporated bodies are the northern parts of South Australia, most of the Northern Territory and all of the Australian Capital Territory and the Other Territories.	

Collection methods:	In Population Census years the LGA Structure has four levels of hierarchy. In ascending order these are: CDs-SLAs-LGAs-S/Ts (Incorporated areas). Codes are unique only within a state/territory. For unique Australia-wide LGA code identification, the four digit code must be preceded by the state/territory code. All LGA codes end with the digit 0.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Reference documents:	SAAP National Data Collection Data Dictionary, Version 2, November 2001.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 14/07/2011	
Location descriptor
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—location descriptor, text X[50]	
METeOR identifier:	430302	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A description of the location of an address relative to another physical site, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—location descriptor	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[50]	
Maximum character length:	50	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usage example
NEAR THE NORTHBRIDGE OVERPASS
Via Blackmans Rd
OFF PRINCESS ST
Rear 150 Smith St
OVER SWANPORT BRIDGE
3 km PAST THE BLACK STUMP SIGN
DIAGONALLY OPPOSITE TOWN HALL
CORNER SMITH STREET	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Location of impairment 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N	
METeOR identifier:	320177	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The location of a person's impairment in a specified body structure, as represented by a code. 	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—location of impairment of body structure	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
More than one region	

1	
Right	

2	
Left	

3	
Both sides	

4	
Front	

5	
Back	

6	
Proximal	

7	
Distal	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
Impairments of body structure are problems in body structure such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages. 
Use only one code. Select the one that best describes the situation with this structure. Combinations are not possible.
CODE 0 More than one region (except both sides)
Used when the impairment is present in more than one body location (but not bilaterally see code 3); for example when burn scars affect many areas of skin.
CODE 1 Right
Used when the impairment is present to the right of the midline of the person's body.
CODE 2 Left
Used when the impairment is present to the left of the midline of the person's body.
CODE 3 Both sides (bilateral)
Used when the impairment is two-sided and disposed on opposite sides of the midline axis of the body, for example bilateral joint deformities.
CODE 4 Front
Used when the impairment is present in front of a line passing through the midline of the body when viewed from the side.
CODE 5 Back
Used when the impairment is present behind a line passing through the midline of the body when viewed from the side.
CODE 6 Proximal
Used when the impairment is situated towards the point of origin or attachment, as of a limb or bone (opposed to distal), for example the end of the structure that is closer to the centre of the body.
CODE 7 Distal
Used when the impairment is situated away from the point of origin or attachment, as of a limb or bone (opposed to proximal), for example the end of structure that is further away from the centre of the body.
CODE 8 Not specified
Used when there is an impairment of body structure but the location of the impairment is not recorded.
CODE 9 Not applicable
Used when it is not appropriate to code the location of an impairment of body structure.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW 	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites: 
WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is to be used in conjunction with specified body structures, for example, 'impairment of proximal structures related to movement'. This data element may also be used in conjunction with Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N and Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006
See also Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Body structures cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Lot number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—lot number, identifier X[XXXXX]	
Synonymous names:	Allotment number	
METeOR identifier:	429543	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The reference number, forming part of an address, allocated to a property for subdivision administration purposes prior to road numbering, as represented by an alphanumeric identifier.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—lot number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[XXXXX]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Where an official Road number has not been assigned, this field may be used for postal purposes as well as the physical identification of an address site.	
Collection methods:	While the word ‘LOT’ should not appear within this data element, for identification purposes, the word ‘LOT’ must precede the lot number.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—lot/section identifier, N[X(14)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—lot/section identifier, N[X(14)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Main language other than English spoken at home
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	
METeOR identifier:	460125	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The language reported by a person as the main language other than English spoken by that person in his/her home (or most recent private residential setting occupied by the person) to communicate with other residents of the home or setting and regular visitors, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—main language other than English spoken at home	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN{NN}	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) has a three-level hierarchical structure. The most detailed level of the classification consists of base units (languages) which are represented by four-digit codes. The second level of the classification comprises narrow groups of languages (the Narrow group level), identified by the first two digits. The most general level of the classification consists of broad groups of languages (the Broad group level) and is identified by the first digit. The classification includes Australian Indigenous languages and sign languages.
For example, the Lithuanian language has a code of 3102. In this case 3 denotes that it is an Eastern European language, while 31 denotes that it is a Baltic language. The Pintupi Aboriginal language is coded as 8713. In this case 8 denotes that it is an Australian Indigenous language and 87 denotes that the language is a Western Desert language.
Language data may be output at the Broad group level, Narrow group level or base level of the classification. If necessary, significant languages within a Narrow group can be presented separately while the remaining languages in the Narrow group are aggregated. The same principle can be adopted to highlight significant Narrow groups within a Broad group.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Recommended question: 
Do you/Does the person/Does (name) speak a language other than English at home? (If more than one language, indicate the one that is spoken most often.) 
No (English only) ____ 
Yes, Italian ____ 
Yes, Greek ____ 
Yes, Cantonese ____ 
Yes, Arabic ____ 
Yes, Mandarin ____ 
Yes, Vietnamese ____ 
Yes, Spanish ____ 
Yes, German ____ 
Yes, Hindi ____ 
Yes, Other (please specify) ______________________________ 
This list reflects the nine most common languages other than English spoken in Australia. 
Languages may be added or deleted from the above short list to reflect characteristics of the population of interest.
Alternatively a tick box for 'English' and an 'Other - please specify' response category could be used.	

Comments:	This metadata item is consistent with that used in the Australian Census of Population and Housing and is recommended for use whenever there is a requirement for comparison with Census data.
This data element is important in identifying those people most likely to suffer disadvantage in terms of their ability to access services due to language and/or cultural difficulties. In conjunction with Indigenous status, Proficiency in spoken English and Country of birth this data element forms the minimum core set of cultural and language indicators recommended by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS).
Data on main language other than English spoken at home are regarded as an indicator of 'active' ethnicity and also as useful for the study of inter-generational language retention. The availability of such data may help providers of health and community services to effectively target the geographic areas or population groups that need those services. It may be used for the investigation and development of language services such as interpreter/ translation services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Health Data Standards Committee
National Community Services Data Committee
Australian Bureau of Statistics 2011. Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) 2011.  Canberra: ABS. 16/8/2011.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011, Health, Standard 13/10/2011, Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Supersedes Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
See also Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011, Health, Standard 13/10/2011, Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Main occupation of person
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—occupation (main), code (ANZSCO 1st edition) N[NNN]{NN}	
METeOR identifier:	350899	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 10/08/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The job in which the person is principally engaged, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—occupation (main)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations, First edition, 2006	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN]{NN}	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A job in any given establishment is a set of tasks designed to be performed by one individual in return for a wage or salary. For persons with more than one job, the main job is the one in which the person works the most hours.
Caution is advised in its use with regard to service providers as their activity as a service provider may not be their main occupation.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item should only be collected from people whose Labour force status is employed.
Occupation is too complex and diverse an issue to fit neatly into any useable small group of categories. Therefore ABS recommend that this metadata item be collected by using the following two open-ended questions:
Q1. In the main job held last week (or other recent reference period), what was your/the person's occupation?
Q2. What are the main tasks that you/the person usually perform in that occupation? The information gained from these two questions can then be used to select an appropriate code from the ANZSCO at any of the available levels (see Guide for use section).
If only one question is asked, question one should be used. The use of question one only, however, sometimes elicits responses which do not provide a clear occupation title and specification of tasks performed. As a result accurate coding at unit group or occupation level may not be possible.
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, due to the complexities of the metadata item 'Main occupation of person', this will result in inaccurate information. The recommended question should be used wherever possible.	
Comments:	This metadata item may be useful in gaining an understanding of a client's situation and needs. For example, the occupation of a person with a disability may be directly relevant to the type of aids that they require. 
National Health Data Dictionary (NHDD) specific:
Injury surveillance - There is considerable user demand for data on occupation-related injury and illness, including from WorkSafe Australia and from industry, where unnecessary production costs are known in some areas and suspected to be related to others in work-related illness, injury and disability.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006.  Australian New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations (ANZSCO) (Cat. no. 1220.0) (First edition), Viewed 13 March 2007.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—labour force status, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005, Health, Standard 01/03/2005, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Supersedes Person—occupation (main), code (ASCO 2nd edn) N[NNN]{-NN} Community Services, Superseded 27/03/2007, Housing assistance, Superseded 10/08/2007, Health, Superseded 04/07/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Main service activity type indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—main service activity type indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	355174	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether a service provider organisation has a main service activity type, as represented by a code.
	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—main service activity type indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A main service activity type is one that is more commonly provided then other services provided.	
Marital status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—marital status, code N	
METeOR identifier:	291045	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A person's current relationship status in terms of a couple relationship or, for those not in a couple relationship, the existence of a current or previous registered marriage, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—marital status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Never married	

2	
Widowed	

3	
Divorced	

4	
Separated	

5	
Married (registered and de facto)	

Supplementary values:	6	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Refers to the current marital status of a person. 
CODE 2 Widowed
This code usually refers to registered marriages but when self reported may also refer to de facto marriages. 
CODE 4 Separated
This code refers to registered marriages but when self reported may also refer to de facto marriages. 
CODE 5 Married (registered and de facto)
Includes people who have been divorced or widowed but have since re-married, and should be generally accepted as applicable to all de facto couples, including of the same sex. 
CODE 6 Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	The ABS standards for the collection of Social and Registered marital status appear on the ABS Website. Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This metadata item collects information on social marital status. The recommended question module is: 
Do you/Does the person usually live with a partner in a registered or de facto marriage?
Yes, in a registered marriage
Yes, in a de facto marriage 
No, never married 
No, separated 
No, divorced 
No, widowed
It should be noted that information on marital status is collected differently by the ABS, using a set of questions. However, the question outlined above is suitable and mostly sufficient for use within the health and community services fields. See Source document for information on how to access the ABS standards.
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, the recommended question should be used wherever practically possible.	
Comments:	The ABS standards identify two concepts of marital status: 
Registered marital status - defined as whether a person has, or has had, a registered marriage; 
Social marital status - based on a person's living arrangement (including de facto marriages), as reported by the person.
It is recommended that the social marital status concept be collected when information on social support/home arrangements is sought, whereas the registered marital status concept need only be collected where it is specifically required for the purposes of the collection.
While marital status is an important factor in assessing the type and extent of support needs, such as for the elderly living in the home environment, marital status does not adequately address the need for information about social support and living arrangement and other data elements need to be formulated to capture this information.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Health Data Standards Committee
National Community Services Data Committee	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—marital status, code N Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Medication for mental health disorder indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	376081	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	A self-reported indicator of whether a person is currently taking a legally prescribed medication for a mental health disorder, including drug and alcohol abuse, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should be used in conjunction with the data element: Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N to capture instances of mental illness that are formally diagnosed and medicated.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Mental health disorder indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N	
Synonymous names:	Mental illness indicator	
METeOR identifier:	376074	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	A self-reported indicator of whether a person has ever been told by a doctor, psychiatrist, psychologist or mental health nurse that they suffer from a mental health disorder  (including drug and alcohol abuse), as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—mental health disorder indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The term mental illness is sometimes used instead of mental disorder.
Mental health disorders are generally classified according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) or the International Classification of Diseases (ICD).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Method of use for principal drug of concern
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern), code N	
METeOR identifier:	270111	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The client's self-reported usual method of administering the principal drug of concern, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Ingests	

2	
Smokes 	

3	
Injects	

4	
Sniffs (powder)	

5	
Inhales (vapour)	

6	
Other	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 
Refers to eating or drinking as the method of administering the principal drug of concern.	
Collection methods:	Collect only for principal drug of concern. 
To be collected on commencement of treatment with a service.	
Comments:	Identification of drug use methods is important for minimising specific harms associated with drug use, and is consequently of value for informing treatment approaches.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Intergovernmental Committee on Drugs National Minimum Data Set Working Group	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Method of use for principal drug of concern, version 1, DE, NHDD, NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.7 KB) 	
Mobile service indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (service type)—mobile service indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	315166	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	Whether the service is provided by a mobile service, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation (service type)—mobile service indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	NCSIMG Children’s Services Data Working Group
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Mother's original family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—mother’s original family name, text [X(40)]	
METeOR identifier:	270262	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The original family name of the person’s mother as reported by the person, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—mother's original family name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(40)]	
Maximum character length:	40	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Mixed case should be used (rather than upper case only).	
Collection methods:	See relevant paragraphs in the collection methods section of the metadata item Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)].	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee 
National Community Services Data Committee
Standards Australia 2002. Australian Standard AS5017-2002 Health Care Client Identification. Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Mother's original family name, version 2, DE, Int. NCSDD & NHDD, NCSIMG & NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.1 KB) 	
Name context flag
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—name conditional use flag, code N	
Synonymous names:	Name conditional use flag	
METeOR identifier:	287101	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of specific conditions that may be applied to an individual's name, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—name conditional use flag	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Unreliable information	

2	
Name not for continued use	

3	
Special privacy/security requirement	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A single Person name may have multiple Name conditional use flags associated with it. Record as many as applicable.
CODE 1   Unreliable information: should be used where it is known that the name recorded is a fictitious or partial name. These names should not be used for matching client data.
CODE 2   Name not for continued use, indicates that this name should NOT be used when referring to this person. The name is retained for identification purposes only. For Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders, certain tribal names may become ‘not for continued use’ due to the death of a relative.
CODE 3   Special privacy/security requirements– may apply to names for which episodes are attached that should only be accessible to specified authorised persons. There must be a specific need to implement this additional security level. Local policy should provide guidance to the use of this code.
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee 
National Community Services Data Committee
Standards Australia 2002. Australian Standard AS5017-2002 Health Care Client Identification. Sydney: Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (name)—name context flag, code N Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Name suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—name suffix, text X[XXXX]	
Synonymous names:	Post nominal	
METeOR identifier:	453756	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	Additional term following a person's name used to identify a person when addressing them by name, whether by mail, by phone, or in person, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—name suffix	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[XXXX]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Valid abbreviations from the Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Name suffixes include honours, awards and other denominations that follow a person name, usually as an acronym or abbreviation.
Any, or a combination of, abbreviations listed in Appendix A of Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information may be used.	
Collection methods:	This data element may have multiple occurrences as more than one name suffix may be associated with a person, e.g. Queen's Counsel and Justice of the Peace (QC, JP).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (name)—name suffix, text [A(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name suffix sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—name suffix sequence number, code N	
METeOR identifier:	288226	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The numeric order of any additional terms used at the conclusion of a name, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—name suffix sequence number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
First name suffix	

2	
Second name suffix	

3	
Third name suffix	

4	
Fourth name suffix	

5	
Fifth name suffix	

6	
Sixth name suffix	

7	
Seventh name suffix	

8	
Eighth name suffix	

9	
Ninth and subsequent name suffix	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Multiple Name suffixes may be recorded. A Name suffix sequence number must be recorded for each Name suffix. 
Example: For the name ‘John Markham Jr MP’, 'Jr' would have a name suffix sequence number of 1 and 'MP' would have a name suffix sequence number of 2.
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Name title
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—name title, text X[12]	
Synonymous names:	Salutation	
METeOR identifier:	453731	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An honorific form of address, commencing a name, used when addressing a person by name, whether by mail, by phone, or in person, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—name title	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[12]	
Maximum character length:	12	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Valid abbreviations from the Standards Australia AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Name title is a prefix to a person's name. 
Name title should not be confused with a person's job title.
This data element may be repeated where more than one name title is associated with a person, e.g. Honourable Doctor (Hon Dr).	
Collection methods:	This data element is to be interchanged in its abbreviated format; standard abbreviations for some common English language Name Titles are listed at Appendix A of Standards Australia AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information.
Mixed case should be used (rather than upper case only). 
The Name title for Master should only be used for persons less than 15 years of age.
Name titles for Doctor and Professor should only be applicable to persons of greater than 20 years of age.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (name)—name title, text [A(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name title sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (name)—name title sequence number, code N	
METeOR identifier:	288263	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The numeric order of an honorific form of address commencing a person's name, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (name)—name title sequence number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
First name title	

2	
Second name title	

3	
Third name title	

4	
Fourth name title	

5	
Fifth name title	

6	
Sixth name title	

7	
Seventh name title	

8	
Eighth name title	

9	
Ninth and subsequent name title	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Multiple Name titles may be recorded. For the purpose of positive identification of a person, each Name title must have a Name title sequence number recorded.
Example:  Professor Sir John Markham
In the example above 'Professor' would have a name title sequence number of 1 and 'Sir' would have a name title sequence number of 2.
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia 	
Name usage type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—name usage type, code AAA	
METeOR identifier:	453366	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The usage type of a person's family name and/or given name that enables differentiation between each recorded or interchanged name, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—name usage type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AAA	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

LGL	
Legal name	

AKA	
Also known as	

BTH	
Name at birth	

MDN	
Maiden name	

NEW	
New born identification name	

PRV	
Previous name	

PRF	
Preferred name	

STG	
Stage name	

TRB	
Tribal name	

OTH	
Non-specific name usage type	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE LGL   Legal name
Legal name of the client as defined by the organisation which collects it. Legal name is not defined within this value domain.
CODE AKA   Also known as (or Aliases)
Any other name that a person is also known by, or has been known by in the past. This includes misspelt names or name variations that are to be retained as they have been used to identify this person. More than one alias name may be recorded for a person.
CODE MDN   Maiden name
The family name of any party prior to being changed at marriage. Traditionally the term ‘Maiden Name’ means the family name of a woman before she is married, this was specifically due to the tradition of a woman taking the man's family name at the time of marriage. Now many couples are using hybrid or merged names to reflect the heritage of both parties in the marriage, thus both parties are changing their names at marriage. This should be reflected in the usage of the term ‘Maiden Name’ as it should now be used for both sexes.
The usage of Maiden name should remain consistent for same sex couples, where one or both of the parties change their name at Civil Union.
CODE NEW   New born
This is reserved for the identification of unnamed newborn babies.
CODE PRF   Preferred name
This is to be associated the name by which the person chooses to be identified.	
Comments:	The codes are not mutually exclusive and their association with a person’s family name and/or given name will depend on the context in which this information is collected or exchanged.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes		
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element can be used where the person offers more than one family name and more than one given name.
Start date and end date can be used in conjunction with this data element to determine when the specific name usage type commenced or ceased to be effective.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Supersedes Person (name)—name type, code N Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
See also Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name usage type end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	453793	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the usage type of a family name and/or given name was no longer applicable, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—name usage type end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type, code AAA Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name usage type start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	453786	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the usage type of a person's family name and/or given name was first applicable, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—name usage type start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes		
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person—name usage type, code AAA Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
New client indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—new client indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Client; New; Indicator	
METeOR identifier:	400548	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether the person has been a client of this Agency before.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—new client indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

3	
Not sure	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Permissible values for this data element are captured using the following question:
"Have you ever accessed or tried to access any services from this agency before?"	
Non-Australian state/province (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (address)—non-Australian state/province, text [X(40)]	
Synonymous names:	International state/province 	
METeOR identifier:	288648	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The designation applied to an internal, political or geographic division of a country other than Australia that is officially recognised by that country that is associated with the address of a person, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (address)—non-Australian state/province	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(40)]	
Maximum character length:	40	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The name of the state or territory or province should be recorded using the standard ASCII character set and should be done so in accordance with the official conventions of the country, for example, Hunan rather than Chinese characters.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Standard Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Non-Australian state/province (service provider organisation)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (address)—non-Australian state/province, text [X(40)]	
METeOR identifier:	288636	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The designation applied to an internal, political or geographic division of a country other than Australia that is officially recognised by that country that is associated with the address of an establishment, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation (address)—non-Australian state/province	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(40)]	
Maximum character length:	40	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The name of the state or territory or province should be recorded using the standard ASCII character set and should be done so in accordance with the official conventions of the country.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Non-school qualification indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—non-school qualification indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
Synonymous names:	Level of education	
METeOR identifier:	376009	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person has attained a non-school qualification, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—non-school qualification indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should be used in conjunction with the data element: Person—highest level of non-school qualification, code N to provide information on the highest level of non-school qualification that a person has attained.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Education variables. ABS cat. no. 1246.0. Canberra: ABS	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—level of highest non-school qualification, code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Number of accommodation places
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—accommodation places, total N[N(8)]	
METeOR identifier:	336730	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The total number of accommodation places owned or managed by an agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—accommodation places	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N(8)]	
Maximum character length:	9	
Proposed unit of measure:	Beds	
Unit of measure precision:	0	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Number of available places
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—number of available places, total N[NN]	
Synonymous names:	Number of places offered	
METeOR identifier:	315208	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	The total number of places that can be offered by an agency for a service.

Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of available places	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NN]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The number of places that can be offered by a service is not necessarily the same as the number of places the agency is permitted to offer by law.	
Collection methods:	Collected at a point-in-time and may vary for different times of the day or sessions.	
Comments:	This data element helps in gaining a greater understanding of service capacity and use.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Children’s Services Data Working Group	
Number of clients
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—number of clients, total people N[NNNN]	
Synonymous names:	Number of service users	
METeOR identifier:	321271	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The total number of clients receiving services or care from an agency or organisation.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of clients	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNNN]	
Maximum character length:	5	
Unit of measure:	Person	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Each client receiving a service during the reporting period should be counted only once, regardless of the number of times they accessed the service in that time period.
This data item refers to the number of clients receiving services, not those 'on the books', 'on waiting lists', number of 'beds' or 'places'.	
Comments:	The information is needed to provide a basic count of people accessing services, and will relate to population data from the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) to help in assessing met and unmet need.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.
CSTDA NMDS Network. 	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07. 	

Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Number of licensed places
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (service type)—number of licensed places, N[NN]	
METeOR identifier:	315200	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	The total number of places an agency is legally authorised to operate for a service type.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of licensed places	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NN]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	This data element helps in gaining a greater understanding of service capacity.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Children’s Services Data Working Group.	
Number of people accommodated
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—number of people accommodated, total N[N]	
METeOR identifier:	352415	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The total number of people who will be accommodated by an agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—number of persons accommodated	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Unit of measure:	Person	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	This information can be cross checked against the number of adults and accompanying children who requested accommodation to estimate unmet versus met need.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
One-off assistance offered indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—one-off assistance offered indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	333880	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an agency offered one-off assistance to a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—one-off assistance offered	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Used to identify the number of services provided to a person, and to help identify gaps in service delivery and to provide important information for services and program planning.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—one-off assistance type offered, SAAP code N[NN] Community Services, Retired 01/07/2011	
Organisation end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—organisation end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	288733	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which an establishment, agency or organisation stopped or concluded operations or practice.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—organisation end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Organisation name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—organisation name, text [X(200)]	
Synonymous names:	Business name; Entity name	
METeOR identifier:	453823	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Proposed 09/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The full title of an organisation's name by which it trades or is recognised, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—organisation name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(200)]	
Maximum character length:	200	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	An organisation may have multiple names.
Naming standards for incorporated companies are defined in the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), Schedule 6 of the Corporation Regulations.	
Collection methods:	If special characters or symbols form part of the name they should be included. This includes all characters from the standard printable ASCII character set such as the letters A-Z, hyphens, commas, apostrophes, @, # etc, as well as the non-standard or extended ASCII characters such as ü, á, é, ®, ™etc.
Mixed case should be used rather than upper case only.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation (name)—organisation name, text [X(200)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation name end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—name end date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Organisation name effective to date	
METeOR identifier:	431293	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the name of the organisation ceases to be effective, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—name end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time an organisation may add or cancel names. The end date is used to define when the name ceases to be effective. Absence of an end date implies that the name is current.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—name start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation name start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—name start date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Organisation name effective from date	
METeOR identifier:	431187	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the name of the organisation takes effect, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—name start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time an organisation may add or cancel names. The start date defines when the name of the organisation takes effect.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—name end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation name type 
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—name type, code AA[A]	
METeOR identifier:	453842	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A classification of the recorded name of an organisation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—name type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[A]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

MAU	
Management accounting unit	

MN	
Main name	

MTR	
Main trading name	

OTR	
Other trading name	

OTH	
Other name	

Supplementary values:	UNK	
Unknown	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE MAU Management accounting unit. 
These are principal business units for which regular accounts are maintained, e.g. a division of a large business such as BHP’s Steel Division. MAUs are ABS (Australian Bureau of Statistics) defined but are a common way for large businesses to manage diverse undertakings.
CODE MN Main name
The main or legal name of the organisation. This is the name of the entity that appears on all official documents or legal papers.
CODE MTR   Main trading name 
The main name that the organisation trades under or the name by which suppliers or customers know the organisation.
CODE OTR Other trading name
An alternative trading name for an organisation.
CODE OTH Other
Other name type not listed, e.g. sales and marketing.
CODE UNK Unknown
There is no information about the name type.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	An organisation name may have only one organisation name type.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation (name)—name type, code N Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation registration end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	433340	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which an organisation's registration ceases to be effective, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—registration end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time the status of an organisation may change. The end date is used to define when the status ceases to be effective. 
Absence of an end date implies that the status is current.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—registration type, text [X(200)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation registration start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Organisation effective from date	
METeOR identifier:	433251	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the registration of an organisation takes effect, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—registration start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time an organisation may add or remove registrations. The start date defines when the registration takes effect.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—registration type, text [X(200)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation registration type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—registration type, text [X(200)]	
METeOR identifier:	433238	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A textual description of the type of registration that an organisation may acquire over time, based on their type of business operation.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—registration type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(200)]	
Maximum character length:	200	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	An organisation may have multiple registrations. This data element should therefore be used in conjunction with Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY and Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY, if applicable.
Examples of commonly used registrations include:
Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Income Tax Exemption
GST Concessions
Deductible gift recipient (DGR)
Charitable fund
Health Promotion Charity (HPC)
Public Benevolent Institution (PBI) Employer
FBT exemption
Registered Training Organisation
Authorised Engineering Organisation
Adult Community Education (ACE) Organisation	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Organisation start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—organisation start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	288963	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which an establishment, agency or organisation started or commenced operations or service.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—organisation start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This field must—
•	be a valid date; 
•	be less than or equal to the Organisation end date.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Organisation type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—organisation type, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	431782	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of a type of organisation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—organisation type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Proprietary	

02	
Limited	

03	
Proprietary limited	

04	
No liability	

05	
Other registered company	

06	
Sole proprietor	

07	
Family partnership	

08	
Other partnership	

09	
Trust	

10	
Trustee	

11	
Cooperative society	

12	
Charitable institution	

15	
Social and sporting clubs	

16	
Trade unions and other organizations	

20	
Other (Private)	

21	
Australian Government Department	

22	
Australian Government Legislature, Courts etc.	

23	
Australian Government Municipal Authority in Territories	

24	
Australian Government Marketing Boards	

25	
Australian Government Statutory Authority	

26	
Australian Government other (including Government-owned companies)	

31	
State Government Department	

32	
State Government Legislature Courts etc.	

33	
State Government Marketing Boards	

34	
Local Government Authority	

36	
State Government other (including Government-owned companies)	

41	
Diplomatic or Trade Missions	

42	
Other Foreign Government	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Paid employment indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—paid employment indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	314813	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 07/06/2011	
Definition:	Whether an employed person is paid or unpaid, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—paid employment indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Person identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—person identifier, XXXXXX[X(14)]	
METeOR identifier:	290046	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	Person identifier unique within an establishment or agency.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—person identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	XXXXXX[X(14)]	
Maximum character length:	20	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Individual agencies, establishments or collection authorities may use their own alphabetic, numeric or alphanumeric coding systems.
Field cannot be blank.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—person identifier (within establishment/agency), XXXXXX[X(14)] Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Juvenile Justice Detention file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Juvenile Justice Order file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Physical address indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—physical address indicator, yes/no code N	
Synonymous names:	Physical address type code	
METeOR identifier:	428950	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an address reflects a geographical place, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—physical address indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Yes
The address is a physical address and reflects a geographical place, e.g. a property.
CODE 2  No
The address is a virtual address, e.g. a PO Box.
The address type code can only exist if an associated address has been entered.
Usage Examples:
12 Smith St (physical address)
PO Box 123 (virtual address)	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Postal delivery number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—postal delivery number, identifier [X(11)]	
METeOR identifier:	430107	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier, forming part of an address, used to identify the channel of postal delivery.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—postal delivery number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(11)]	
Maximum character length:	11	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used where mail is being sent to an area where normal mail delivery is unavailable, or not preferred. Additionally it may be used in some rural areas where no other formal addressing structure exists to identify delivery addresses.
This data element is used in conjunction with Address—postal delivery service type identifier, code AA[A(9)]. 
Not all postal delivery types have a postal delivery number. A postal delivery number is mandatory for all postal delivery types other than:
CARE PO No associated postal delivery number
CMA No associated postal delivery number
CMB Optional
CPA No associated postal delivery number
Usage Examples:
PO BOX C96 (Postal delivery number is C96)
RMB 123 (Postal delivery number is 123)	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—postal delivery service type identifier, code AA[A(9)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Postal delivery point identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—postal delivery point identifier, identifier {N(8)}	
METeOR identifier:	430306	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A unique number created by Australia Post for an address.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—postal delivery point identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	{N(8)}	
Maximum character length:	8	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Customer Barcoding Technical Specifications, 1998: Australia Post 	
Reference documents:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usage Example:
77220761
Delivery point identifier for 321 Exhibition St, MELBOURNE VIC 3000	
Comments:	The postal delivery point identifier (PDPID) is the intellectual property of Australia Post and may only be assigned to an address using a current AMAS approved product. The PDPID is used in the process of bar coding mail. For postal purposes, the PDPID should be re-validated every 3 months.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—postal delivery point identifier, {N(8)} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—postal delivery point identifier, {N(8)} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Postal delivery service type identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—postal delivery service type identifier, code AA[A(9)]	
Synonymous names:	Postal delivery type code	
METeOR identifier:	430096	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An identifier, forming part of an address, for the channel of postal delivery, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—postal delivery service type identifier	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[A(9)]	
Maximum character length:	11	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

CARE PO	
Care-of Post Office (also known as Poste Restante)	

CMA	
Community Mail Agent	

CMB	
Community Mail Bag	

GPO BOX	
General Post Office Box	

LOCKED BAG	
Locked Mail Bag Service	

MS	
Mail Service	

PO BOX	
Post Office Box	

PRIVATE BAG	
Private Mail Bag Service	

RSD	
Roadside Delivery	

RMB	
Roadside Mail Box/Bag	

RMS	
Roadside Mail Service	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	AS4590 Interchange of client information	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used in conjunction with Address—postal delivery number, identifier [X[11]].
The recommended code description is the list of postal delivery type codes in the Australia Post Address Presentation Standards.
This data element is used where mail is to be delivered to a box, bag or agent for pick-up by the intended recipient or to the rural mail box number where no other address exists.
It is also used where mail is being sent to an area where normal mail delivery is unavailable, or not preferred. Additionally it may be used in some rural areas where no other formal addressing structure exists to identify delivery addresses.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—postal delivery number, identifier [X(11)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Postcode—international (person)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (address)—international postcode, text [X(10)]	
Synonymous names:	International postcode 	
METeOR identifier:	288985	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The code for a postal delivery area, aligned with locality, suburb or place for the address of a person, as defined by the postal service of a country other than Australia, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (address)—international postcode	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(10)]	
Maximum character length:	10	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This is a self-reported code from a person and may be non-verifiable without reference to the specific country’s coding rules.
May be collected as part of Address or separately. Postal addresses may be different from where a person actually resides. 
	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Postcode—international (service provider organisation)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation (address)—international postcode, text [X(10)]	
METeOR identifier:	288987	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The code for a postal delivery area, aligned with locality, suburb or place for the address of an organisation, as defined by the postal service of a country other than Australia.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation (address)—international postcode	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(10)]	
Maximum character length:	10	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This is a self-reported code from an organisation and may be non-verifiable without reference to the specific country’s coding rules.
May be collected as part of Address or separately. Postal addresses may be different from where a service is actually located. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Preferred language
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}	
METeOR identifier:	460123	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The language (including sign language) most preferred by the person for communication, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—preferred language	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN{NN}	
Maximum character length:	4	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) has a three-level hierarchical structure. The most detailed level of the classification consists of base units (languages) which are represented by four-digit codes. The second level of the classification comprises narrow groups of languages (the Narrow group level), identified by the first two digits. The most general level of the classification consists of broad groups of languages (the Broad group level) and is identified by the first digit. The classification includes Australian Indigenous languages and sign languages.
For example, the Lithuanian language has a code of 3102. In this case 3 denotes that it is an Eastern European language, while 31 denotes that it is a Baltic language. The Pintupi Aboriginal language is coded as 8713. In this case 8 denotes that it is an Australian Indigenous language and 87 denotes that the language is a Western Desert language.
Language data may be output at the Broad group level, Narrow group level or base level of the classification. If necessary, significant languages within a Narrow group can be presented separately while the remaining languages in the Narrow group are aggregated. The same principle can be adopted to highlight significant Narrow groups within a Broad group.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This may be a language other than English even where the person can speak fluent English.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	ABS cat. no. 1267.0. Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL), 2011. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011, Health, Standard 13/10/2011, Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Supersedes Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Proficiency in spoken English
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—proficiency in spoken English, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270203	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A person's self-assessed level of ability to speak English, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—proficiency in spoken English	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
Not applicable (persons under 5 years of age or who speak only English)	

1	
Very well	

2	
Well	

3	
Not well	

4	
Not at all	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 0 Not applicable (persons under 5 years of age or who speak only English)
Not applicable, is to be used for people under 5 year of age and people who speak only English. 
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
Not stated/inadequately described, is not to be used on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Comments:	The ABS advises that the most useful information provided by this metadata item is in the distinction between the two category groups of Very well/Well and Not well/Not at all.	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Standards for Statistics on Cultural and Language Diversity 1999. Cat. no. 1289.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	This metadata item is only intended to be collected if a person has a main language other than English spoken at home; and/or first language spoken is not English.
Recommended question: 
How well do you speak English? (tick one) 
1. Very well 
2. Well 
3. Not well 
4. Not at all 
Generally this would be a self-reported question, but in some circumstances (particularly where a person does not speak English well) assistance will be required in answering this question. It is important that the person's self-assessed proficiency in spoken English be recorded wherever possible. This metadata item does not purport to be a technical assessment of proficiency but is a self-assessment in the four broad categories outlined above. 
This metadata item is not relevant to and should not be collected for persons under the age of five years.
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, this standard should be used wherever practically possible.	
Comments:	This metadata item identifies those people who may suffer disadvantage in terms of their ability to access services due to lack of ability in the spoken English language. This information can be used to target the provision of services to people whose lack of ability in spoken English is potentially a barrier to gaining access to government programs and services. 
In conjunction with Indigenous status, the main language other than English spoken at home and the country of birth, this metadata item forms the minimum core set of cultural and language indicators recommended by the Australian Bureau of Statistics.	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee
National Community Services Data Committee	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—country of birth, code (SACC 1998) NNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/06/2008, Housing assistance, Superseded 24/11/2008, Health, Superseded 01/10/2008
See also Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
See also Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011, Health, Standard 13/10/2011, Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
See also Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2005) NN{NN} Community Services, Superseded 13/10/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 13/10/2011
Supersedes  Proficiency in spoken English, version 2, DE, Int. NCSDD & NHDD, NCSIMG & NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (18.6 KB) 	
Provider occupation category (self-identified) (ANZSCO 1st edition)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified), code (ANZSCO 1st edition) N[NNN]{NN}	
Synonymous names:	Health care provider field of practice	
METeOR identifier:	350896	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Definition:	A health care occupation that an individual provider identifies as being one in which they provide a significant amount of services, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations, First edition, 2006	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN]{NN}	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The following is a list of the more common health care occupations, however, it is not intended to represent all the possible health care occupations:
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Worker (ANZSCO code 411511)
Acupuncturist (ANZSCO code 252211)
Aged or disabled carer (ANZSCO code 423111)
Ambulance officer (ANZSCO code 411111)
Anaesthetist (ANZSCO code 253211)
Audiologist (ANZSCO code 252711)
Chiropractor (ANZSCO code 252111)
Clinical psychologist (ANZSCO code 272311)
Complementary Health Therapists n.e.c. (ANZSCO code 252299)
Dental assistant (ANZSCO code 423211)
Dental hygienist (ANZSCO code 411211)
Dental specialist (ANZSCO code 252311)
Dental technician (ANZSCO code 411213)
Dental therapist (ANZSCO code 411214)
Dentist (ANZSCO code 252312)
Dermatologist(ANZSCO code 253911)
Dietician (ANZSCO code 251111)
Drug and Alcohol Counsellor (ANZSCO code 272112)
Enrolled nurse (ANZSCO code 411411)
General medical practitioner (ANZSCO code 253111)
Health professionals (ANZSCO code 25)
Hospital pharmacist (ANZSCO code 251511)
Intensive care ambulance paramedic (AUS) / ambulance paramedic (NZ) (ANZSCO code 411112)
Massage therapist (ANZSCO code 411611)
Medical diagnostic radiographer (ANZSCO code 251211)
Medical practitioners n.e.c. (ANZSCO code 253999)
Medical radiation therapist (ANZSCO code 251212)
Midwife (ANZSCO code 254111)
Naturopath (ANZSCO code 252213)
Nuclear medicine technologist (ANZSCO code 251213)
Nurse educator (ANZSCO code 254211)
Nurse manager (ANZSCO code 254311)
Nurse practitioner (ANZSCO code 254411)
Nurse researcher (ANZSCO code 254212)
Nursing assistant support worker (ANZSCO code 423312)
Occupational therapist (ANZSCO code 252411)
Ophthalmologist (ANZSCO code 253914)
Optometrist (ANZSCO code 251411)
Orthoptist (ANZSCO code 251412)
Orthotist or Prosthetist (ANZSCO code 251912)
Osteopath (ANZSCO code 252112)
Paediatrician (ANZSCO code 253321)
Pathologist (ANZSCO code 253915)
Physiotherapist (ANZSCO code 252511)
Podiatrist (ANZSCO code 252611)
Psychiatrist (ANZSCO code 253411)
Psychologists n.e.c. (ANZSCO code 272399)
Radiologist (ANZSCO code 253916)
Registered nurse (developmental disability)(ANZSCO code 254416)
Registered nurse (mental health)(ANZSCO code 254422)
Registered Nurses n.e.c. (ANZSCO code 254499)
Rehabilitation counsellor (ANZSCO code 272114)
Retail pharmacist (ANZSCO code 251513)
Social worker (ANZSCO code 272511)
Sonographer (ANZSCO code 251214)
Specialist physician (general medicine) (ANZSCO code 253311)
Speech pathologist (AUS) / speech language therapist (NZ) (ANZSCO code 252712)
Surgeon (general) (ANZSCO code 253511)
Therapy aide (ANZSCO code 423314)	
Collection methods:	Data is collected at the time a health care provider identification record is created.
Multiple instances of health care occupation may be collected where the individual provides a significant amount of services in more than one category. For example, a dentist who is also a medical practitioner may practice as both.
Record as many as apply.

Accurate data are best achieved using computer assisted coding. A computer assisted coding system is available from the ABS to assist in coding occupational data to ANZSCO codes.
Data coded at the 4-digit and 6-digit level will provide more detailed information than that collected at the higher levels and may be more useful. However, the level at which data are coded and reported will depend on the purpose of collecting this information.	
Comments:	ANZSCO defines ‘occupation’ as ‘a set of jobs with similar sets of tasks’. Operationally this is defined as ‘a collection of jobs which are sufficiently similar in their main tasks to be grouped together for purposes of the classification’. Job is defined as ‘a set of tasks designed to be performed by one individual for a wage or salary’.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia.
	
Reference documents:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified), code (ASCO 2nd edn) N[NNN]{-NN} Community Services, Superseded 27/03/2007, Health, Superseded 04/07/2007	
Provider occupation end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Individual service provider—occupation end date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Health care provider field of practice end date	
METeOR identifier:	289053	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which an individual health care provider ceased practising in an identified occupation.	
Data Element Concept:	Individual service provider—occupation end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Enter the date using day, month and year.
In the AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, the Australian Standard Health Care Provider Field of Practice End Date mandates the use of a Date Accuracy Indicator. This is not compulsory with the use of this data element. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Provider occupation start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Individual service provider—occupation start date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Health care provider field of practice start date	
METeOR identifier:	289059	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which an individual health care provider commenced practising in an identified occupation.	
Data Element Concept:	Individual service provider—occupation start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Enter the date using day, month and year.
In the AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, the Australian Standard Health Care Provider Field of Practice Start Date mandates the use of a Date Accuracy Indicator. This is not compulsory with the use of this data element.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2006, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Purpose of address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—purpose of address, code AA[A]	
Synonymous names:	Address usage code; Address purpose code	
METeOR identifier:	428932	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The role or use of the address in relation to a person, as represented by a code	
Data Element Concept:	Address—purpose of address	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[A]	
Maximum character length:	3	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

PR	
Primary property address	

SEC	
Secondary property address	

RES	
Residential address	

TEM	
Temporary accommodation	

BUS	
Business address	

OVS	
Address when overseas	

DEL	
Delivery address	

POS	
Postal/correspondence address	

OTH	
Other address	

Supplementary values:	UNK	
Not stated/unknown	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	PR   Primary property address
The property address normally used by the client. (These addresses desirably should have been assigned by a Council)
NOTE: Where this is the principal place of residence of the client the residential code should be used.
SEC   Secondary property address
The address of an additional property attached to the client.
RES   Residential address
The address of the principal place of residence for the client.
TEM   Temporary accommodation
The address where the client is resident for a temporary period.
BUS   Business address
The address of the principal place of business for the client.
OVS   Address when overseas 
The address used by the client when overseas.
DEL   Delivery address
The address used for goods delivery purposes.
POS   Postal/correspondence address
The address used by the client for receipt of correspondence.
OTH   Other address
Any other purpose not listed above.
UNK   Not stated/unknown
To be used in instances where the address purpose is not stated or unknown. A null entry should be recorded.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The address purpose code can only exist if an associated address has been entered. The address entered can be an Australian address whilst the person is overseas.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—address type, code N Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—address type, code N Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Reason case management plan does not exist
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Client—reason case management plan does not exist, code N	
METeOR identifier:	398443	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The reason a current case management plan for the client does not exist, as represented by a code.
	
Data Element Concept:	Client—reason case management plan does not exist	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Client did not agree to one	

2	
Service episode too short	

3	
Part of another person's case management plan	

8	
Other	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Client did not agree to one
This option is used if the client was asked about formulating a plan, but they did not agree.
CODE 2   Service episode too short
Case management plans may not be appropriate for all clients, for example, when a client stays for a 24 hour period or less.
CODE 3   Part of another person's case management plan
The client is covered by another client's case management plan.
CODE 8   Other
If a case management plan was not formulated for a client for some other reason. This other reason should be collected.
CODE 9   Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is answered from the perspective of an agency worker. It is answered at the end of a client's support period.	
Collection methods:	The permissible values for this data element are used to form the response categories to the question:
"Why does a case management plan not exist?"
Responses of "other" should request further information by use of the words "please specify".	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Client—reason case management plan does not exist, SAAP code N Community Services, Superseded 17/11/2010	
Recurrent funding commitments (State/Territory level)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	State or Territory Government—recurrent funding commitments, total Australian currency N[N(8)]	
METeOR identifier:	336821	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The total amount of recurrent funds that are committed at State/Territory level, as represented in Australian dollars.	
Data Element Concept:	State or Territory Government—recurrent funding commitments	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Currency	
Format:	N[N(8)]	
Maximum character length:	9	
Unit of measure:	Australian currency (AU$)	
Reference person (household)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—reference person indicator (household), code N	
METeOR identifier:	351201	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007	
Definition:	Whether a person is a reference person for a household.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—reference person status (household)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The household reference person is used as the basis for the identification of income units and families and the classification of the household.
Code 1 Yes: Record if a person is a reference person for a household.
Code 2 No: Record if a person is not a reference person for a household.	
Collection methods:	Housing sector specific
Usually referred to as Person 1, Main tenant or Tenant 1 on application or tenancy forms. Can also be referred to as the Principal tenant, Household head or where the dwelling is being purchased, referred to as the Mortgagee. Also includes single adults and lone parents. Person must be aged 16 or over.
All other persons should be coded to 2.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. National Housing Assistance Data Dictionary, Version 3. 2006. AIHW Cat. no. HOU 147.	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Census Dictionary 2006. Cat no. 2901.0.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—relationship to household reference person, code NN Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Referral contact method
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Referral—contact method, code N	
METeOR identifier:	323145	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The means by which a person makes contact with an agency at the time of referral, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Referral—contact method	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Face to face	

2	
Over the telephone	

3	
In writing (including electronic)	

4	
Other method of referral/contact	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item only describes the way in which contact regarding referral to an agency was made. It can be applied to anyone, including self referral, or any party making referral. Source of referral to a service provider agency provides the information on who is actually making the referral.	
Collection methods:	This information should be collected at the time initial contact regarding the referral is made. 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) National Data Collection Agency 2001. National Data Collection Data Dictionary. Version 2. Unpublished	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Referral/ contact method, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.8 KB) 
Supersedes Referral—referral or contact method, code N Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006	
Referral date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Referral—referral receipt date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	270005	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date on which an agency receives a client referral from another party.	
Data Element Concept:	Referral—referral receipt date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item should always be recorded as an 8 digit valid date comprising day, month and year. Year should always be recorded in its full 4 digit format. For days and months with a numeric value of less than 10, zeros should be used to ensure that the date contains the required 8 digits. For example if an agency receives a client referral on July 1 2000 the Referral—referral receipt date, DDMMYYYY should be recorded as 01072000 as specified in the representational layout.	
Collection methods:	Can be collected at initial referral of a client to an agency or at each referral, although this should be done consistently within a collection. Individual collections will also need to determine what constitutes a referral for their purposes (e.g. Is it only formal referrals that are considered, or are self-referral counted as a referral also etc).	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee
National Health Data Dictionary	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Referral date, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.8 KB) 	
Referral for accommodation indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—referral for accommodation indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Accommodation referral arranged	
METeOR identifier:	333660	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether an agency made a referral for accommodation for a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—referral for accommodation	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Referral source
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Referral—referral source, code N[.N]	
METeOR identifier:	297469	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 02/06/2005	
Definition:	The person or agency responsible for the referral of a client to a service provider agency, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Source of referral is important in assisting in the analyses of inter-service client flow and for service planning.	
Data Element Concept:	Referral—referral source	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[.N]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Agency	

1.1	
Health agency	

1.2	
Community services agency	

1.3	
Educational agency	

1.4	
Legal agency	

1.5	
Employment/ job placement agency	

1.6	
Other agency	

2	
Non-agency	

2.1	
Self	

2.2	
Family	

2.3	
Friends	

2.4	
General Medical Practitioner	

2.5	
Other party	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Individual data collections use specific categories relevant to their particular information needs. These categories should be mappable to the above generic domain at the 1-digit or 2-digit level. 
The separation of agency from non-agency for source of referral is a significant distinction. For instance, it is important to differentiate between a referral from a private practising general medical practitioner and a referral from a health agency, such as a health clinic in a hospital. 
Examples: 
•	Aged care assessment team would map to category 1.1 
•	Residential aged care factor to category 1.1 
•	Community nursing service to category 1.1 
•	School/other education institution to category 1.3 
•	General Practitioner to category 2.4 
•	Police/legal unit to category 1.4 etc.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Individual collections may like to expand categories further for example, by distinguishing between immediate family and non-immediate family.
In addition, this item may be collected at the point of initial contact with an agency, or for other contact points as well, for the agency as a whole, or for different services provided by that agency.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) National Data Collection Agency 2001. National Data Collection Data Dictionary. Version 2. Unpublished	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Referral—referral source (community services), code N[.N] Community Services, Superseded 06/06/2005	
Regular client indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—regular client indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	436639	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person is a regular client of an organisation or agency, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—regular client indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Yes
A person is a regular client of the organisation or agency.
CODE 2   No
A person is not a regular client of the organisation or agency.	
Collection methods:	The definition of a regular client can vary depending on the context and/or collection in which the term is being applied, but generally involves a minimum number of visits to an organisation or agency or uses of a facility, occurring over a specific period of time. For example, in the primary health care context a regular client may be someone who has visited a particular primary health care provider 3 or more times in the last 2 years.
In some cases, a visit may be further defined as an attendance at the organisation or agency that leads to either the creation of a new client record or the updating of an existing client record in the client management system of the organisation or agency.
The applicable number of visits to the organisation or agency and the period of time over which those visits need to take place in order for a person to be identified as a regular client should be specified in an appropriate data set specific instruction.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW)	
Relationship in household
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—relationship to household reference person, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	351307	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The familial and non-familial relationship of each person in a given household to the reference person in that same household, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—relationship to household reference person	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Family, household and income unit variables (relationship in household) 2005	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

11	
In a registered marriage	

12	
In a de facto marriage	

21	
Lone parent	

31	
Natural or adopted child under 15	

32	
Step-child under 15	

33	
Foster child under 15	

34	
Grandchild under 15	

35	
Otherwise related child under 15	

36	
Unrelated child under 15	

41	
Natural or adopted dependent student	

42	
Student step-child	

43	
Student foster child	

51	
Non-dependent natural or adopted child	

52	
Non-dependent step-child	

53	
Non-dependent foster child	

61	
Brother/Sister	

62	
Father/Mother	

63	
Non-dependent grandchild	

64	
Grandfather/grandmother	

65	
Cousin	

66	
Uncle/Aunt	

67	
Nephew/Niece	

69	
Other related individual (not elsewhere classified)	

71	
Unrelated individual living in a family household	

72	
Group household member	

73	
Lone person	

99	
Visitor	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 21 Lone parent:
Should be used where a person has no spouse or partner present in the household but who forms a parent-child relationship with at least one dependent or non-dependent child who is usually resident in the household.
CODE 99 Not stated/inadequately described:
Not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected	
Collection methods:	A major purpose of this classification is as the basis for identification of income units and families, statistical units that are important for further analysis.
Data captured on relationships are allocated to the 'Relationship in household' classification in output processing.
Relationships to the selected Person 1 are coded, enabling the family units existing in the household to be identified.
The first person named is identified as Person 1.
Q1 below is asked of all usual residents of the household, except for Person 1:
Q1. What is (your/the Person's) relationship to (Person 1)?	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Statistical Concepts Library - Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables - Family, Household and Income Unit Variables - Relationship in household - Classification and coding
Reference online through:
Family, Household and Income Unit Variables, Relationship in Household	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item is measured using relationships in respect of a household reference person. Relationships in the household are determined by establishing the relationship between this household reference person and each other member of the household in turn. 
The household reference person may be determined in a variety of ways. For example, it could be the person first listed on a form ('Person 1'), or the oldest person in the household, or the client. In measuring the types of relationships that exist between persons in a household, we must recognise that there may not be any familial relationship.  	
Collection methods:	The second level of the ABS classification has been adopted for this metadata item. Individual agencies may wish to classify 'Relationship in household' at the 3-digit level for their own operational purposes.
Collecting these data is quite complex, due to inter-relationships that may exist in a household. Refer to ABS Standards for details of interviewer or self enumerated collection methods.	
Comments:	For the purposes of this metadata item the term child refers to the relationship to the reference person and not a person under 15 years of age.
The ability to determine familial relationships between persons residing within the same household is essential in a wide range of statistics on household type, family type and income unit. It may also be useful in determining possible levels of need and support available for clients.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—reference person indicator (household), code N Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Supersedes Person—relationship to household reference person, code NN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Relationship of carer to care recipient
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Informal carer—relationship to care recipient, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270012	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Definition:	The relationship of the informal carer to the person for whom they care, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Informal carer—relationship to care recipient	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Spouse/ partner	

2	
Parent	

3	
Child	

4	
Child-in-law	

5	
Other relative	

6	
Friend/ neighbour	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should always be used to record the relationship of the carer to the person for whom they care, regardless of whether the client of the agency is the carer or the person for whom they care. 
For example, if a woman were caring for her frail aged mother-in-law, the agency would record that the carer is the daughter-in-law of the care recipient (i.e. code 4). Similarly, if a man were caring for his disabled son, then the agency would record that the carer is the father of the care recipient (i.e. code 2). 
If a person has more than one carer (e.g. a spouse and a son), the coding response to relationship of carer to care recipient should relate to the carer who provides the most significant care and assistance related to the person's capacity to remain living at home. The expressed views of the client and/ or their carer or significant other should be used as the basis for determining which carer should be considered to be the primary or principal carer in this regard. 
CODE 1 includes de facto and same sex partnerships.	
Collection methods:	To obtain greater detailed information about carers data can be collected using other elements such as Person—age (community services), total years N[NN] and Person—sex, code N etc.	
Comments:	There is inconsistency between the definition of informal carer and the ABS definition of principal carer. 
The ABS defines a primary carer as a person of any age who provides the most informal assistance, in terms of help or supervision, to a person with one or more disabilities. The assistance has to be ongoing, or likely to be ongoing, for at least six months and be provided for one or more of the core activities (communication, mobility and self care). This may not be appropriate for community services agencies wishing to obtain information about a person's carer regardless of the amount of time that care is for, or the types of care provided.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Relationship of carer to care recipient, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.3 KB) 	
Religious affiliation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—religious affiliation, code (ASCRG 2005) N[NNN]	
METeOR identifier:	334326	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The religious group to which a person belongs or adheres, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—religious affiliation	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Religious Groups 2005	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[NNN]	
Maximum character length:	4	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	It is essential that where this question is asked, it be clearly marked as optional. 
The following question is recommended. 
Q1. What is your / the person's / (name)'s religion? (Answering this question is OPTIONAL.) 
For example, Salvation Army, Hinduism, Judaism or Humanism. 
If no religion, mark last option. 
Catholic (not Eastern Churches) 
Anglican (Church of England) 
Uniting Church 
Presbyterian 
Buddhism 
Greek Orthodox 
Islam 
Baptist 
Lutheran 
Other - please specify: . . .
No religion 
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, the recommended question should be used wherever practically possible.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—religious affiliation, code (ASCRG 1996) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006	
Residential setting
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—residential setting, code N	
METeOR identifier:	269979	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The setting in which a person resides, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—residential setting	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Private setting	

2	
Community based setting	

3	
Institutional setting	

4	
None/homeless/public place	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	To meet program or service specific needs, the categories used in individual data collections may be more detailed than those in the settings classification of the NCCS V2, but they should always be mappable to categories in the NCCS V2. Categories used in individual community services data collections such as the Home and Community Care (HACC), Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement (CSTDA) and the Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) have been mapped to the settings classification in the National Classifications of Community Services. 
CODE 1 Private setting
A largely self contained dwelling intended for occupation by one or more usual residents, or movable, makeshift or improvised dwelling occupied by one or more usual residents, regardless of whether the dwelling is owned, being purchased or being rented privately, publicly or through a community organisation. This includes, owner/purchaser/renter occupied dwellings and Unsupported independent living facilities.
For example houses, flats, units, hotels/motels, caravan, craft in a marina, a houseboat, independent living in a retirement village (where no support services are provided as a package with the accommodation) and makeshift and improvised dwellings (such as humpies).
CODE 2 Community based setting
This type of setting includes:
Short-term crisis or emergency accommodation facility, Supported independent residential facility, Transitional accommodation facility, Supported accommodation facility (where support is provided together with the accommodation as a package) and Supported independent living. 
The distinguishing features of a community based setting as opposed to private:
•	An adult accommodated in a community setting has less control or choice, over when, where and how, they undertake basic personal activities than in a private setting (e.g. shared or scheduled meals, communal laundry, etc.). 
•	In community based settings some form of service by paid staff is generally provided in association with occupancy of a dwelling. 
•	The person has more choice or control over such activities in a community based setting than in an institutional setting. 
•	Persons living in community settings are generally housed in domestic scale sized dwellings. 
•	Located within the general community, in areas where other people live privately.
CODE 3 Institutional setting
This category includes:
•	Hospital (including psychiatric), Special purpose residential facility (including those that provide 'out of home' placements for children who cannot live with their families), Community care unit and Custodial settings, (prisons, remand centres, corrective institutions for children/youth). It also includes larger institutions for people with disability, larger institutional supported accommodation facilities, convents and monasteries, boarding schools and residential colleges.
•	The distinguishing features of an institutional setting (as opposed to community): 
•	Existence of a regulatory or licensing body. 
•	Accommodation units are usually not self contained. 
•	Adult residents have little or no control over when, where and how they undertake basic personal activities (e.g. shared or scheduled meals, communal laundry, etc.). 
They are generally situated out of the general community (e.g. gaols, hospitals). 
They are often of a larger scale than community settings.
Should difficulties arise concerning the categorisation of a setting, refer to the features listed below for guidance: 
•	Level of choice/control 
•	Scale/size 
•	Location within/outside of general community 
•	Existence of a regulatory or licensing body 
•	Paid staff. 
CODE 4 None/homeless/public place includes non dwelling living rough and informal housing 
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item could be used to describe the residential setting of individual persons, groups of people or households.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Linking human service outcomes with people's housing situations has been identified as an important step in providing better targeted services. Collecting information about residential setting also gives an indication of the type and variety of settings to which agencies deliver their services when providing assistance. This metadata item assists when making comparisons of data from administrative data collections with data from the five yearly Census of Population and Housing, and to assist in analyses of de-institutionalisation	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Residential setting, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (20.3 KB) 	
Road name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—road name, text X[45]	
Synonymous names:	Street name	
METeOR identifier:	429747	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name of the road or thoroughfare applicable to the address site or complex, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—road name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[45]	
Maximum character length:	45	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Within a road name it is possible to find what appears to be a Road type (e.g. The Boulevard). It is also possible to have a null Road type. This data element relates to the road name only.
Usage Examples:
BROWNS ROAD WEST
In this case the Road name is BROWNS, the Road type is RD and the Road suffix is W
THE AVENUE WEST
In this case the Road name is THE AVENUE, the Road type is null and the Road suffix is W
COTSWOLD BRETT
In this case the Road Name is COTSWOLD BRETT and the Road type is null
HIGH STREET ROAD
In this case the Road Name is HIGH STREET and the Road type is RD.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—road type, code AA[AA] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street name, text [A(30)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Road number 1
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—road number 1, road number X[6]	
Synonymous names:	House number 1; Street number 1	
METeOR identifier:	429586	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier for an address or start number in a ranged address in a road or thoroughfare.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—road number 1	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[6]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A road number may include an alphabetic prefix or an alphabetic suffix.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name
•	Address number or number range
•	Road name (name/type/suffix)
•	Locality
•	State/Territory
•	Postcode (optional)
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—road number 2, road number X[6] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Road number 2
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—road number 2, road number X[6]	
Synonymous names:	House number 2; Street number 2	
METeOR identifier:	429594	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An alphanumeric identifier for the last number for a ranged address in the road or thoroughfare.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—road number 2	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[6]	
Maximum character length:	6	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A road number may include an alphabetic prefix or an alphabetic suffix.
This data element is used for ranged street numbers only. 
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable).	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—road number 1, road number X[6] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier, text [X(12)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Road suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—road suffix, street suffix code A[A]	
Synonymous names:	Street suffix code; Road suffix code	
METeOR identifier:	429869	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The abbreviation used to represent a road or thoroughfare applicable to the address site or complex, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—road suffix	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	A[A]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

CN	
Central	

E	
East	

EX	
Extension	

LR	
Lower	

N	
North	

NE	
North East	

NW	
North West	

S	
South	

SE	
South East	

SW	
South West	

UP	
Upper	

W	
West	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The recommended code description is the list of standard Road suffix abbreviations in AS/NZS 4819. 
For postal purposes the abbreviated Road code should be used.
Usage Example:
BROWNS ROAD WEST
In this case the Road name is BROWNS, the Road type is RD and the Road suffix is W
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name
•	Address number or number range
•	Road name (name/type/suffix)
•	Locality
•	State/Territory
•	Postcode (optional)
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street suffix, code A[A] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Road type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—road type, code AA[AA]	
Synonymous names:	Street type code; road type code	
METeOR identifier:	429840	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An abbreviation used to distinguish the type of road or thoroughfare applicable to the address site/complex.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—road type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AA[AA]	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

ACCS	
Access	

ALLY	
Alley	

ALWY	
Alleyway	

AMBL	
Amble	

APP	
Approach	

ARC	
Arcade	

ARTL	
Arterial	

ARTY	
Artery	

AV	
Avenue	

BA	
Banan	

BEND	
Bend	

BWLK	
Boardwalk	

BVD	
Boulevard	

BR	
Brace	

BRAE	
Brae	

BRK	
Break	

BROW	
Brow	

BYPA	
Bypass	

BYWY	
Byway	

CSWY	
Causeway	

CTR	
Centre	

CH	
Chase	

CIR	
Circle	

CCT	
Circuit	

CRCS	
Circus	

CL	
Close	

CON	
Concourse	

CPS	
Copse	

CNR	
Corner	

CT	
Court	

CTYD	
Courtyard	

COVE	
Cove	

CR	
Crescent	

CRST	
Crest	

CRSS	
Cross	

CSAC	
Cul-de-sac	

CUTT	
Cutting	

DALE	
Dale	

DIP	
Dip	

DR	
Drive	

DVWY	
Driveway	

EDGE	
Edge	

ELB	
Elbow	

END	
End	

ENT	
Entrance	

ESP	
Esplanade	

EXP	
Expressway	

FAWY	
Fairway	

FOLW	
Follow	

FTWY	
Footway	

FORM	
Formation	

FWY	
Freeway	

FRTG	
Frontage	

GAP	
Gap	

GDNS	
Gardens	

GTE	
Gate	

GLDE	
Glade	

GLEN	
Glen	

GRA	
Grange	

GRN	
Green	

GR	
Grove	

HTS	
Heights	

HIRD	
Highroad	

HWY	
Highway	

HILL	
Hill	

INTG	
Interchange	

JNC	
Junction	

KEY	
Key	

LANE	
Lane	

LNWY	
Laneway	

LINE	
Line	

LINK	
Link	

LKT	
Lookout	

LOOP	
Loop	

MALL	
Mall	

MNDR	
Meander	

MEWS	
Mews	

MTWY	
Motorway	

NOOK	
Nook	

OTLK	
Outlook	

PDE	
Parade	

PWY	
Parkway	

PASS	
Pass	

PSGE	
Passage	

PATH	
Path	

PWAY	
Pathway	

PIAZ	
Piazza	

PLZA	
Plaza	

PKT	
Pocket	

PNT	
Point	

PORT	
Port	

PROM	
Promenade	

QDRT	
Quadrant	

QYS	
Quays	

RMBL	
Ramble	

REST	
Rest	

RTT	
Retreat	

RDGE	
Ridge	

RISE	
Rise	

RD	
Road	

RTY	
Rotary	

RTE	
Route	

ROW	
Row	

RUE	
Rue	

SVWY	
Serviceway	

SHUN	
Shunt	

SPUR	
Spur	

SQ	
Square	

ST	
Street	

SBWY	
Subway	

TARN	
Tarn	

TCE	
Terrace	

THFR	
Thoroughfare	

TLWY	
Tollway	

TOP	
Top	

TOR	
Tor	

TRK	
Track	

TRL	
Trail	

TURN	
Turn	

UPAS	
Underpass	

VALE	
Vale	

VIAD	
Viaduct	

VIEW	
View	

VSTA	
Vista	

WALK	
Walk	

WKWY	
Walkway	

WHRF	
Wharf	

WYND	
Wynd	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The recommended code description is the list of standard street type abbreviations in AS/NZS 4819.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Within a road name it is possible to find what appears to be a Road type. It is also possible to have a null Road type.
For postal purposes the Road type should be abbreviated.
Usage Example:
MAIN ROAD
In this case the street name is MAIN and the Road type is RD.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name
•	Address number or number range
•	Road name (name/type/suffix)
•	Locality
•	State/Territory
•	Postcode (optional)
•	Country (if applicable).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—road name, text X[45] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—street type, code A[AAA] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Satisfaction with participation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area, code N	
METeOR identifier:	320216	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree to which a person is satisfied with their involvement in a specified life area, as represented by a code.  	
Context:	Human functioning and disability	
Data Element Concept:	Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

0	
High satisfaction with participation	

1	
Moderate satisfaction with participation	

2	
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied with participation	

3	
Moderate dissatisfaction with participation	

4	
Extreme dissatisfaction with participation	

5	
Complete restriction and dissatisfaction	

Supplementary values:	8	
Not specified	

9	
Not applicable	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This metadata item contributes to the definition of the concept 'Disability' and gives an indication of the experience of disability for a person.
In the context of health, participation is involvement in a life situation. Participation restrictions are problems an individual may experience in involvement in life situations. 
This metadata item gives a rating of the person's degree of satisfaction with participation in a domain of life, in relation to their current life goals. Satisfaction with participation corresponds to the person's own perspective on their participation, and reflects their attitude to their participation in the various life areas. It is essentially a summary measure in which are embedded the concepts of choice, opportunity and importance.
CODE 0 High satisfaction with participation
Used if a person is involved in the specified life situation as he or she wishes to fulfil his or her current life goals in terms of duration, frequency, manner and outcome.
CODE 1 Moderate satisfaction with participation
Used if the person is reasonably satisfied with their participation in this life situation, in terms of duration, frequency, manner and outcome. This could occur if one of the criteria (duration, frequency, manner or outcome) is not fulfilled and that criterion is not critical to the person's goals. For example, the person does not participate in the specified life situation as frequently as wished, but the other criteria are met and the frequency is not so affected that it is critical to the person's satisfaction.
CODE 2 Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied with participation
Used if the person is neither satisfied nor dissatisfied with their participation in this life situation, in terms of duration, frequency, manner and outcome.
CODE 3 Moderate dissatisfaction with participation
Used if two or three criteria (duration, frequency, manner or outcome) are not fulfilled, but are not so badly affected, in relation to the person's goals in that life area, that the person is extremely dissatisfied. For example, a person is able to participate in work, but is placed in supported employment rather than employment in the open labour market. This is not in line with the person's goals, so that the manner and outcome of the participation are not fulfilled.
CODE 4 Extreme dissatisfaction with participation
Used when all criteria (duration, frequency, manner and outcome) are not fulfilled for the specified life situation, or where any of the criteria are so badly affected in relation to the person's goals that they consider themselves to be extremely dissatisfied with this life area. An example of the latter would arise when a person is extremely dissatisfied with participation in interpersonal activities because his/her goal in terms of duration of social visits is never fulfilled, although other criteria (frequency and manner) may be fulfilled.
CODE 5 Complete restriction and dissatisfaction
Used when the person does not participate in this life situation in line with his or her own goals, i.e. in an area where they wish to participate and is completely dissatisfied with not participating in this life situation.
CODE 9 Not applicable
Used when participation in a life situation is not relevant, such as employment of an infant or where there is no participation and the person has no desire to participate in this area. For example, a personal preference not to participate in specific areas of community, social and civic life such as sport or hobbies. The area may not be applicable to the person's current life goals.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
 WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm 	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Satisfaction with participation should be coded from the perspective of the person. This data element should be coded in conjunction with the Person—activities and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] data element. For example, a person's 'moderate satisfaction with participation in exchange of information'.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006, Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Activities and Participation cluster Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
School attendance indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—school attendance indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	314952	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether a person attends either primary or secondary school, as represented by a code. 	
Data Element Concept:	Person—school attendance indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The first year of primary school is considered to commence in the various States and Territories as follows:
Kindergarten in New South Wales and Australian Capital Territory
Preparatory in Victoria and Tasmania
Year 1 in Queensland
Pre-primary in Western Australia
Reception in South Australia
Transition in Northern Territory.
A person should not be counted as attending school if they are attending preschool (even if this preschool operates within a school based environment).	
Secondary complex name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—secondary complex name, text X[50]	
Synonymous names:	Utility name	
METeOR identifier:	429404	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name associated with a building or area within a complex site, which forms part of the address, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—secondary complex name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[50]	
Maximum character length:	50	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element may represent the name given to an entire building within an address site that has its own separate address.
Usage Examples:
Biology Building B (Secondary Complex name)
20-24 Genetics Lane North
Blamey Research Institute (Address site name )
1-131 Sunshine Rd
CAIRNS QLD 4870
Rose Cottage (Secondary Complex name)
9 Garden Walk
Happy Valley Retirement Village (Address site name)
75 Davis Street
NORWOOD SA 5067	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Sector type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—sector, code N	
Synonymous names:	Agency sector, Government/non-government sector, public/private sector	
METeOR identifier:	350937	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A categorisation of agencies and organisations based on funding and management arrangements, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—sector	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Government (public)	

2	
Non-government (private)	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Government
The government (public) sector comprises all government units and non-market non-profit institutions (NPIs) that are controlled and mainly financed by government. This includes all public corporations and the general government sector represented by the three levels of government.
CODE 2 Non-government
The non-government (private) sector comprises all non-profit institutions (NPIs) and corporations not controlled by the general government other than non-market NPIs that are controlled and mainly financed by government.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA), Cat No. 1218.0. 	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2004. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data Dictionary Version 1.1.	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA). Cat No. 1218.0.
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2006. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: data guide—data items and definitions 2006–07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—income tax exempt indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
See also Service provider organisation—level of government, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Self-harm ideation in the last 12 months
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
METeOR identifier:	358880	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person has had thoughts, in the last 12 months, of inflicting harm upon themself, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	All thoughts of self-harm should be included, regardless of whether or not they were related to instances of actual self-harming behaviour. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Self-harm indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—self-harm indicator, yes/no code N	
METeOR identifier:	358878	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person has ever deliberately inflicted physical harm upon themself, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—self-harm indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Berry J & Harrison J 2007. Hospital separations due to injury and poisoning. Australia 2003-04. Injury research and statistics series no. 30. AIHW. cat. no. INJCAT 88. Adelaide: AIHW
Kraemer S, Gately N & Kessell J 2009. HoPE (Health of prisoner evaluation) pilot study of prisoner physical health and psychological wellbeing. Perth: Edith Cowan University, School of Law and Justice.	
Service activity type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—service activity type, code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}}	
METeOR identifier:	270478	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type(s) of services that are usually available to or provided to persons, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—service activity type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	ANN{.N{.NN}}	
Maximum character length:	8	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. National classifications of community services, Version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Service activities should be collected according to the lower level of coding in the National Classifications of Community Services, Version 2.0 (NCCS v2.0) 
To meet program or service specific needs, the categories used in individual data collections may be more detailed than those in the service activities classification of the NCCS v2.0, but they should always be mappable to categories in the NCCS v2.0.	
Collection methods:	Can be collected for the main type of service provided or all types on either an individual client event or episode of care or reflect general availability. In some collections this metadata item may be more narrowly defined to include only the services that are relevant to that collection. For example in the Commonwealth/State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS), only the support activity which the service outlet has been funded to provide under the Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement (CSTDA) is collected. There could be instances though where an agency provides other services that are not funded by the CSTDA.	
Comments:	Categories used in individual community services data collections such as the Home and Community Care (HACC), CSTDA and the Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) have been mapped to the service activities classification in the National Classifications of Community Services.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Service activity type, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.7 KB) 	
Service activity type requested
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—service activity type, (requested) code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}}	
METeOR identifier:	270406	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type(s) of assistance that a person or persons requests from a community service agency, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Service planning: 
Useful in the analysis of unmet demand where a person asks for assistance but it is not provided. This information can be used by agencies to plan appropriate services for their target group, and by funding departments to help them make better decisions about services.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—service activity type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	ANN{.N{.NN}}	
Maximum character length:	8	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. National classifications of community services, Version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A person or persons may request more than one type of assistance on a single occasion. 
Categories used in individual community services data collections should be mappable to the service activities classification in the National Classifications of Community Services, version 2.0 (NCCS v2.0). Service activities should be collected according to the lower level of coding in the NCCS v2.0.
To meet program or service specific needs, the categories used in individual data collections may be more detailed than those in the service activities classification but they should always be mappable to categories in this classification.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item can be collected for the main service activity type requested or all types.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service activity type requested, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.3 KB) 	
Service cessation reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service episode—service cessation reason, code N	
METeOR identifier:	270099	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The reason that the person ceased to receive services from the agency, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service episode—service cessation reason	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Client no longer needs assistance from agency	

2	
Client referred or moved to other agency	

3	
Client's needs have not changed but agency can or will no longer provide assistance	

4	
Client moved out of area	

5	
Client terminated service	

6	
Client died	

8	
Other reason	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Client no longer needs assistance from agency
Where the problem is resolved or no longer exists or client is able to manage without the agency's assistance. Where the client has moved to another agency or form of assistance (either of their own choice or the agency 's) code 2 Client referred or moved to other agency, should be used.
Code 2 Client referred or moved to other agency
This code includes situations where the client's changing dependency or need for assistance has reached the point where the agency can no longer provide the necessary assistance and the client is referred to a more appropriate agency. Includes situations where the agency's assistance is no longer provided because the client has moved onto another form of assistance (e.g. from home with a carer to an institutional or residential care setting or a supported accommodation care setting).
CODE 3 Client's needs have not changed but agency can or will no longer provide assistance
This code includes situations where the client's need for assistance has not changed but the agency has ceased to provide assistance to the client because of the agency's resource limitations. This would usually be associated with a review of the relative need of all agency clients in order to decide on which clients have priority. Where the main reason the client ceased to receive services from the agency was because the client's increased level of need /dependency led to a referral to another agency or program that provides a higher level of community care, code 2 should be used. Also includes when an agency terminates service to a client for worker (or volunteer) occupational health and safety reasons. Safety issues may relate to the physical setting of service delivery (e.g. unsafe or unsanitary dwelling) or to concerns with the physical or emotional wellbeing of the worker (or volunteer) due to the client's behaviour.
CODE 4 Client moved out of area
The client ceased to receive assistance from the agency because the client moved out of the geographic area of coverage of the agency. That is, the reason the agency ceases to assist the client is primarily because of a change in client's residential location and not because of any change in their need for assistance.
CODE 5 Client terminated service
The decision to cease receiving assistance from the agency is made by the client. That is, it was the client's choice and not the result of any agency assessment of need or change in the client's external circumstances. If the client had not made this choice they would have continued to receive assistance from the agency.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Where the client has ceased to receive services for more than one reason, the agency should clearly record the main or primary reason for the cessation of service. Other reasons can also be collected if necessary.	
Collection methods:	This metadata item should be recorded for clients who cease to receive funded assistance from an agency.	
Comments:	Service provision and planning:
This metadata item provides information about the circumstances surrounding the ending of a client's receipt of services from an agency. This metadata item contributes to a general understanding of the patterns of client movement into and out of the care and support of agencies. Reason for cessation of services also gives some indication of the impact on client turnover of factors relating to the agency's operations and to changes in client needs and circumstances.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service cessation reason, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (19.3 KB) 	
Service delivery setting
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—service delivery setting code (NCCS v2.0),  AN{.N{.NN}}	
METeOR identifier:	319817	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The type of setting in which a service or instance of assistance is received by a client as represented by a code.	
Context:	At the broadest level, this data element should provide a measure of the extent to which services are provided to clients in their own homes, in community settings or centre-based facilities, residential care facilities or other settings.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—service delivery setting	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN{.N{.NN}}	
Maximum character length:	7	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Service delivery settings should be collected according to the lower level of coding in the National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0 (NCCS v2.0).
To meet program or service specific needs, the categories used in individual data collections may be more detailed than those in the settings classification of the NCCS, but they should always be mappable to categories in the NCCS v2.0.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW)	
Origin:	AIHW 2003. National Classifications of Community Services, version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW. Reference through:
http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/hwi/nccsv2/index.html	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW).	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. National classifications of community services, Version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW. Reference through: 
http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/hwi/
nccsv2/index.html	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service delivery setting, version 3, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.6 KB) 	
Service delivery setting (agency)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—service delivery setting, code (NCCS v2.0) AN{.N{.NN}}	
METeOR identifier:	319826	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The type of setting in which service activities are provided or could be provided by a service provider as represented by a code.	
Context:	This data element is used, in conjunction with other data elements about service provision, to obtain a more detailed appraisal of service availability and how services are provided.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—service delivery setting	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	AN{.N{.NN}}	
Maximum character length:	7	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Service delivery settings should be collected according to the lower level of coding in the National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0 (NCCS v2.0).
To meet program or service specific needs, the categories used in individual data collections may be more detailed than those in the settings classification of the NCCS, but they should always be mappable to categories in the NCCS v2.0.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW)	
Origin:	AIHW 2003. National Classifications of Community Services, version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW. Reference through:
http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/hwi/nccsv2/index.html	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Service delivery setting can refer to settings in which services are actually provided to clients or could be provided to clients.  	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW).	
Origin:	AIHW 2003. National Classifications of Community Services, version 2.0. AIHW Cat. no. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW. Reference through:
http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/hwi/nccsv2/index.htm
	
Service ongoing indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service episode—service ongoing indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Support period ongoing	
METeOR identifier:	401349	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether a client was receiving ongoing assistance or support by the agency, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service episode—service ongoing indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This information enables an accurate count of clients assisted at the agency to be made at the end of the reporting period.	
Collection methods:	Was the client receiving support at the end of the reporting period?	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service episode—service ongoing indicator, code N Community Services, Superseded 17/11/2010	
Service operation days
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation days (7 day period), total N[N]	
Synonymous names:	Days per week of operation	
METeOR identifier:	323188	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	The actual number of days per week that the agency is usually open for the provision of service.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation days	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N[N]	
Maximum character length:	2	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

90	
No regular pattern of operation through a week	

99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Day	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Record whole numbers only rounded up to the nearest whole day, for the total number of days per week on which the agency provides any service to service users.
An agency is considered to be operating whenever service is provided to service users (e.g. if an agency is open for 4 days per week for service provision to service users, and 1 day per week for management/administration then the agency should indicate that it operates 4 days per week).
The service must be provided by the agency but not necessarily from its physical setting. For example 'own home respite' that is arranged by an agency to occur on a particular day on which the office of that agency is not open still counts as a day of operation for that agency.
When an agency is available for service users on a day but does not provide services to service users on that day it should still be counted as a day of operation. For example, an agency may be open for service, such as an advocacy service, but no service users are seen.
Services which have no regular weekly pattern of operation should record code 90 'no regular pattern of operation through a week'. This includes, for example, cases where a service will be made available to a service user after hours only upon request (e.g. staff on call).	
Collection methods:	This data element should be reported by all agencies.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
National Community Services Data Committee	
Origin:	National Community Services Data Dictionary Version 2, 2000.	
Reference documents:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2005. Commonwealth State /Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data guide-data items and definitions 2005-06.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service provider organisation—number of service operation days (7 day period), total N Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Service operation hours
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation hours (24 hour period), total NN	
METeOR identifier:	270376	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	The actual number of hours per day that the agency is open for the provision of service.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation hours	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

90	
No regular pattern of operation through a day	

99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Hour (h)	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The actual number of hours is not the number of hours staffed, e.g. a 'group home' would operate 24 hours a day, but might only be staffed a few hours if at all on some days.
Round to the nearest whole hour. Valid numbers are 01 to 24. Services that have no regular daily pattern of operation, or which have different weekday and weekend patterns, should tick the 'no regular pattern of operation through a day' box (e.g. Flexible hours, on call, 24 hour sleepover).	
Collection methods:	It may be necessary to collect the information separately for week-days versus weekend days or, for individual days of the week if there is no consistent pattern.	
Comments:	When collected in conjunction with service operation days, and service operation weeks this metadata items can provide useful information on patterns of service delivery.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2002. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data guide-data items and definitions 2002-03	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Service operation hours, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.6 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Service operation weeks
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation weeks (calendar year), total NN	
METeOR identifier:	270377	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The actual number of weeks per year that the agency is open for the provision of service.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation weeks	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Total	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

90	
No regular pattern of operation through a year	

99	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Unit of measure:	Week	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A week is measured from 12:00AM (midnight) Monday morning to 11:59PM the following Sunday. If a service operates within this period then it is counted as having operated during that week. Therefore if an agency operates for only a short time for one of the days within a week, it is counted as operating during that week.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Valid numbers are 01 to 52.	
Comments:	When collected in conjunction with the number of service operation hours in a day and the service operation days in a week this metadata item can provide useful information on patterns of service delivery.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2002. Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set collection: Data guide-data items and definitions 2002-03	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Service operation weeks, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.0 KB) 	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Service received indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—service received indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Snapshot date flag	
METeOR identifier:	323510	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether the person received a service as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—service received indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Boolean	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Sex
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—sex, code N	
METeOR identifier:	287316	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The biological distinction between male and female, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—sex	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Male	

2	
Female	

3	
Intersex or indeterminate	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Diagnosis and procedure codes should be checked against the national ICD-10-AM sex edits, unless the person is undergoing, or has undergone a sex change or has a genetic condition resulting in a conflict between sex and ICD-10-AM code.
CODE 3 Intersex or indeterminate 
Intersex or indeterminate, refers to a person, who because of a genetic condition, was born with reproductive organs or sex chromosomes that are not exclusively male or female or whose sex has not yet been determined for whatever reason.
Intersex or indeterminate, should be confirmed if reported for people aged 90 days or greater.	

Comments:	The definition for Intersex in Guide for use is sourced from the ACT Legislation (Gay, Lesbian and Transgender) Amendment Act 2003.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Capital Territory 2003. Legislation (Gay, Lesbian and Transgender) Amendment Act 2003	
Reference documents:	Legislation (Gay, Lesbian and Transgender) Amendment Act 2003. See http://www.legislation.act.gov.au/a/2003-14/20030328-4969/pdf/2003-14.pdf.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Operationally, sex is the distinction between male and female, as reported by a person or as determined by an interviewer. 
When collecting data on sex by personal interview, asking the sex of the respondent is usually unnecessary and may be inappropriate, or even offensive. It is usually a simple matter to infer the sex of the respondent through observation, or from other cues such as the relationship of the person(s) accompanying the respondent, or first name. The interviewer may ask whether persons not present at the interview are male or female. 
A person's sex may change during their lifetime as a result of procedures known alternatively as sex change, gender reassignment, transsexual surgery, transgender reassignment or sexual reassignment. Throughout this process, which may be over a considerable period of time, the person's sex could be recorded as either Male or Female. 
In data collections that use the ICD-10-AM classification, where sex change is the reason for admission, diagnoses should include the appropriate ICD-10-AM code(s) that clearly identify that the person is undergoing such a process. This code(s) would also be applicable after the person has completed such a process, if they have a procedure involving an organ(s) specific to their previous sex (e.g. where the patient has prostate or ovarian cancer).
CODE 3 Intersex or indeterminate
Is normally used for babies for whom sex has not been determined for whatever reason.
Should not generally be used on data collection forms completed by the respondent. 
Should only be used if the person or respondent volunteers that the person is intersex or where it otherwise becomes clear during the collection process that the individual is neither male nor female.
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
Is not to be used on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) National Mortality Database 1997/98 AIHW 2001 National Diabetes Register, Statistical Profile, December 2000 (Diabetes Series No. 2.)	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
In AS4846 and AS5017 alternative codes are presented. Refer to the current standard for more details.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—sex, code N Community Services, Superseded 31/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Is used in the formation of Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Child protection and support services (CPSS) client cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Child protection and support services (CPSS) sibling cluster Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
  	
Implementation start date: 22/06/2007	

Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Juvenile Justice Client file cluster Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
  	
Implementation start date: 24/09/2009	

Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Source of income
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—source of cash income (all) code NN	
METeOR identifier:	321156	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The source from which a person derives any part of his/her income, as represented by a code.	
Context:	The metadata item is an indicator of the needs and circumstances of individuals and sometimes, used in assessment of income equity.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—source of cash income (all)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

11	
Employee cash income	

21	
Unincorporated business cash income 	

31	
Allowances for students and the unemployed	

32	
Centrelink pensions for the aged and persons with a disability	

39	
Other Government cash pensions and allowances	

41	
Property cash income	

42	
Superannuation/annuities	

43	
Transfers from private organisations	

44	
Transfers from other households	

45	
Scholarships	

49	
Other cash income	

Supplementary values:	88	
Nil income	

99	
Not stated/not known/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The value domain categories shown above are directly mappable to the narrow sources of cash income specified in the Statistical Concepts Library of the Australian Bureau of Statistics. This is a three level hierarchical classification and is described at the broad (one-digit), narrow (two-digit) and detailed (four-digit) levels.
This value domain uses the two-digit level. Each of the levels may be associated with one or more sub-categories that may be coded at the 4-digit level if desired.  
CODE 11 Employee cash income: 
Payments from an employer or own limited liability company, including wages or salary, tips, piece rates, penalty rates, loadings, regular bonuses, payment for time not worked (sick leave, recreation leave, public holidays etc.) and director's fees. An employee is classed as receiving cash from an employer or his/her own incorporated enterprise.
CODE 21 Unincorporated business cash income:
Unincorporated business cash income is net of operating expenses including: labour costs in the form of wages, salaries and supplements; the value of raw materials and services purchased; the repair and maintenance of equipment (including vehicles); the purchase of fuel; indirect taxes; interest paid in connection with the business; and rent paid for buildings and land used in the business. Unincorporated business cash income is also net of depreciation of capital, such as machinery, vehicles and tools used in the business.
CODE 41 Property cash income: 
Includes cash income deriving from the ownership of assets; it comprises returns from financial assets (interest, dividend) from physical assets (rent) and from intellectual assets (royalties).
CODE 43 Transfers from private organisations:
Includes payments from workers compensation, insurance companies etc.
CODE 44 Transfers from other households:
Includes payments from such sources as child support payments, gifts from relatives etc.	
Collection methods:	Please note the differences between this Value domain and the ABS classification (that is, Codes 41, 42, 43, 44, 45 and 49 are mappable to the classification codes 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 and 99. In this value domain code 88 and 99 are supplementary values.). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare for the National Community Services Data Committee.	
Reference documents:	Statistical concepts library, Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables, Framework for Standard Cash Income Variables, Classification and Coding, Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics. 
Reference online through:
Ausstats Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	All sources of cash income are included in this concept. 
Cash income may be received from employment (Employee cash income), as a profit or loss from an unincorporated enterprise (Unincorporated business cash income), from the ownership of assets (Property cash income). Income may also be derived from current transfers from government (pensions and benefits) or from private sources, such as superannuation funds. An individual may receive cash income from more than one source.
Excluded from this concept is income in kind e.g. barter for goods or services.	
Collection methods:	If the person has multiple sources of income, all sources should be counted.
This question is not asked of person's aged less than 15 years because they are generally dependants. 
While this standard requires collection of data at the 2-digit level, some agencies may wish to collect at the 4-digit level for their own purposes. The 4-digit level is detailed below:
Detailed (four-digit) level of sources of cash income
1101 Employee cash income 
2101 Unincorporated business cash income
3101 Newstart allowance 
3102 Youth allowance 
3103 Mature age allowance 
3104 Sickness allowance 
3105 Austudy payment 
3106 ABSTUDY payment 
3201 Age pension 
3202 Disability support pension 
3901 Family Tax Benefit (Parts A and B) 
3902 Parenting Payment 
3903 Double Orphan Pension 
3904 Carer Allowance 
3905 Wife Pension 
3906 Bereavement Allowance 
3907 Widow Allowance (Widow B Pension) 
3908 Carer Payment  
3911 Service pension (DVA) 
3912 Disability pension (DVA) 
3913 Partner Allowance 
3914 War Widow's Pension (DVA)  
3915 Special Benefit 
3916 Mobility Allowance 
3917 CDEP Participant Supplement 
3918 Pensions and allowances from overseas governments  
3999 Other Government cash pensions and allowances, n.e.c 
4101 Interest 
4102 Dividends 
4103 Rent 
4104 Royalties 
4199 Other property cash income, n.e.c 
4201 Superannuation/annuities 
4301 Workers compensation/sickness/accident insurance 
4399 Other transfers from private organisations, n.e.c 
4401 Child support 
4402 Gifts from relatives 
4499 Other cash transfers from other households, n.e.c 
4501 Scholarships 
4999 Other cash income, n.e.c 
8888 Nil income 
9999 Not stated/not known/inadequately described	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—income source (cash), code N{.N} Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
See also Person—source of cash income (principal) Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
See also Person—source of cash income (principal), code N Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Supersedes  Sources of cash income, version 1, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (18.7 KB) 	
Source of principal income
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—source of cash income (principal), code N	
Synonymous names:	Main income source	
METeOR identifier:	321063	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The source from which a person derives the greatest proportion of his/her income, as represented by a code.	
Context:	An indicator of the needs and circumstances of individuals and sometimes used in assessment of income equity.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—source of cash income (principal)	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	4	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Employee cash income	

2	
Unincorporated business cash income 	

3	
Government cash pensions and allowances	

4	
Other income	

Supplementary values:	8	
Nil income	

9	
Not stated/not known/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A person with more than one source of income should be categorised only to the value domain category, which best describes their primary source of income.
The value domain categories shown above can be linked to broad sources of cash income specified in the Statistical Concepts Library of the Australian Bureau of Statistics. 'Sources of cash income' and 'Principal source of cash income' are classified to the Standard classification of sources of cash income. This is a three level hierarchical classification and is described in detail at the broad (one-digit), narrow (two-digit) and detailed (four-digit) levels.
CODE 1 Primary cash income: 
Payments from an employer or own limited liability company, including wages or salary, tips, piece rates, penalty rates, loadings, regular bonuses, payment for time not worked (sick leave, recreation leave, public holidays etc.) and director's fees. An employee is classed as receiving cash from an employer or his/her own incorporated enterprise.
CODE 2 Unincorporated business cash income:
Unincorporated business cash income is net of operating expenses including: labour costs in the form of wages, salaries and supplements; the value of raw materials and services purchased; the repair and maintenance of equipment (including vehicles); the purchase of fuel; indirect taxes; interest paid in connection with the business; and rent paid for buildings and land used in the business. Unincorporated business cash income is also net of depreciation of capital, such as machinery, vehicles and tools used in the business.
CODE 3 Government cash pensions and allowances
All government cash pensions, benefits and allowances.
CODE 4 Other income: 
Includes cash income deriving from the ownership of assets (comprising returns from financial assets, physical assets and from intellectual assets), superannuation/annuities, transfers from private organisations (e.g. workers compensation), transfers from other households (e.g. child support payments) and scholarships.	
Collection methods:	Please note the difference between the permissible values of this Value domain and the ABS classification (that is, Code 4 of this Value domain maps to code 9 of the classification and Code 9 of this value domain is a supplementary value.).	

Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Statistical concepts library, Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables, Framework for Standard Cash Income Variables, Classification and Coding, Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics. 
Reference online through:
Ausstats Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	If the person has multiple sources of income and none equal to or greater than 50%, the one, which contributes the largest percentage, should be counted.
If there is more than one source and they are exactly equal, list the source of income which the person most identifies as receiving from the primary occupation.
Included is cash income that may be received from employment (Employee cash income), as a profit or loss from an unincorporated enterprise (Unincorporated business cash income), from the ownership of assets (Property cash income). Income may also be derived from current transfers from government (pensions and benefits) or from private sources, such as superannuation funds. An individual may receive cash income from more than one source.
Excluded from this concept is income in kind e.g. barter for goods or services.	
Collection methods:	This question is not asked of person's aged less than 15 years because they are generally dependants. 
While this standard specifies the collection of data at the 1-digit level, individual community services data collections may use more detailed categories for one or more of the above for program or service-specific purposes. For example, the Commonwealth State Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set separately identifies disability support pension recipients and other pension/benefit recipients.
It is permissible for agencies to collect at 2- or 4-digit as well, if this suits their purposes.
'Principal source of cash income' may classify the same person (or household, family, or income unit) to different categories, depending upon the level of the classification at which it is collected and output. For example, if a person receives 40% of their income from wages, 35% from Rent, and 25% from Interest, then when collected at the base level of the classification, the Principal source will be ‘Employee cash income’ (Wages). When collected at the two digit level, it will be ‘Property cash income’ (rent 35% and Interest 24% combined), and at the top level, it will be Other cash income.
Please note the difference between the permissible values of this Value domain and the ABS classification (that is, Code 4 of this Value domain maps to code 9 of the classification and Code 9 of this value domain is a supplementary value.).
The 2- and 4-digit levels are described below:
Narrow 2 digit representation
11 Employee cash income
21 Unincorporated business cash income
31 Allowances for students and the unemployed
32 Centrelink pensions for the aged and persons with a disability
39 Other Government cash pensions and allowances
41 Property cash income
42 Superannuation/annuities
43Transfers from private organisations
44 Transfers from other households
43 Scholarships
49 Other cash income
88 Nil income
99 Not stated/not known/inadequately described
Detailed (four-digit) representation
1101 Employee cash income 
2101 Unincorporated business cash income 
3101 Newstart allowance 
3102 Youth allowance 
3103 Mature age allowance 
3104 Sickness allowance 
3105 Austudy payment 
3106 ABSTUDY payment 
3201 Age pension 
3202 Disability support pension 
3901 Family Tax Benefit (Parts A and B) 
3902 Parenting Payment 
3903 Double Orphan Pension 
3904 Carer Allowance 
3905 Wife Pension 
3906 Bereavement Allowance 
3907 Widow Allowance (Widow B Pension) 
3908 Carer Payment  
3911 Service pension (DVA) 
3912 Disability pension (DVA) 
3913 Partner Allowance 
3914 War Widow's Pension (DVA)  
3915 Special Benefit 
3916 Mobility Allowance 
3917 CDEP Participant Supplement 
3918 Pensions and allowances from overseas governments  
3999 Other Government cash pensions and allowances, n.e.c 
4101 Interest 
4102 Dividends 
4103 Rent 
4104 Royalties 
4199 Other property cash income, n.e.c 
4201 Superannuation/annuities 
4301 Workers compensation/sickness/accident insurance 
4399 Other transfers from private organisations, n.e.c 
4401 Child support 
4402 Gifts from relatives 
4499 Other cash transfers from other households, n.e.c 
4501 Scholarships 
4999 Other cash income, n.e.c 
8888 Nil income 
9999 Not stated/not known/inadequately described 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare for the National Community Services Data Committee.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—income source (principal), code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
See also Person—source of cash income (all) code NN Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Statistical area level 1 (SA1)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—statistical area, level 1 (SA1) code (ASGS 2011) N(11)	
Synonymous names:	SA1	
METeOR identifier:	457287	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	A designated region representing the smallest unit for the release of Census data used for describing a location, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—statistical area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Statistical Geography Standard 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N(11)	
Maximum character length:	11	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	SA1 coding structure:
SA1s are identified by an 11-digit fully hierarchical code. The SA1 identifier is a 2-digit code, assigned within an SA2. An SA1 code is only unique within a state/territory when it is preceded by the state/territory identifier.
For example:
State/territory	
SA4	
SA3	
SA2	
SA1	

N	
NN	
NN	
NNNN	
NN	

Comments:	There are approximately 55,000 SA1s. In aggregate, they cover the whole of Australia without gaps or overlaps.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	1270.0.55.001 - Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS): Volume 1 - Main Structure and Greater Capital City Statistical Areas, July 2011 http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/DetailsPage/
1270.0.55.001July%202011?OpenDocument	
Statistical area level 2 (SA2)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—statistical area, level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9)	
Synonymous names:	SA2	
METeOR identifier:	457289	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A designated region describing location and contact details that represents a medium-sized area built from a number of Statistical Area 1, as represented by a code. The aim is to represent a community that interacts together socially and economically.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—statistical area	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Statistical Geography Standard 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	N(9)	
Maximum character length:	9	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	SA2 coding structure:
An SA2 is identifiable by a 9-digit fully hierarchical code. The SA2 identifier is a 4-digit code, assigned in alphabetical order within an SA3. An SA2 code is only unique within a state/territory if it is preceded by the state/territory identifier.
For example: 
State/territory	
SA4	
SA3	
SA2	

N	
NN	
NN	
NNNN	

Comments:	There are 2,196 SA2 spatial units. In aggregate, they cover the whole of Australia without gaps or overlaps. Jervis Bay Territory, the Territory of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands and the Territory of Christmas Island are each represented by an SA2.	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	1270.0.55.001 - Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS): Volume 1 - Main Structure and Greater Capital City Statistical Areas, July 2011 http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/DetailsPage/
1270.0.55.001July%202011?OpenDocument	
Data element attributes	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
See also Address—suburb/town/locality name, text X[46] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Statistical linkage key 581
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN	
METeOR identifier:	349895	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A key that enables two or more records belonging to the same individual to be brought together. It is represented by a code consisting of the second, third and fifth characters of a person’s family name, the second and third letters of the person’s given name, the day, month and year when the person was born and the sex of the person, concatenated in that order.	
Data Element Concept:	Record—linkage key	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	XXXXXDDMMYYYYN	
Maximum character length:	14	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Information about whether or not the person's date of birth is accurate should be noted. By knowing that date of birth is accurate it is possible to reduce underestimation of total service user numbers and overestimation of service users' ages.	
Comments:	The linkage key is designed to make it possible to count number of clients and services they received, without counting the same client more than once. It can also be used for linking to other related data collections. It is for statistical linkage purposes only, not for case management or the tracking of individual persons. This may be done using a range of identifiers and/or keys.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Steward:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
See also Date—estimate indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Is formed using Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Is formed using Person—letters of family name, text XXX Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Is formed using Person—letters of given name, text XX Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Is formed using Person—sex, code N Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Statistical linkage key 581 cluster Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Status in employment
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—status in employment, code N	
METeOR identifier:	269951	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The person's position in relation to their employment, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—status in employment	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Employee	

2	
Employer	

3	
Own account worker	

4	
Contributing family worker	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Employee
This code represents a person who works for a public or private employer and receives remuneration in wages, salary, or a retainer fee from their employer while working on a commission basis or for tips, piece-rates or payment in kind. An employee may also be a person who operates his or her own incorporated enterprise with or without hiring employees. 
CODE 2 Employer
This code represents a person who operates his or her own unincorporated economic enterprise or engages independently in a profession or trade, and hires one or more employees.
CODE 3 Own account worker
This code represents a person who operates his or her own unincorporated economic enterprise or engages independently in a profession or trade, and hires no employees. 
CODE 4 Contributing family worker
This code represents a person who works without pay in an economic enterprise operated by a relative.
CODE 9 Not stated/inadequately described
This code is not for use on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Labour Statistics Concepts, Sources and Methods. Cat. no. 6102.0. Canberra: ABS. Reference through: http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/
66f306f503e529a5ca25697e0017661f/
afeef7e2813c764dca25697e0018fed2!OpenDocument	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Usually the standard applies to the 'main job' in which the person is employed (that is, the job in which the person usually works the most hours). However, it may also be applied to the person's 'last job', 'second job', etc.'	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Status in employment, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (16.3 KB) 	
Student indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—student/employment training indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	349588	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether a person is undertaking formal study or vocational education or employment training, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—student/employment training indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The person must be formally enrolled in an academic institution or technical college, or other accredited teaching institution, and or engaged in employment related formal training. This can include migrant English classes.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—student type, code N Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Student type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—student type, code N	
METeOR identifier:	398244	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The type of education or training undertaken by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—student type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Preschool student	

2	
Primary school student	

3	
Secondary school student	

4	
University student	

5	
Vocational education and training	

6	
Other education or training	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Preschool student
This option refers to a person who is enrolled, either full-time or part-time, in an accredited preschool teaching institution, during the school year. 
CODE 2   Primary school student
This option refers to a person who is enrolled, either full-time or part-time, in an accredited teaching institution providing instruction up to the end of primary school. The school year is counted from January 1 to December 31, so a school student finishing school and waiting to go on to further training would still be considered a school student.
CODE 3   Secondary school student
This option refers to a person who is enrolled, either full-time or part-time, in an accredited teaching institution providing instruction from the start of secondary schooling up to year 12. The school year is counted from January 1 to December 31, so a school student finishing school and waiting to go on to further training would still be considered a school student. This option also includes any person undertaking secondary school education at a TAFE.
CODE 4   University student
This option refers to part-time or full-time attendance at university; it excludes vocational education students.
CODE 5   Vocational education and training
This option includes:
•	a person who receives a training allowance such as Newstart or are required by their employer to attend a post-secondary institution for job training 
•	a person participating in education in order to enhance employment opportunities (such as migrant English classes and job readiness training) 
•	a person enrolled in a vocational education course at a TAFE or other type of vocational institution. It excludes students studying secondary school education at a TAFE or Vocational Education and Training (VET) institution, these students are classified to CODE 3. 
•	a person undertaking an apprenticeship.
CODE 6   Other education or training 
This option refers to a person undertaking any other education and training not classified above, ie. non-award study (including Post-school Options).
CODE 9   Not stated/inadequately described
Not stated/inadequately described is chosen if there is insufficient information to determine a person’s student status either before or after support, or if a client did not want to answer this question.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Collection of this data element should be preceded by the collection of the data element Person—student/employment training indicator, code N.
Because reference periods may vary it is possible that more than one category of the Value Domain may be a valid response to a question on student type. For example over a number of months a student may move from primary to secondary education. Therefore it is preferable for this Data Element to refer to a specific point in time rather than a period of time. When a period of time is referenced it should be precisely specified.	
Collection methods:	The permissible values for this data element are used to form the response categories to the question:
"Which category below best describes your education or training status?"	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person—student type, SAAP code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 17/11/2010
See also Person—student/employment training indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Sub-dwelling unit number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—sub-dwelling unit number, identifier [X(7)]	
METeOR identifier:	429012	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A numeric identifier used to distinguish an address within a building/sub-complex or marina.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—sub-dwelling unit number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Identifier	
Data type:	String	
Format:	[X(7)]	
Maximum character length:	7	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element may include a leading alphabetic prefix or a trailing alphabetic suffix.
Example:
Mrs Joyce Citizen
Apartment 7 (Sub-dwelling unit number is 7)
Level 3
Apex Building
48 Johnson Rd
CLAYTON VIC 3168
Mr XYZ
Suite 54 (Sub-dwelling unit number is 54)
Beacon Cove Foodstore
103 Beach Road
PORT MELBOURNE VIC 3207	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier, [X(7)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier, [X(7)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Substance used illicitly indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N	
METeOR identifier:	365254	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person has used a substance in an illicit manner, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—substance used illicitly indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used in conjunction with the data element: Person—type of substance used illicitly, drug of concern (ASCDC 2000 extended) code NNNN to provide information on the type of substance(s) used illicitly by a person.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2008. 2007 National Drug Strategy Household Survey: first results. Drug Statistics Series number 20.Cat. no. PHE 98. Canberra: AIHW	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—type of substance used illicitly, drug of concern (ASCDC 2000 extended) code NNNN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Suburb/town/locality name within address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—suburb/town/locality name, text X[46]	
Synonymous names:	Suburb name; Locality name	
METeOR identifier:	429889	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The name of the locality/suburb of the address, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—suburb/town/locality name	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[46]	
Maximum character length:	46	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The suburb/town/locality name may be a town, city, suburb or commonly used location name such as a large agricultural property or Aboriginal community. 
This metadata item may be used to describe the location of an organisation or person. It can be a component of a street or postal address.
If used for mailing purposes, the format of this data element should be upper case. Refer to Australia Post Address Presentation Standard. Any forced abbreviations shall be done by truncation from the right.
This data element is one of a number of items that can be used to create a primary address, as recommended by the AS 4590-2006 Interchange of client information standard. Components of the primary address are:
•	Address site (or Primary complex) name 
•	Address number or number range 
•	Road name (name/type/suffix) 
•	Locality 
•	State/Territory 
•	Postcode (optional) 
•	Country (if applicable).	
Comments:	Official locality names and their associated boundary extents are assigned by relevant state naming committees/protocols. Their correct usage is encouraged.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—statistical area, level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9) Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011, Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Supersedes Person (address)—suburb/town/locality name, text [A(50)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—suburb/town/locality name, text [A(50)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Supported accommodation type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service event—supported accommodation type, code N	
Synonymous names:	Accommodation type	
METeOR identifier:	399396	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The type of supported accommodation that is provided to a client, based on length of stay and level of service, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service event—supported accommodation type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Short term or emergency accommodation	

2	
Medium term accommodation	

3	
Long term accommodation	

4	
Other supported accommodation	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1   Short term or emergency accommodation
This option refers to accommodation that is generally provided for up to three months.
CODE 2   Medium term accommodation
This option refers to accommodation that is generally provided for three months or longer and for a fixed term. Support provided is generally less intensive than that provided in short-term emergency or crisis accommodation.
CODE 3   Long term accommodation
This option refers to accommodation that is generally provided for three months or longer and with the expectation that it will be ongoing. It includes accommodation provided under programs such as Common Ground.
CODE 3   Other supported accommodation
Accommodation that has not been demarcated as being either short-term emergency or crisis, or medium or long-term accommodation.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element refers to a discrete accommodation period within a service episode. There may be a number of accommodation periods within a service episode.	
Collection methods:	The permissible values for this data element are used to form the response categories to the question:
"Which category best describes the accommodation provided to the client?"	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Service event—supported accommodation type, code N Community Services, Superseded 17/11/2010	
Tax exempt indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—income tax exempt indicator, code N	
Synonymous names:	Agency sector type	
METeOR identifier:	321004	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether an organisation or agency has been assessed as income tax exempt as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—tax exempt indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Income tax exempt	

2	
Non-income tax exempt	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 1 Income tax exempt 
Income Tax Exempt organisation has been endorsed by the Australian Taxation Office as exempt from income tax. As well as being exempt from paying income tax, an Income Tax Exempt organisation does not have to lodge income tax returns unless specifically requested to do so by the Australian Taxation Office (www.ato.gov.au). 
CODE 2 Non-income tax exempt
Organisation that are not endorsed by the Australian Taxation Office as being exempt from paying income tax are classified as non-income tax exempt.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Charities are not automatically exempt from income tax. There is an endorsement system under which they should apply to the Australian Tax Office to be endorsed as income tax exempt.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	CSTDA NMDS Network.	
Origin:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2006-07.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—sector, code N Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Disability Services NMDS 2011-12 Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011
  	
Implementation start date: 01/07/2011	

Conditional obligation:
'Non-government' must be selected as the sector type of the service type outlet. 	

Telephone non-standard functionality
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—telephone non-standard functionality, text X[256]	
Synonymous names:	Device services	
METeOR identifier:	433896	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The communication features available through a telephone, which could enhance the ability to contact an entity, that are not currently standard across all telephones, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—telephone non-standard functionality	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[256]	
Maximum character length:	256	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element should be used when ‘other’ is entered into Address—telephone standard functionality, code NN.
Multiple non-standard functionality descriptions can be entered.

Example:
3G Video telephone Communication	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—telephone standard functionality, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Telephone number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—telephone number, text X[16]	
METeOR identifier:	452682	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The number, used as a contact method, that is associated to a unique provision of telephone service, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—telephone number	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[16]	
Maximum character length:	16	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Australian telephone numbers are usually 6 to 10 digits in length.
Alphabetic characters can be either upper or lower case as defined by the client.
Each alphabetic character represents a number; it can be listed as either a number or letter depending on the clients’ preference.
The format and length of a telephone number is dependent on the attribute(s) of the device and how the device connects to the telephone network.
For simplicity the standard has not separately recorded the fact that an attribute of a device may imply that it needs to use a mobile phone network, landline or other type of telephone network. This in turn influences the naming standard for the telephone number.	

Collection methods:	Telephone numbers should be stored as characters in a row, but rules can be set up to display the number in a different format, e.g. #### ### ###.
When a telephone number is used in conjunction with a country code the leading 0 at the start of the telephone is to be removed e.g. 0453176731 becomes 61 453176731 or 03 999 66 999 becomes 61 3 999 66 999.
Mobile telephone number
The first two digits of a mobile telephone number are officially the area code for mobile telephones in Australia e.g. The mobile telephone area code for Australia is 04. For this standard the area code is defined as be part of the mobile phone number, therefore no mobile phone numbers will have an associated area code.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—Australian area code, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Address—International country code, code N[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Address—electronic contact preference indicator, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Supersedes Person—telephone number, text [X(40)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Telephone number type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (telephone)—telephone number type, code A	
METeOR identifier:	270299	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type of telephone number recorded for a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (telephone)—telephone number type	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	A	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

B	
Business or work	

H	
Home	

M	
Personal mobile	

N	
Contact number (not own)	

O	
Business or work mobile	

T	
Temporary	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Where more than one telephone number has been recorded, then each telephone number should have the appropriate telephone number type code assigned.	
Comments:	Concerned with the use of person identification data. For organisations that create, use or maintain records on people. Organisations should use this standard, where appropriate, for collecting data when registering people. The positive and unique identification of people is a critical event in service delivery, with direct implications for the safety and quality of care delivered by health and community services.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Origin:	National Health Data Committee
National Community Services Data Committee	
Reference documents:	Standards Australia 2002. Australian Standard AS5017-2002 Health Care Client Identification. Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Telephone number type, version 2, DE, Int. NCSDD & NHDD, NCSIMG & NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.5 KB) 	
Telephone service line
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—telephone service line, code NN	
Synonymous names:	Device services	
METeOR identifier:	452823	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of how a telephone-based contact address is physically provided to an entity, as represented by a code.
	
Data Element Concept:	Address—telephone service line	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Mobile	

02	
Landline/fixed line	

03	
Pager	

Supplementary values:	98	
Unknown	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Telephone standard functionality
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—telephone standard functionality, code NN	
Synonymous names:	Device services	
METeOR identifier:	433852	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The well known communication features available through the telephone, that can enhance the ability to contact an entity, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—telephone standard functionality	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Voice enabled	

02	
Facsimile (FAX)	

03	
Short message service (SMS)	

04	
Multimedia messaging service (MMS)	

88	
Other	

Supplementary values:	98	
Unknown	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	A telephone may have multiple standard features.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address—telephone non-standard functionality, text X[256] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Temporary closure end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Re-open date	
METeOR identifier:	336876	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a service provider organisation re-opens after a period of temporary closure.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Temporary closure start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date, DDMMYYYY	
METeOR identifier:	336869	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a service provider organisation temporarily closes.	
Data Element Concept:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Tertiary qualification related to industry indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person (employed)—tertiary qualification related to industry indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	314893	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an employed person has qualifications in a field related to their employment, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person (employed)—tertiary qualification related to industry indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	AIHW	
Trading activity status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—trading activity status, code NN	
METeOR identifier:	432346	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The status of an organisation's trading activity at a point in time, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—trading activity status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	NN	
Maximum character length:	2	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

01	
Trading	

02	
Suspended trading	

03	
Strike off action in progress	

04	
Under external administration and/or controller appointed	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Trading is not limited to buying or selling goods, and trading activities are not necessarily profit-making or profit-motivated activities.
An organisation may have multiple activity status listings. Therefore, this data element should be used in conjunction with Organisation—market activity status start date, YYYYMMDD and Organisation—market activity status end date, YYYYMMDD, if applicable.

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—trading activity status end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—trading activity status start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Trading activity status end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—trading activity status end date, DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Organisation activity status effective to date	
METeOR identifier:	432410	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the organisation's trading activity status ceases to be effective, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—trading activity status end date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time, the activity status of an organisation may change. The end date is used to define when the activity status ceases to be effective. Absence of an end date implies that the status is current.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—trading activity status start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—trading activity status, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Trading activity status start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Organisation—trading activity status start date,  DDMMYYYY	
Synonymous names:	Organisation activity status effective from date	
METeOR identifier:	432373	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which an organisation's trading activity status takes effect, expressed as DDMMYYYY.	
Data Element Concept:	Organisation—trading activity status start date	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	DDMMYYYY	
Maximum character length:	8	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Over time the activity status of an organisation may change. The start date defines when the activity status takes effect.
Trading is not limited to buying or selling goods, and trading activities are not necessarily profit-making or profit-motivated activities.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Organisation—trading activity status end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation—trading activity status, code NN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Transgender
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—transgender indicator, code N	
METeOR identifier:	375985	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person identifies as transgender or is currently undergoing gender reassignment, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—transgender indicator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Yes	

2	
No	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	CODE 9 Not stated/ inadequately described
This code is not for use in primary data collections.	
Data element attributes	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Type of substance used illicitly
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—type of substance used illicitly, drug of concern (ASCDC 2000 extended) code NNNN	
METeOR identifier:	365401	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The type of substance used illicitly by a person, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—type of substance used illicitly	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Classification scheme:	Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern 2011	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	String	
Format:	NNNN	
Maximum character length:	4	
Supplementary values:	Value	
Meaning	

0005	
Opioid analgesics not further defined	

0006	
Psychostimulants not further defined	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern (ASCDC) provides a number of supplementary codes that have specific uses and these are detailed within the ASCDC, e.g. 0000 = inadequately described.
Other supplementary codes that are not already specified in the ASCDC may be used in National Minimum Data Sets (NMDS) when required. In the Alcohol and other drug treatment service NMDS, two additional supplementary codes have been created which enable a finer level of detail to be captured: 
CODE 0005 Opioid analgesics not further defined
This code is to be used when it is known that the client's principal drug of concern is an opioid but the specific opioid used is not known. The existing code 1000 combines opioid analgesics and non-opioid analgesics together into Analgesics nfd and the finer level of detail, although known, is lost.
CODE 0006 Psychostimulants not further defined 
This code is to be used when it is known that the client's principal drug of concern is a psychostimulant but not which type. The existing code 3000 combines stimulants and hallucinogens together into Stimulants and hallucinogens nfd and the finer level of detail, although known, is lost.
Psychostimulants refer to the types of drugs that would normally be coded to 3100-3199, 3300-3399 and 3400-3499 categories plus 3903 and 3905.	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This data element is used in conjunction with the data element: Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N to provide information on the type of substances a person has used illicitly.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	AIHW (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare) 2008. 2007 National Drug Strategy Household Survey: first results. Drug Statistics Series number 20.Cat. no. PHE 98. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	AIHW 2010a. Alcohol and Other Drug Treatment Services National Minimum Data Set 2010–11: specifications and collection manual. Drug statistics series no. 24. Cat. no. PHE 125. Canberra: AIHW.
AIHW 2010b. The health of Australia's prisoners 2009. Cat. no. PHE 123. Canberra: AIHW.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Uniform Resource Locator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—Uniform Resource Locator, text X[1100]	
Synonymous names:	Web address; Uniform resource identifier (URI); URL	
METeOR identifier:	433770	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The address of a website on the world wide web (Internet) represented by a Uniform Resource Locator (URL), as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—Uniform Resource Locator	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X [1100]	
Maximum character length:	1100	
Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The following rules are to assist in data exchange and should not be considered as a standard for the creation of web addresses.
A web address cannot have any white space. 
A web address is a uniform resource locator and consists of 2 parts; a scheme and the web address path.
Scheme
A scheme is the type of connection protocol that the URL is going to adhere to. The most commonly used on the internet is http. This is always followed by a colon and double backslash ‘://’. It is not compulsory for an entity to provide the scheme information as it is commonly assumed that http:// is the scheme used. But if provided it should be included in this data element as it could vary from the http value.
Web Address Path
Following the scheme, the URL can consist of various types of information from Domain Names, Sub-Domain Names, File Names, IP addresses, Top Level Domain Names and various symbols/special characters such as ‘:’,‘&’,’$’,’#’,’?’ or ’/’. These may all be valid and if provided by the client should be included in this data element.
Most times the client will simply provide a scheme and a domain name, e.g. http://www.domainname.com, or even just the domain name, e.g. www.domainname.com.
This being the case a majority of the time it is still important to understand that a URL can come in various formats and should not be dismissed if it looks incorrect, e.g. https://username:password@subdomain.domain.com:port/directory/file.txt?parameter=value is a valid URL address.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Person (address)—electronic communication address, text [X(250)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011
Supersedes Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication address, text [X(250)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Unstructured address line
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Address—unstructured address line, text X[50]	
Synonymous names:	Overseas address line	
METeOR identifier:	430158	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A description of an address, written in an unstructured address line format, as represented by text.	
Data Element Concept:	Address—unstructured address line	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Text	
Data type:	String	
Format:	X[50]	
Maximum character length:	50	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Where there is a need to transfer an Australian address that does not conform with the commonly used address format, the unstructured address lines may be used. These data elements should not be used except when it is impossible to use the other more structured address data elements.
Example
Cabin 44 Block 7 (Unstructured Address Line 1)
HMAS Watson (Unstructured Address Line 2)
Watsons Bay Wharf (Unstructured Address Line 3)
WATSONS BAY NSW 2030 (Unstructured Address Line 4)
Overseas addresses have many formats. To accommodate this the use of unstructured lines of detail are used. While 4 lines have been provided for overseas address details, not all lines need to be used.
Overseas addresses may follow different formats to that of Australian addresses.
Common differences are:
- Street name preceding street number
- Postcode format
- Postcode preceding locality name
Example:
32, Kasumigaseki 1 Chome (Overseas Address Line 1)
Chiyoda-ku (Overseas Address Line 2)
TOKYO 100-90 (Overseas Address Line 3)
JAPAN (Country name. Note: for client data interchange this standard uses the country code)	
Collection methods:	Unstructured address may be repeated up to 4 lines.
While 4 lines have been provided for unstructured Australian address details, not all lines need to be used.
Where there is an overseas address the country name code becomes mandatory.
Unstructured address lines, when used, should contain the entire address.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specifications:	Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Urgency of accommodation assistance
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—accommodation assistance urgency status, code N	
Synonymous names:	Accommodation assistance urgency	
METeOR identifier:	352360	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The time period in which accommodation assistance is needed by a person requesting accommodation, as represented by a code.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—accommodation assistance urgency status	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Tonight (within 24 hours)	

2	
Tomorrow night (between 24 and 48 hours)	

6	
In 3—4 days	

7	
In 5—6 days	

4	
In 7—14 days	

5	
In more than 14 days	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Provides an indication of the immediacy of need for people requesting accommodation assistance.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Supported Accommodation Assistance Program Information Sub-Committee (SAAP-ISC).	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency Collectors Manual July 2005.	
Urgency of requested assistance
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—urgency of requested assistance, time period code N	
METeOR identifier:	400421	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The time period within which a person requires the assistance which has been requested, as represented by a code.	
Context:	Provides an indication of the urgency of need for people requesting services.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—urgency of requested assistance	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Code	
Data type:	Number	
Format:	N	
Maximum character length:	1	
Permissible values:	Value	
Meaning	

1	
Within 24 hours	

2	
Between 24 and 48 hours	

3	
In 3-4 days	

4	
In 5-6 days	

5	
In 7-14 days	

6	
In more than two weeks	

7	
Don't know/not sure	

Supplementary values:	9	
Not stated/inadequately described	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	If a person does not know or is unsure as to when they may need assistance select the supplementary code 9 'Don't know/unsure'.
Immediately is covered in code 1 'Within 24 hours'.	
Collection methods:	The permissible values for this data element are used to form the response categories to the question:
'How long is it until you need assistance from this agency?'	
Year of arrival in Australia
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Element	
Technical name:	Person—year of first arrival in Australia, date YYYY	
METeOR identifier:	269929	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The year a person (born outside of Australia) first arrived in Australia, from another country, with the intention of staying in Australia for one year or more.	
Data Element Concept:	Person—year of first arrival in Australia	
Value domain attributes	
Representational attributes	
Representation class:	Date	
Data type:	Date/Time	
Format:	YYYY	
Maximum character length:	4	

Data element attributes	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Actual year of arrival in Australia.
Recommended question: 
In what year did you/the person first arrive in Australia to live here for one year or more? 
(Write in the calendar year of arrival or mark the box if here less than one year)
Calendar year of arrival
Will be here less than one year 
It is anticipated that for the majority of people their response to the question will be the year of their only arrival in Australia. However, some respondents may have multiple arrivals in Australia. To deal with these cases in self-enumerated collections, an instruction such as 'Please indicate the year of first arrival only' should be included with the question. 
While agencies are encouraged to use the recommended question described above, it is acknowledged that this is not always possible in practice. For example, where the data collection is a by-product of the provision of a health or community service, the information may be ascertained using different means. However, the recommended question should be used wherever practically possible.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics Standard for Year of Arrival in Australia. (last viewed 05/12/2006)	
Reference documents:	The ABS standard for Year of arrival in Australia appears on the ABS website http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/Latestproducts/
4AD888364A44E87DCA25697E0018FE4C?opendocument select Other ABS Statistical Standards/Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables/Cultural Diversity Variable.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Year of arrival in Australia, version 2, DE, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.5 KB) 	

National minimum data sets
Disability Services NMDS 2011-12
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	461636	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/12/2011	
DSS type:	National Minimum Data Set (NMDS)	
Scope:	The Disability Services Minimum Data Set (DS NMDS) and its national collection is:
•	a set of nationally significant data items or pieces of information that are collected in all Australian jurisdictions; and 
•	an agreed method of collection and transmission.
The purpose of the DS NMDS collection is to facilitate the annual collation of nationally comparable data about disability services, and to obtain reliable, consistent data with minimal load on the disability services field. Under the National Disability Agreement (NDA), the Disability Administrators in all Australian jurisdictions are responsible for ensuring ‘that DS NMDS information will be comparable across all jurisdictions and years'.
Services within the scope of the collection are those for which funding has been provided, during the specified period, by a government organisation operating under the NDA. Therefore, if a service type outlet did not receive NDA funding for the 2009–10 collection (i.e. its NDA funding dollars for the financial year are zero), then details of this outlet should not be included in the data collection.
A funded agency may receive funding from multiple sources. Where a funded agency is unable to differentiate service users and/or staff according to funding source (i.e. NDA or other), they are asked to provide details of all service users and staff (for each service type).
Most agencies funded under the NDA are asked to provide information about:
•	each of the service types they are funded to provide (i.e. service type outlets they operate); 
•	all service users who received support over a specified reporting period; and 
•	the DS NMDS service type(s) the service user received.
The level of information a funded agency is asked to provide varies according to the particular service type (i.e. for each service type outlet).
Where services are provided to groups or families (e.g., 2.02, 2.04, or 2.05), details are only requested about the service user who is eligible for services, not their family or other group members. If a family member/carer receives respite services, limited information about the carer is required, such as the carer’s relationship to the service user and the carer’s age group.	
	Service type classification	
Service type outlet –details required (except for those provided by the jurisdiction)	
Service user – details required	
Services received by each service user in the reporting period – details required	

Accommodation support	

 	

1.01 Large residential/institution (>20 people) – 24 hour care	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

1.02 Small residential/institution(7–20 people) – 24 hour care	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

1.03 Hostels – generally not 24 hour care	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

1.04 Group homes (< 7 people)	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

1.05 Attendant care/ personal care	
All	
All	
All	

1.06 In-home accommodation support	
All	
All	
All	

1.07 Alternative family placement	
All	
All	
All	

1.08 Other accommodation support	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

Community support	

 	

2.01 Therapy support for individuals	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

2.02 Early childhood intervention	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

2.03 Behaviour/specialist intervention	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

2.04 Counselling (individual/ family/ group)	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

2.05 Regional resource and support teams	
All	
All	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

2.06 Case management, local coordination and development	
All	
All (except for community development activity within this service type)	
All (except for community development activity within this service type)	

2.07 Other community support	
All	
All (except for community development activity within this service type)	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)

Community access	

 	

3.01 Learning and life skills development 	
All 	
All	
All	

3.02 Recreation/holiday programs(a)	
All 	
Linkage key elements only (items 2a–2e)	
Items 17a–17b (service start date and date service last received) 	

3.03 Other community access 	
All 	
All	
All	

Respite	

 	

4.05 Other respite	
All 	
All	
All	

Respite	

 	

4.01 Own home respite	
All 	
All	
All	

4.02 Centre-based respite/ respite homes	
All 	
All	
All	

4.03 Host family respite/ peer support respite	
All 	
All	
All	

4.04 Flexible respite	
All 	
All	
All	

4.05 Other respite	
All 	
All	
All	

Employment	

 	

5.01 Open employment	
All 	
All (except for carer –primary status, residency status, age group – items 12b,c,e)	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

5.02 Supported employment	
All 	
All (except for carer –primary status, residency status, age group – items 12b,c,e) 	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

5.04 Targeted support	
All	
All (except for carer –primary status, residency status, age group – items 12b,c,e)	
All (except for data items on hours received – items 17e–f)	

Advocacy, information and alternative forms of communication	

 	

6.01 Advocacy	
All	
None 	
None	

6.02 Information/ referral	
All	
None 	
None	

6.03 Combined information/ advocacy	
All	
None 	
None	

6.04 Mutual support/ self-help groups	
All	
None 	
None	

6.05 Alternative formats of communication	
All	
None 	
None	

Other support	

 	

7.01 Research and evaluation	
All (except number of service users – item 7)	
None	
None	

7.02 Training and development	
All (except number of service users – item 7)	
None	
None	

7.03 Peak bodies	
All (except number of service users – item 7)	
None	
None	

7.04 Other support services	
All (except number of service users – item 7)	
None	
None	

	(a) Some jurisdictions require the collection of other service user/ services received data items for this service type in addition to those listed here.
The data collection is based around the concept of a 'service type outlet', each of which provides only one service type from a discrete location. A funded agency may be funded to provide one or more service types through one or more service type outlets. For example, an agency may be provided under the NDA to provide residential accommodation and respite services from one location or funded to provide group homes in three separate locations. A separate service type outlet form is completed for each service type the agency is funded to provide. If a service user receives more than one service type in the reporting period, a separate service user form is completed for each service type received.
Statistical units:
Service type outlets, service users
Reporting period:
Disability agencies are asked to record key information about service users on an ongoing basis, so that they can transmit the required information at the end of each ‘reporting period’. Most jurisdictions have set their reporting period (and will therefore ask for information to be transmitted) at the end of each financial year quarter. Some will still only require information to be transmitted at the end of a financial year.
Reference week:
The annual reference week is the 7-day week preceding the end of the financial year (i.e. 24 June to 30 June).
Privacy:
DS NMDS collections conducted in each jurisdiction must comply with Commonwealth privacy legislation and established privacy and data principles.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Implementation start date:	01/07/2011	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	DS NMDS Network	
Steward:	Disability Policy and Research Working Group (DPRWG)	
Origin:	Disability Services National Minimum Data Set (DS NMDS) collection. Data Guide: data items and definitions 2009–10.	
Reference documents:	Commonwealth State/Territory Disability Agreement National Minimum Data Set (CSTDA NMDS) Data Dictionary Version 1.1. July 2004. AIHW.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Disability Services NMDS 2010-11 Community Services, Superseded 15/12/2011	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Activity and participation life area	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Age group	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Amount of assistance	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Assistance with activities (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Australian state/territory identifier (service provider organisation)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Carer Allowance (Child) receipt indicator 	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Communication method	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Country of birth	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Date estimate indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Date of birth	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Disability group (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Effective communication indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Episode end date	
Conditional	
1	

-	
Episode start date	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Full financial year funding indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Funded agency identifier (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Funding allocated	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Funding source	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Geographic location of organisation (SLA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Hours worked—paid staff	
Mandatory	
2	

-	
Hours worked—volunteer/unpaid staff	
Mandatory	
2	

-	
Indigenous status	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Individual funding indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Informal carer co-residency	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Informal carer existence indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Informal carer primary status	
Conditional	
1	

-	
Interpreter service type	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Interpreter services required	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Labour force status	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Last service provision date	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Letters of family name	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Letters of given name	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Level of government	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Living arrangement	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Main source of income (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Number of clients	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Postcode—Australian (person)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Postcode—Australian (service provider organisation)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Record identifier (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Relationship of carer to care recipient	
Conditional	
1	

-	
Residential setting (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Sector type	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service cessation reason	
Conditional	
1	

-	
Service operation days	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service operation hours	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service operation weeks	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service received indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service type (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Service type outlet identifier (NDA)	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Sex	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Tax exempt indicator	
Mandatory	
1	

Juvenile Justice NMDS 2009
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	378088	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
DSS type:	National Minimum Data Set (NMDS)	
Scope:	The Juvenile Justice NMDS contains information about young people under juvenile justice supervision in Australia. Young people under juvenile justice supervision are defined as those who are under the supervision or case management of a juvenile justice agency because they have:
 committed or allegedly committed an offence between the ages of 10–17 years
  OR
committed or allegedly committed an offence when aged over 17 years and who are treated as young people due to their vulnerability or immaturity. 
 It does not contain information on young people who are not supervised or case managed by a juvenile justice agency (for example, young people supervised by an adult correctional agency).
  Files
The JJ NMDS contains five files: client file, order file, detention file, order types file and centre file.
Client file
The client file contains demographic information on young people under juvenile justice supervision.
 Order file
The order file contains information about the supervised orders handed down by courts and parole boards to young people under juvenile justice supervision.
  Detention file
The detention file contains information about the periods of detention of young people under juvenile justice supervision. A detention period relates to the period of time a young person is detained in a juvenile justice remand or detention centre in relation to a particular detention type. A new reception into a detention centre, a change in legal status and a transfer to another detention centre all start a new detention period, while a release from a detention centre, a transfer to another centre or another jurisdiction, a change in legal status, an escape and an abscond all end a detention period.
  Order types file
The order types file links the orders available in jurisdictions with the national order categories.  
Centre file
The centre collection contains details on the centres administered and operated by juvenile justice agencies where young people are detained while under the supervision of the relevant juvenile justice agency on a supervised order or legal arrangement.
  Juvenile justice departments
  The relevant juvenile justice departments whose clients are included in the JJ NMDS as at May 2009 are:
• Department of Juvenile Justice, New South Wales
• Department of Human Services, Victoria 
• Department of Communities, Queensland 
• Department of Corrective Services, Western Australia
• Department for Families and Communities, South Australia
• Department of Health and Human Services, Tasmania
• Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services, Australian Capital Territory
• Department of Justice, Northern Territory
In addition, other agencies have been included in the JJ NMDS where they supervise or case manage clients who are within the scope of the JJ NMDS, but are not administered by the above mentioned departments. These may include agencies such as police watch houses, for example. 	

Collection and usage attributes	
Statistical unit:	Juvenile Justice NMDS redevelopment
Previous versions of the JJ NMDS comprised a client file, an episode file and a centre file. The episode file contained information on a young person’s most serious supervised order, that is, if a young person was being supervised in relation to more than one order at any one time, only information on the most serious order was collected.
Following the review of the JJ NMDS by KPMG in 2008 and 2009, the JJ NMDS was redeveloped and the episode file was replaced with an order file and a detention file and an order type file was added to the NMDS. The client file and the centre file were not altered. A number of data items were added to the JJ NMDS and existing data item names were updated to match the data item names used in METeOR.
The five files of the JJ NMDS have been replicated in METeOR as DSS clusters, and contain the Data Elements listed as follows:
Juvenile Justice Client file cluster
Person identifier
Letters of family name
Letters of given name
Date of birth
Sex
Indigenous status
First service contact date
Juvenile Justice Order file cluster
Person identifier
Order identifier
Episode start date
Episode end date
Episode type (juvenile justice)
Order cessation reason
Suburb/town/locality name (person)
Postcode - Australian (person)
Juvenile Justice Detention file cluster
Person identifier
Episode start date
Episode end date
Detention type (juvenile justice)
Detention end reason
Suburb/town/locality name (person)
Postcode - Australian (person)
Organisation name
Postcode - Australian (service provider organisation)
Juvenile Justice Order types file cluster
Episode type, local
Episode type (juvenile justice)
Reporting period
Juvenile Justice Centre file cluster
Organisation name
Postcode - Australian (service provider organisation) Design capacity
Number of detainees
Custody escapes cluster
Custody location
Number of escapes
Reporting period	
Implementation start date:	01/07/2009	
Comments:	Last reviewed September 2011.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Juvenile Justice Data Sub-Committee	
Origin:	Juvenile Justice National Minimum Data Set Version 1.3 Data Dictionary. AIHW Nov 2004.	
Reference documents:	Juvenile Justice National Minimum Data Set. Data Collection Manual for 2005-06. AIHW July 2006.
Juvenile Justice National Minimum Data Set Version 3 Data Dictionary. AIHW July 2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Juvenile Justice NMDS 2007 Community Services, Superseded 19/05/2010	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

1	
Juvenile Justice Client file cluster	
Mandatory	
1	

2	
Juvenile Justice Order file cluster	
Mandatory	
1	

3	
Juvenile Justice Detention file cluster	
Mandatory	
1	

4	
Juvenile Justice Order types file cluster	
Mandatory	
1	

5	
Juvenile Justice Centre file cluster	
Mandatory	
1	

6	
Custody Escapes cluster	
Conditional	
1	

Data set specifications
Address details data dictionary
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	434713	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The address details data dictionary is used to collect information pertaining to an address, which is defined as a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity, and/or details describing how the entity can be contacted. It is based on the Standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 
The revised AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard is a result of industry concern at the numerous data interchange formats used within the information technology industry. The objective of the Standard is to provide industry with a common client data interchange standard. 
Wherever possible, the definitions of data elements are based on existing standards. 
Reference has been made to International and Australian Standards, and to standards from the Australian Bureau of Statistics.  	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Address details data dictionary is one of a suite of data dictionaries based on the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  This suite of data dictionaries is not limited to a specific data collection. The aim is to enable data developers to select appropriate data elements to use in meeting the needs of their data collection. These data dictionaries are: 
•	Party identifier details data dictionary 
•	Electronic contact details data dictionary 
•	Organisation details data dictionary 
•	Person details data dictionary
A table has been created to show the mapping between the data elements within the Address details data dictionary and the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  See: Address details mapping
The AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard recommends using a number of components for the following address items:

Primary address
Components of the primary address are:
(i) Address site (or Primary Complex) name.
(ii) Address number or number range.
(iii) Road name (name/type/suffix).
(iv) Locality.
(v) State/Territory.
(vi) Postcode (optional).
(vii) Country (if applicable).
Addressing within a complex
Complex addresses provide for the unique identification of secondary address sites within
a larger, primary address site. A complex address requires both parts (secondary and primary) to
provide unique definition.
Components of the secondary address are:
(i) Sub-dwelling (sub-complex) unit type and number or identifier.
(ii) Level type/level number (if applicable).
(iii) Private road number and Private road name or an equivalent identifier (if applicable).
(iv) Secondary Complex (or Utility) name (if applicable).
NOTE: Components (iii) and (iv) may be reversed where the sub-dwelling type/number is an
integral part of the Secondary Complex, e.g. an office within a building, or where the
secondary complex has no addressable sub-complex components and is unique to the private
road in question, e.g. the Sergeants Mess in an army barracks.
Geocode
A geocode describes the coordinates that define the position of an address point. Geocodes
apply to a variety of address sites and features. It caters for the needs of a variety of users,
with a particular focus on the needs of emergency and other essential service providers.
There are a number of elements needed to define a unique address geocode. Geocoded addresses fundamentally consist of coordinates associated with an address site
feature. The geocode component of an address site shall contain—
(a) the datum and coordinate system being used (usually as metadata);
(b) the coordinates; and
(c) the address site feature being referenced (by individual record).
The geocode component should also contain geocode accuracy (by individual record).
Note that users of latitude and longitude metadata may have different requirements. Therefore in addition to the latitude and longitude data elements using the decimal degrees representation, (based on the AS 4590 standard) two additional data elements have been created. These items use the traditional degrees, minutes and seconds representation, and are based on the AS 6709:2008 Standard representation of latitude, longitude and altitude for geographic point locations standard. 	
Comments:	The addressing information interchange section of AS 4590 has been aligned with AS/NZS 4819, Geographic information—Rural and urban addressing. AS/NZS 4819 was compiled to direct authorities required to allocate physical addresses, whether they be to properties, features or facilities. This revision of AS 4590 has been extended to cater for new address provisions noted in AS/NZS 4819 and has been reviewed and amended to minimise ambiguity and maximise understanding in client data interchange.  	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.
Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand 2008. AS/NZS ISO6709:2008—Standard representation of latitude, longitude and altitude for geographic point locations. Sydney/Wellington: Standards Australia/Standards NZ.	
Reference documents:	Originated as part of AS 4212-1994.
Previous edition AS 4590-1999.
Second edition 2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Address currency	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address end time	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address site name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address start date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address start time	
Optional	
1	

-	
Address status identifier	
Optional	
1	

-	
Australian postcode (address)	
Optional	
1	

-	
Australian state/territory identifier of address	
Optional	
1	

-	
Building/complex sub-unit type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Complex road name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Complex road number 1	
Optional	
1	

-	
Complex road number 2	
Optional	
1	

-	
Complex road suffix	
Optional	
1	

-	
Complex road type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Country code of address	
Optional	
1	

-	
Floor/level type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode containment indicator	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode feature	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode geographic datum	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode height	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode latitude decimal degrees	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode latitude sexagismal	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode longitude decimal degrees	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode longitude sexagismal	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode positional uncertainty	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geocode vertical datum	
Optional	
1	

-	
Level number identifier	
Optional	
1	

-	
Location descriptor	
Optional	
1	

-	
Lot number	
Optional	
1	

-	
Physical address indicator	
Optional	
1	

-	
Postal delivery number	
Optional	
1	

-	
Postal delivery point identifier	
Optional	
1	

-	
Postal delivery service type identifier	
Optional	
1	

-	
Purpose of address	
Optional	
1	

-	
Road name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Road number 1	
Optional	
1	

-	
Road number 2	
Optional	
1	

-	
Road suffix	
Optional	
1	

-	
Road type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Secondary complex name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Sub-dwelling unit number	
Optional	
1	

-	
Suburb/town/locality name within address	
Optional	
1	

-	
Unstructured address line	
Optional	
1	

Functioning and Disability DSS
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	320319	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The Functioning and Disability DSS aims to ensure national consistency in relation to defining and measuring human functioning and disability. This DSS has been developed to be consistent with the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF).
Functioning and disability are dual concepts in a broad framework.
Functioning is the umbrella term for any or all of: body functions, body structures, activities and participation. Functioning is a multidimensional concept denoting the neutral aspects of the interaction between an individual (with a health condition) and that individual's environmental and personal factors. 
Disability is the umbrella term for any or all of: an impairment of body structure or function, a limitation in activities, or a restriction in participation. Disability is a multi-dimensional and complex concept and is conceived as a dynamic interaction between health conditions and environmental and personal factors (WHO 2001:6). 
A health condition may be a disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma. Environmental factors make up the physical, social and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives. Personal factors relate to the individual, such as age, sex and Indigenous status.
The components of functioning and disability are classified and defined in the ICF as body structures and body functions, activities and participation and environmental factors. Each component is composed of various domains; these are sets of related physiological functions, anatomical structures, actions, tasks, areas of life, and external influences. Qualifiers, the numeric measures coded after the relevant domain, are usually essential to the meaningful use of the classification because of the neutral terms of the domains. 
Many different 'definitions' of disability are used in Australia, both in administrative data collections and in Acts of Parliament. The consistent identification of disability in national data collections has been recommended in a number of reports, for instance to enable:
•	the monitoring of access to generic services by people with disability; 
•	the collection of more consistent data on disability support and related services, including data on service use by different groups; 
•	population data and service data to be related, thereby improving the nation's analytical capacity in relation to the need for and supply of services; and  
•	improved understanding of the relationship between disability, health conditions and other health outcomes. 
Defining disability makes it possible to determine the number of people in the population with disability, those who are accessing services, both disability specific and generic, and those with a disability in the general population with unmet need. Better definition of disability will aid better targeting of resources to those in need.
The concept 'Disability' can be operationalised in a wide variety of settings and for various purposes, using a combination of related metadata items as building blocks. 
The metadata items selected for a particular application may vary depending on the approach to functioning and disability. For example, in hospital rehabilitation, the focus may be on the impairment and activity dimensions, and in community-based care the focus may be primarily on participation. Some applications may require a broad scope for inclusion (e.g. discrimination legislation). Data collections relating to services will select combinations of the data elements, which best reflect the eligibility criteria for the service.
The Functioning and Disability DSS comprises the following four clusters to describe level of human functioning:
1.	Body functioning, qualified by extent of impairment 
2.	Body structure, qualified by extent, nature and location of impairment 
3.	Activities and participation, qualified by level of difficulty and need for assistance with undertaking activities and extent of and satisfaction with participation 
4.	Environmental factors, qualified by extent of influence of the environment
Data collected using this DSS can be related to national data collections which use ICF concepts such as the Commonwealth State Territory Disability Agreement (CSTDA) NMDS collection and the ABS Survey of Ageing, Disability and Carers and, from 2006, the Census.	

Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	Each of the four clusters that make up the Functioning and Disability DSS should be recorded for a complete description of human functioning. This information can be gathered over time by a range of health and community care providers.
 Completion of the DSS will record a person-centred description of the experience of functioning of the individual who is the subject of the data. The experience of functioning is in relation to a health condition, and does not consider decrements in functioning that may be associated with social factors such as ethnic background or economic status. For example, the level of communication is recorded in relation to the heath condition, not to the fact that a person does not speak English at home. 
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an umbrella term for 'disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as: 
•	Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N]} 
•	Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N}.
This DSS may be used in data collections in the community services, housing and health sectors.	
Comments:	The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002). The ICF is grounded in a human rights philosophy, and its relationship to the UN Standard Rules on Equalization of Opportunities for Persons with Disabilities endorsed by the United Nations in 1994 is acknowledged. The purpose of the Rules is to ensure that people with disabilities, as members of their societies, may exercise the same rights and obligations as others.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Steward:	Advisory Committee on Australian and International Disability Data (ACAIDD)	
Origin:	WHO 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
AIHW 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF, including more detailed codes, can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Activities and Participation cluster	
Optional	
1	

-	
Body functions cluster	
Optional	
1	

-	
Body structures cluster	
Optional	
1	

-	
Environmental factors cluster	
Optional	
1	

Organisation details data dictionary
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	431158	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The organisation details data dictionary is used to collect details for an organisation, including the name of the organisation. It is based on the Standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 
The revised AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard is a result of industry concern at the numerous data interchange formats used within the information technology industry. The objective of the Standard is to provide industry with a common client data interchange standard. 
Wherever possible, the definitions of data elements are based on existing standards. 
Reference has been made to International and Australian Standards, and to standards from the Australian Bureau of Statistics. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Organisation details data dictionary is one of a suite of data dictionaries based on the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard. This suite of data dictionaries is not limited to a specific data collection. The aim is to enable data developers to select appropriate data elements to use in meeting the needs of their specific data collection. These data dictionaries are:  
•	Party identifier details data dictionary 
•	Electronic contact details data dictionary 
•	Address details data dictionary 
•	Person details data dictionary
A table has been created to show the mapping between the data elements within the Organisation details data dictionary and the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  See: Organisation details mapping	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	Originated as part of AS 4212-1994.
Previous edition AS 4590-1999.
Second edition 2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Industry of operation	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation name end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation name start date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation name type 	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation registration end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation registration start date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation registration type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Organisation type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Trading activity status	
Optional	
1	

-	
Trading activity status end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Trading activity status start date	
Optional	
1	

Electronic contact details data dictionary	
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	433419	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The electronic contact details data dictionary is used to collect electronic contact details for a person or organisation, including telephone contact details. It is based on the Standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 
The revised AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard is a result of industry concern at the numerous data interchange formats used within the information technology industry. The objective of the Standard is to provide industry with a common client data interchange standard. 
Wherever possible, the definitions of data elements are based on existing standards. 
Reference has been made to International and Australian Standards, and to standards from the Australian Bureau of Statistics.  	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Electronic contact details data dictionary is one of a suite of data dictionaries based on the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard. This suite of data dictionaries is not limited to a specific data collection. The aim is to enable data developers to select appropriate data elements to use in meeting the needs of their specific data collection. These data dictionaries are:
•	Party identifier details data dictionary 
•	Address details data dictionary 
•	Organisation details data dictionary 
•	Person details data dictionary
A table has been created to show the mapping between the data elements within the Electronic contact details data dictionary and the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  See: Electronic contact details mapping 	

Source and reference attributes		
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	Originated as part of AS 4212-1994.
Previous edition AS 4590-1999.
Second edition 2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Australian area code	
Optional	
1	

-	
Electronic communication address	
Optional	
1	

-	
Electronic communication usage 	
Optional	
1	

-	
Electronic contact preference indicator	
Optional	
1	

-	
International country code	
Optional	
1	

-	
Internet voice product identifier	
Optional	
1	

-	
Internet voice product name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Internet voice service provider	
Optional	
1	

-	
Telephone non-standard functionality	
Optional	
1	

-	
Telephone number	
Optional	
1	

-	
Telephone service line	
Optional	
1	

-	
Telephone standard functionality	
Optional	
5	

-	
Uniform Resource Locator	
Optional	
1	

Party identifier details data dictionary
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	466213	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The party identifier details data dictionary contains items which describe the identification details for people or organizations. A party may have multiple identification details and identifier statuses. It is based on the Standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 
The revised AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard is a result of industry concern at the numerous data interchange formats used within the information technology industry. The objective of the Standard is to provide industry with a common client data interchange standard. 
Wherever possible, the definitions of data elements are based on existing standards. 
Reference has been made to International and Australian Standards, and to standards from the Australian Bureau of Statistics. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Party identifier details data dictionary is one of a suite of data dictionaries based on the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard. This suite of data dictionaries is not limited to a specific data collection. The aim is to enable data developers to select appropriate data elements to use in meeting the needs of their specific data collection. These data dictionaries are:
•	Person details data dictionary 
•	Organisation details data dictionary 
•	Address details data dictionary 
•	Electronic contact details data dictionary 
A table has been created to show the mapping between the data elements within the Party identifier details data dictionary and the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  See: Party identifier details mapping 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Identifier designation	
Optional	
1	

-	
Identifier issuer	
Optional	
1	

-	
Identifier name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Identifier status	
Optional	
1	

-	
Identifier status end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Identifier status start date	
Optional	
1	

Person details data dictionary
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	430772	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
DSS type:	Data Set Specification (DSS)	
Scope:	The person details data dictionary contains the data elements to identify the name and demographic characteristics of a person defined as a human being, whether man, woman or child. It is based on the Standards prepared by Standards Australia Subcommittee IT-027-01, Personal and Corporate Data-Representation and Management, for Committee IT-027, Data Management and Interchange to supersede AS 4590-1999. 
The revised AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard is a result of industry concern at the numerous data interchange formats used within the information technology industry. The objective of the Standard is to provide industry with a common client data interchange standard. 
Wherever possible, the definitions of data elements are based on existing standards. 
Reference has been made to International and Australian Standards, and to standards from the Australian Bureau of Statistics. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Person details data dictionary is one of a suite of data dictionaries based on the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard. This suite of data dictionaries is not limited to a specific data collection. The aim is to enable data developers to select appropriate data elements to use in meeting the needs of their specific data collection. These data dictionaries are:  
•	Party identifier details data dictionary 
•	Electronic contact details data dictionary 
•	Organisation details data dictionary  
•	Address details data dictionary
A table has been created to show the mapping between the data elements within the Person details data dictionary and the AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information standard.  See: Person details mapping 	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	Originated as part of AS 4212-1994.
Previous edition AS 4590-1999.
Second edition 2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Address details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Electronic contact details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Organisation details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Party identifier details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
See also Person details data dictionary Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Citizenship country	
Optional	
99	

-	
Country of birth	
Optional	
1	

-	
Date of birth	
Optional	
1	

-	
Date of death	
Optional	
1	

-	
Family name	
Optional	
1	

-	
Given name(s)	
Optional	
99	

-	
Main occupation of person	
Optional	
1	

-	
Marital status	
Optional	
1	

-	
Name suffix	
Optional	
99	

-	
Name title	
Optional	
99	

-	
Name usage type	
Optional	
1	

-	
Name usage type end date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Name usage type start date	
Optional	
1	

-	
Sex	
Optional	
1	

Data element clusters
Activities and Participation cluster
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	320111	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	This data cluster is one of four clusters that make up the Functioning and Disability DSS. To ensure a complete description of human functioning it is recommended that this cluster be collected along with the following three clusters over time and by a range of health and community care providers:
1.	Body functions cluster 
2.	Body structures cluster 
3.	Environmental factors cluster
In the context of health, activity refers to the execution of a task or action by an individual, and participation refers to involvement in a life situation. 
The Activities and Participation cluster collects information on a person's level of difficulty with activities, assistance needed to perform activities, extent of participation, and satisfaction with participation in the following life areas: 
1.	Learning and applying knowledge 
2.	General tasks and demands 
3.	Communication 
4.	Mobility 
5.	Self-care 
6.	Domestic life 
7.	Interpersonal interactions and relationships 
8.	Major life areas 
9.	Community, social and civic life
The use of this cluster to collect information on activity limitations and participation restrictions should enhance data quality for medical purposes as well as for a range of purposes related to understanding human functioning. This data cluster should be complementary to information on diseases. 
The information collected in the Activities and Participation cluster may also indicate the sorts of interventions that could result in improved functioning. This could be in the form of rehabilitation, health-related interventions, equipment, or support for example.	

Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The following four measures are used to describe activities and participation in life areas: 
•	Difficulty with activities may include pain involved, time taken, effort, number of errors, clumsiness, and modification of the manner in which the activity is performed. Difficulty is the combination of the frequency with which the problem exists, the duration of the problem and the intensity of the problem. 
•	Need for assistance with activities includes personal assistance and/or supervision. 
•	Extent of participation indicates the level of participation restriction. This corresponds to an externally observable measure of participation. 
•	Satisfaction with participation corresponds to the person's own perspective on their participation, and reflects their attitude to their participation in the various life areas. It is essentially a summary measure in which are embedded the concepts of choice, opportunity and importance.
For each life area code recorded there can be one response for each of the measures. The choice of measure will depend on the user and their information requirements. 
There are numerous possible methods for collecting activity, activity limitation, participation and participation restriction. A decision could be made to collect information:
•	about every domain; 
•	on domains of particular relevance; or 
•	on a number of domains which are prioritised according to specified criteria.
See also the ICF Australian User Guide for further guidelines.	
Collection methods:	The Person—activities/participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] data element is supported by a value domain - Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] - representing a single list of activity and participation domains that are grouped together.
The World Health Organization suggests the list be used in one of four operational ways.
a) To designate some domains as activities and others as participation, not allowing any overlap. 
b) Same as (a) above, but allowing partial overlap. 
c) To designate all detailed domains as activities and the broad category headings as participation. 
d) To use all domains as both activities and participation.
The ICF Australian User Guide proposes the use of either option (b) or (d) with the use of additional qualifiers to delineate between activity and participation. 
The Person—activities and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] data element can be used on its own as a neutral list of tasks, actions and life situations, or together with the four additional data elements in this cluster to record positive or neutral performance as well as activity limitations and participation restrictions. (It is important to note that the Person—activities and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] data element must always be used when recording any of the other four data elements.)	
Comments:	This cluster is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF is a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications (endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001) and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as: 
•	Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N} 
•	Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N}.
The ICF recognises two constructs that can be used with 'Activities and Participation': performance and capacity. 'Performance' is what the person does in their usual environment. 'Capacity' describes 'an individual's ability to execute a task or an action in a standardised environment, where a standardised environment may be: 
•	an actual environment commonly used for assessment in test settings; or 
•	in cases where this is not possible, an assumed environment which can be thought to have a uniform impact' (WHO 2001).
The standardised environment has not been generally operationalised. However, the recognition of these two constructs in the ICF underscores the importance of recording the environment in which activities are being performed.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	

Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specification:	Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Activity and participation life area	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Assistance with activities	
Optional	
1	

-	
Difficulty with activities	
Optional	
1	

-	
Extent of participation	
Optional	
1	

-	
Satisfaction with participation	
Optional	
1	

Body functions cluster
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	320117	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	This data cluster is one of four clusters that make up the Functioning and Disability DSS. To ensure a complete description of human functioning it is recommended that it be collected along with the following three clusters over time and by a range of health and community care providers: 
1.	Body Structures cluster 
2.	Activities and Participation cluster 
3.	Environmental factors cluster 
Body functions are the physiological functions of body systems (including psychological functions). The term 'body' refers to the human organism as a whole; hence it includes the brain and its functions, that is, the mind. 
The Body functions cluster collects information on the presence and extent of impairment of the eight body function domains listed below:
1.	Mental functions 
2.	Sensory functions and pain 
3.	Voice and speech functions 
4.	Functions of the cardiovascular, haematological, immunological and respiratory systems 
5.	Functions of the digestive, metabolic and the endocrine system 
6.	Genitourinary and reproductive functions 
7.	Neuromusculoskeletal and movement-related functions 
8.	Functions of the skin and related structures 
Impairments of body functions, as defined in the ICF, are problems in body functions such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages. The ICD uses impairment as 'signs and symptoms', a 'component of disease' or sometimes 'reason for contact with health services'. 
Impairments are recorded in terms of their extent or magnitude, nature and/or location. Determination of impairment is undertaken primarily by those qualified to evaluate physical and mental functioning or structure according to these standards.
Impairments should be detectable or noticeable by others or the person by direct observation or by inference from indirect observation. Impairments are not the same as the underlying pathology, but are manifestations of that pathology.
Impairments can be temporary or permanent; progressive, regressive or static; intermittent or continuous. The deviation from the population norm may be slight or severe and may fluctuate over time. Impairments may result in other impairments.
Impairments may be part, or an expression of a health condition, but do not necessarily indicate that a disease is present or that the individual should be regarded as sick.
The use of this cluster to collect information on impairments of body functions should enhance data quality for medical purposes as well as for a range of purposes related to human functioning. This data cluster should be complementary to information on diseases. 
The information collected in the Body functions cluster may also indicate the sorts of interventions that could result in improved functioning. This could be in the form of rehabilitation, health-related interventions, equipment, or support for example. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Collection methods:	The Person—body function, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] data element is a neutral list of functions that can be used to record positive or neutral body function, as well as impairment of a specified body function when used in conjunction with Person—extent of impairment of body function, code (ICF 2001)N. For each body function code recorded there should be a code for impairment of body functions.
There are numerous possible methods for collecting body functions and impairments.  A decision could be made to collect information:
about every domain; 
•	on domains of particular relevance; or 
•	on a number of domains which are prioritised according to specified criteria.
See also the ICF Australian User Guide for further guidelines.	

Comments:	This cluster is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as: 
•	Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N} 
•	Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N}.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specification:	Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Body function	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Impairment of body function	
Mandatory	
1	

Body structures cluster
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	320151	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	This data cluster is one of four clusters that make up the Functioning and Disability DSS. To ensure a complete description of human functioning it is recommended that this cluster be collected along with the following three clusters over time and by a range of health and community care providers:
1.	Body functions cluster 
2.	Activities and participation cluster 
3.	Environmental factors cluster
Body structures are anatomical parts of the body such as organs, limbs and their components. 
The Body structures cluster collects information on the presence and extent of impairment, the nature of the change and the location of the impairment for the eight body structure domains listed below: 
1.	Structures of the nervous system 
2.	The eye, ear and related structures 
3.	Structures involved in voice and speech 
4.	Structures of the cardiovascular, immunological and respiratory systems 
5.	Structures related to the digestive, metabolism and endocrine systems 
6.	Structures related to genitourinary and reproductive systems 
7.	Structures related to movement 
8.	Skin and related structures
Impairments of body structures, as defined in the ICF, are problems in body structure such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages. The ICD uses impairment as 'signs and symptoms', a 'component of disease' or sometimes 'reason for contact with health services'. 
Impairments are recorded in terms of their extent or magnitude, nature and/or location. Determination of impairment is undertaken primarily by those qualified to evaluate physical and mental functioning or structure according to population standards or averages. 
Impairments should be detectable or noticeable by others or the person by direct observation or by inference from indirect observation. Impairments are not the same as the underlying pathology, but are manifestations of that pathology.
Impairments can be temporary or permanent; progressive, regressive or static; intermittent or continuous. The deviation from the population norm may be slight or severe and may fluctuate over time. Impairments may result in other impairments.
Impairments may be part, or an expression of a health condition, but do not necessarily indicate that a disease is present or that the individual should be regarded as sick.
The use of this cluster to collect information on impairments should enhance data quality for medical purposes as well as for a range of purposes related to understanding human functioning. This data cluster should be complementary to information on diseases. 
The information collected in the Body structures cluster may also indicate the sorts of interventions that could result in improved functioning. This could be in the form of rehabilitation, health-related interventions, equipment, or support for example.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The Person—body structure, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] is a data element supported by the value domain Body structure code (ICF 2001) AN(NNNN) that represents a neutral list of structures from the ICF. This data element can be used to record positive or neutral body structure, as well as impairment of a specified body structure when used in conjunction with Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N.
It is optional to record the location and nature of the impairment using Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) X and Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) X respectively. 
There are numerous possible methods for collecting body structures and impairments. A decision could be made to collect information:
•	about every domain; 
•	on domains of particular relevance; or 
•	on a number of domains which are prioritised according to specified criteria.	

Comments:	This cluster is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as:
•	Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N} 
•	Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N}	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specification:	Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Body structure	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Change to body structure	
Optional	
1	

-	
Impairment of body structure	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Location of impairment 	
Optional	
1	

Environmental factors cluster
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	320195	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	This data cluster is one of four clusters that make up the Functioning and Disability DSS. To ensure a complete description of human functioning it is recommended that this cluster be collected along with the following three clusters over time and by a range of health and community care providers:
1.	Body functions cluster 
2.	Body structures cluster 
3.	Activities and participation cluster 
Environmental factors make up the physical, social and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives. These factors can have a positive or negative influence on a person's participation as a member of society, on performance of activities, or on a person's body function or structure. 
The Environmental Factors cluster collects information on the extent to which each of the domains in the five chapters listed below influence the body function or structure, activity or participation of a person: 
1.	Products and technology
2.	Natural environment and human-made changes to environment
3.	Support and relationships
4.	Attitudes
5.	Services, systems and policies
Each chapter contains categories at different levels ordered from general to detailed. For detailed information the user should follow the structure of the ICF; the codes should be drawn from the same hierarchical level within any particular chapter. 
Codes at the ICF chapter headings may be recorded. If further detail is required the Environmental Factors classification includes 3 and 4 digit codes:
•	e5 Services, systems and policies
•	e580  Health services, systems and policies
•	e5800 Health services
Where multiple environmental factors and the extent of influence are recorded, the following prioritising system may be useful:
•	The first recorded environmental factor is the one having the greatest impact on the individual. 
•	Second and subsequent environmental factors are also of relevance to the individual.
The Environmental factors cluster may be used in health, community services and other disability-related data collections to record the environmental factors that facilitate or inhibit optimum functioning at the body, person or societal level. Identifying whether, and by how much, these environmental factors are influencing an individual's level of functioning, and whether the influence is a facilitator or barrier, may indicate the sorts of interventions that will optimise the individual's functioning. This information may be useful for policy development, service provision, or advocacy purposes. Preventative strategies could also be indicated by this information.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	For each environmental factor code recorded there should be one response for the influence of the environmental factor.
There are numerous possible methods for collecting environmental factors. Information can be collected on:
•	all environmental factors; 
•	environmental factors of particular relevance; 
•	a number of environmental factors, prioritised according to specified criteria; 
•	one environmental factor per person; or 
•	record environmental factors for each recorded body function, body structure, and activities and participation. 
See also the ICF Australian User Guide for further guidelines.	
Comments:	This cluster is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as: 
•	Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N} 
•	Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 5th Ed) ANN{.N[N}.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) which is the Australian Collaborating Centre for the World Health Organization Family of International Classifications.	
Relational attributes	
Implementation in Data Set Specification:	Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Environmental factor	
Mandatory	
1	

-	
Influence of environmental factor	
Mandatory	
1	

Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	477111	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	The person level geographical location data elements in this cluster refer to the person's usual residence. This is defined below.
When collecting the geographical location of a person's usual place of residence, the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) recommends that 'usual' be defined as: 'the place where the person has or intends to live for 6 months or more, or the place that the person regards as their main residence, or where the person has no other residence, the place they currently reside.' Apart from collecting a person's usual place of residence there is also a need in some collections to collect area of residence immediately prior to or after assistance is provided, or at some other point in time.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	SEIFA is a suite of four summary measures that have been created from 2006 Census information. The indexes can be used to explore different aspects of socio-economic conditions by geographic areas. For each index, every geographic area in Australia is given a SEIFA number which shows how disadvantaged that area is compared with other areas in Australia.
 Each index summarises a different aspect of the socio-economic conditions of people living in an area. They each summarise a different set of social and economic information. The indexes provide more general measures of socio-economic status than is given by measuring income or unemployment alone, for example.
 The four indexes in SEIFA 2006 are:
•	Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage: is derived from Census variables related to disadvantage, such as low income, low educational attainment, unemployment, and dwellings without motor vehicles.
•	 Index of Relative Socio-economic Advantage and Disadvantage: a continuum of advantage (high values) to disadvantage (low values) which is derived from Census variables related to both advantage and disadvantage, like household with low income and people with a tertiary education.
•	 Index of Economic Resources: focuses on Census variables like the income, housing expenditure and assets of households.
•	 Index of Education and Occupation: includes Census variables relating to the educational and occupational characteristics of communities, like the proportion of people with a higher qualification or those employed in a skilled occupation.
The concept of relative socio-economic disadvantage is neither simple, nor well defined. SEIFA uses a broad definition of relative socio-economic disadvantage in terms of people's access to material and social resources, and their ability to participate in society. While SEIFA represents an average of all people living in an area, SEIFA does not represent the individual situation of each person. Larger areas are more likely to have greater diversity of people and households.
 SEIFA 2006 is released for the following geographic levels:
•	Census Collection District (CD);  
•	Postal Area (POA);  
•	Statistical Local Area (SLA); and  
•	Local Government Area (LGA).
The basic geographic level used to create SEIFA is the CD. The CD is the smallest spatial unit in the Australian Standard Geographic Classification (ASGC) (ABS cat no 1216.0). SLAs and LGAs are larger units in the ASGC. POAs are a CD-based approximation of Australia Post postcodes, and are part of the Census Geographic Areas classification (ABS cat no 2905.0).  	
Collection methods:	The data elements listed below do not lead directly to the four SEIFA measures. Rather, they are used to determine the geographic location which can be examined on the SEIFA indexes. As SEIFA is collected at the Collection District level, the collection of information about a person's or service provider organisation's locality and postcode enables the user to ascertain the Collection District or larger geographical entity which can then be found in the relevant SEIFA index.
A number of tools have been designed to assist users to assign geographic area codes on the basis of localities and postcodes. Chief amongst these has been the National Localities Index (NLI).The NLI consists of two parts - a Localities Index and a Streets Sub-Index. The Localities Index contains a list of all Localities in Australia. In broad terms, a Locality is a place where people live or work - or say they live or work. Localities are assigned their full ASGC Main Structure code (i.e. S/T, SD, SSD and SLA codes). The majority of Localities lie wholly within one SLA but where they are split between two or more SLAs, street information is recorded in the Streets Sub-Index.
The NLI is not available beyond the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) 2007. The final edition of the NLI was released in July 2007; it was current up until 30 June 2008. The NLI has been replaced by the 'Locality to SLA Concordance' which is a list of State, Locality and Postcode combinations that can be used to determine an ASGC Statistical Local Area ( SLA) code. This list has been derived from various geographic information sources. Currently the 'Locality to SLA Concordance' is revised and released each year.
Similar concordances may be made available for the forthcoming Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS).
SEIFA indexes are assigned to areas, not to individuals. They indicate the collective socio-economic status of the people living in an area. A relatively disadvantaged area is likely to have a high proportion of relatively disadvantaged people. However, such an area is also likely to contain people who are not disadvantaged, as well as people who are relatively advantaged.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Reference documents:	Information Paper: An Introduction to Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA), 2006 (ABS cat no 2039.0)
Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) - Technical Paper 2006 (ABS cat no 2039.0.55.001)
National Localities Index, Australia, Jul 2007 Final (ABS cat no 1252.0.55.001)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) cluster 2010 Community Services, Superseded 09/03/2012, Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

-	
Area of usual residence	
Optional	
1	

-	
Australian postcode (address)	
Optional	
1	

-	
Geographic location of organisation (CD)	
Optional	
1	

Statistical linkage key 581 cluster
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Data Set Specification	
METeOR identifier:	349510	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
DSS type:	Data Element Cluster	
Scope:	Statistical data linkage refers to the bringing together of data from different sources to gain a greater understanding of a situation or individual from the combined (or linked) dataset. This facilitates a better understanding of the patterns of service use by groups of clients for research, statistical or policy analysis, planning and evaluation purposes.
Its form is: XXXXXDDMMYYYYN
The sequence in which the linkage key is completed is as follows:
Family name (the first 3 Xs)
Given name (the 4th and 5th X)
Date of birth by day, month and four-digit year
Sex 
XXX 2nd, 3rd and 5th letters of the family name. 
In the first three spaces the agency should record the 2nd, 3rd and 5th letters of the client’s family name.
For example: If the client’s family name is Smith the reported value should be MIH. If the client’s family name is Jones the reported value should be ONS.
Regardless of the length of a person’s name, the reported value should always be three characters long. If the legal family name is not long enough to supply the requested letters (i.e. a legal family name of less than five letters) then agencies should substitute the number ‘2’ to reflect the missing letters. The placement of a number ‘2’ should always correspond to the same space that the missing letter would have within the 3-digit field. A number (rather than a letter) is used for such a substitution in order to clearly indicate that an appropriate corresponding letter from the person’s name is not available.
Cases where the family name has less than 5 letters:
If a person’s family name is Farr, then value reported would be AR2 because the 2 is substituting for a missing 5th letter of the family name. Similarly, if the person’s family name was Hua, then the value reported would be UA2 because the 2 is substituting for the missing 5th letter of the family name.
If a client’s family name is missing altogether the agency should record the number 999 for all three spaces associated with the family name, (not the number 2). In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies should always ask the person to specify their legal first given name and their legal family name separately. These should then be recorded as first given name and family name as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.
If the client’s family name includes non-alphabetic characters—for example hyphens (as in Lee-Archer), apostrophes (as in O’Mara) or blank spaces (as in De Vries)—these non-alphabetic characters should be ignored when counting the position of each character.
XX 2nd and 3rd letters of given name
In the fourth and fifth spaces the agency should record the 2nd and 3rd letters of the client’s given name.
For example: If the client’s given name is Elizabeth the reported value should be LI. If the client’s given name is Robert the reported value should be OB.
If the client’s given name includes non-alphabetic characters—for example hyphens (as in Jo-Anne) or apostrophes (as in D'Arcy), these non-alphabetic characters should be ignored when counting the position of each character.
Regardless of the length of a person’s given name, the reported value should always be two characters long. If the given name of the person is not long enough to supply the requested letters (i.e. a name of less than three letters) then agencies should substitute the number ‘2’ to reflect the missing letters. The placement of a number ‘2’ should always correspond to the same space that the missing letter would have within the 2-digit field. A number (rather than a letter) is used for such substitutions in order to clearly indicate that an appropriate corresponding letter from the person’s name is not available.
For example: If the person’s legal name was Jo then the value reported would be O2 because the 2 is substituting for the missing 3rd letter of the given name.
If the person’s given name is missing altogether the agency should record 99 for the two spaces associated with the given name. In some cultures it is traditional to state the family name first. To overcome discrepancies in recording/reporting that may arise as a result of this practice, agencies should always ask the person to specify their given name and their family name separately. These should then be recorded as first given name and family name as appropriate, regardless of the order in which they may be traditionally given.
Date of Birth
DD represents the day in the month a person was born
MM represents the month in the year a person was born
YYYY represents the year a person was born
If date of birth is not known or cannot be obtained, provision should be made to collect or estimate age. Collected or estimated age would usually be in years for adults and to the nearest three months (or less) for children aged less than two years. Additionally, an estimated date flag or a date accuracy indicator should be reported in conjunction with all estimated dates of birth. 
For data collections concerned with children's services, it is suggested that the estimated date of birth of children aged under 2 years should be reported to the nearest 3 month period, i.e. 0101, 0104, 0107, 0110 of the estimated year of birth. For example, a child who is thought to be aged 18 months in October of one year would have his/her estimated date of birth reported as 0104 of the previous year. Again, an estimated date flag or date accuracy indicator http://meteor.aihw.gov.au/content/index.phtml/
itemId/294429 should be reported in conjunction with all estimated dates of birth.
Sex
N represents whether or not the person is a 1. Male or 2. Female.
Operationally, sex is the distinction between male and female, as reported by a person or as determined by an interviewer. 
When collecting data on sex by personal interview, asking the sex of the respondent is usually unnecessary and may be inappropriate, or even offensive. It is usually a simple matter to infer the sex of the respondent through observation, or from other cues such as the relationship of the person(s) accompanying the respondent, or first name. The interviewer may ask whether persons not present at the interview are male or female. 
A person's sex may change during their lifetime as a result of procedures known alternatively as sex change, gender reassignment, transsexual surgery, transgender reassignment or sexual reassignment. Throughout this process, which may be over a considerable period of time, the person's sex could be recorded as either Male or Female. 
In data collections that use the ICD-10-AM classification, where sex change is the reason for admission, diagnoses should include the appropriate ICD-10-AM code(s) that clearly identify that the person is undergoing such a process. This code(s) would also be applicable after the person has completed such a process, if they have a procedure involving an organ(s) specific to their previous sex (e.g. where the patient has prostate or ovarian cancer).
Code 3 Intersex or indeterminate
Is normally used for babies for whom sex has not been determined for whatever reason.
Should not generally be used on data collection forms completed by the respondent. 
Should only be used if the person or respondent volunteers that the person is intersex or where it otherwise becomes clear during the collection process that the individual is neither male nor female.
Code 9 Not stated/inadequately described
Is not to be used on primary collection forms. It is primarily for use in administrative collections when transferring data from data sets where the item has not been collected.
Data that has been produced by linkage for statistical and research purposes should not be used subsequently for client management purposes.
This data cluster contains a set of specific data elements to be reported on in a predetermined combination.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Where a date of birth is estimated the date accuracy indicator should be used. Please see Relational attributes.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Steward:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	AIHW 1998. Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0. Report prepared for the Commonwealth and State/Territory government HACC Officials.	
Reference documents:	NCSIMG 2001. Statistical Data Linkage in Community Services Data Collections. Canberra: Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	See also Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005, Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010, Health, Standard 04/05/2005, Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010, Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Metadata items in this Data Set Specification	
Seq No.	
Metadata item	
Obligation	
Max occurs	

1	
Letters of family name	
Mandatory	
1	

2	
Letters of given name	
Mandatory	
1	

3	
Date of birth	
Mandatory	
1	

4	
Sex	
Mandatory	
1	

5	
Statistical linkage key 581	
Mandatory	
1	

6	
Date accuracy indicator	
Conditional	
1	

Supporting metadata items
Object classes
Address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	428657	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	A collection of information used for describing the location of an entity and/or details describing how the entity can be contacted.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Address—address currency status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—address end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—address end time Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—address site name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—address start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—address start time Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—address status identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Australian area code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Australian postcode Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Address—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Address—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—complex road name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—complex road number 1 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—complex road number 2 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—complex road suffix Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—complex road type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—country identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—electronic communication address Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—electronic communication usage code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—electronic contact preference indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—floor/level type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode containment indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode feature Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode geographic datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode height Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode latitude Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode longitude Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode positional uncertainty Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode vertical datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—International country code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Internet voice product name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Internet voice product user identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Internet voice service provider Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—level number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—location descriptor Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—lot number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—physical address indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—postal delivery number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—postal delivery service type identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—purpose of address Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—road name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—road number 1 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—road number 2 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—road suffix Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—road type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—secondary complex name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—statistical area Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Address—sub-dwelling unit number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Address—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Address—telephone non-standard functionality Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—telephone number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—telephone service line Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—telephone standard functionality Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—Uniform Resource Locator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—unstructured address line Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Child
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	268987	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/12/2004
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 25/02/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An individual under the age of 18 years.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australia Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Child—abuse and neglect type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Child—care arrangements Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Child—eligibility for subsidy indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—fees charged in the census week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—household parental care type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child—maximum preschool program hours available per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—preschool program hours attended Community Services, Retired 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—preschool program hours enrolled Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—preschool service enrolment indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Child—preschool service received indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Child protection notification
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	314464	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	A child protection notification is a report made to an authorised department by persons or other bodies about an allegation of child abuse or neglect, child maltreatment or harm to a child.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care event	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This item should not include reports regarding wider concerns about children or families which are classified as child concern reports.
A notification can involve only one child; where it is claimed that two children have been abused or neglected, this is counted as two notifications, even if the children are from one family. Where there is more than one notification about the same 'event', this is counted as only one notification. Where there is more than one notification within a financial year, but relating to different events, these notifications should be counted as separate notifications.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Child protection notification—assessment decision date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—assessment decision type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—care and protection order flag Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—contact date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—employment service type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—finalised investigation outcome indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—investigation commencement date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—investigation conclusion date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—investigation outcome Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—out-of-home care flag Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—relationship to child of source of notification Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—unborn child status Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Client
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
Synonymous names:	Client	
METeOR identifier:	268969	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A person, group or organisation eligible to receive services either directly or indirectly from an agency.	
Context:	Agencies may provide assistance to individual persons, groups of persons (e.g. support groups) or to other organisations. All of these may be considered clients of an agency. Specific data collections may circumscribe the Type of clients that are included in the collection. For example, at the current stage of development of the Home and Community Care (HACC) Minimum Data Set (MDS), HACC funded agencies are only required to report on clients who are individual persons. Future developments may extend the coverage of the HACC MDS collection to include organisational or group clients.
The definition of a 'client' may also be circumscribed by the definition of 'assistance'. What is included as 'assistance' may depend on what activities are considered significant enough to warrant separate recording and reporting of the nature and/or amount of the assistance provided to a person. For example, an agency worker answering a telephone call from an anonymous member of the public seeking some basic information (e.g. a phone number for someone) would not usually consider that this interaction constituted assistance of sufficient significance to warrant recording that person as a 'client'.
Furthermore, what constitutes 'assistance' may be influenced by the type of assistance the agency was established to provide. In the above example, the agency in question was funded specifically to provide telephone advice, and referral information, to members of the public or specific sub-groups of the public. The agency may have a policy that all persons telephoning the agency for information are classified as clients, albeit anonymous clients.
The level of support or the amount of support given to a person by an agency can also be used to define them as a client or not. For example in the Supported Accommodation Assistance Program (SAAP) National data collection, clients are defined by either taking up an amount of time of an agency; being accommodated by an agency; or by entering an ongoing support relationship with an agency.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Client, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.7 KB) 	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Client—amount of assistance Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Client—case management goal status Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Client—case management plan indicator Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Client—case plan review date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007
Client—caseworker allocation date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007
Client—consent indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Client—first care and protection order indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Client—group type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Client—initial case plan date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007
Client—injecting drug use status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern) Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Client—reason case management plan does not exist Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Client—service activity type needed Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Client—service activity type provided Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Client—service activity type referral arranged Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007	
Date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	294409	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The day of the month and year as specified by a number.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Oxford English dictionary.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Date—accuracy indicator Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Date—estimate indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Entity
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	429110	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Early Childhood, Proposed 31/05/2011	
Definition:	An individual, association, or other legal or administrative unit treated as a discrete and particular unit.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	LexisNexis Butterworths 2002. Business and Law Dictionary. Australia: LexisNexis Butterworths Australia	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Entity—Australian business number (ABN) Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Early Childhood, Proposed 31/05/2011	
Female
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	269000	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A human being of the sex which conceives and brings forth young.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australia Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Macquarie University 2003. The Macquarie Dictionary 3rd ed. Sydney: The Macquarie Library Pty Ltd.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Female—age at first pregnancy Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Household
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	351492	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	One of more persons, at least one of whom is at least 15 years of age, usually resident in the same private dwelling.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Together with family, household is considered one of the basic groups of social aggregation. Information on household numbers and composition aids in identifying groups within the population such as Indigenous households or the number of people living alone.
For the Commonwealth-State Housing Agreement (CSHA) data collections, the number of tenancy agreements is a practical proxy for calculating the number of households receiving housing assistance.
The persons in the group may pool their incomes and have a common budget to a greater or lesser extent: they may be related or unrelated persons, or a combination of both.
Only usual residents of the household are included as members of the household. Visitors to a household are, by definition, excluded from the household.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	CSHA Public rental housing data manual 2001-02	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat. no. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Household Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005, Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Supersedes Household family Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Household—family composition Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Household—household type Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Household—number of parents of child Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007	
Identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	466219	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A piece of information that establishes the identity of an entity.	
Specialisation of:	Party	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Identifier—identifier designation Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Identifier—identifier issuer Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Identifier—identifier name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Identifier—identifier status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Identifier—identifier status end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Identifier—identifier status start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Income unit
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
Synonymous names:	Income unit	
METeOR identifier:	268986	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	One person or a group of related persons within a household, whose command over income is shared, or any person living in a non private dwelling who is in receipt of personal income.	
Context:	Income units are restricted to relationships of marriage (registered or de facto) and of parent/dependant who usually reside in the same household. This means that an income unit can be defined as:
•	a married couple or sole parent, and dependent children only; or 
•	a married couple only with no dependent children present; or 
•	a person who is not related to any other household member either by marriage or by the parent/dependant relationship.
This is the standard statistical unit for analyses of economic wellbeing, and can be an important measure in assessing the needs and circumstances of individuals and families.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National Housing Data Development Committee	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Income unit, version 1, DEC, NHADD, NHDAMG,  Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (13.9 KB) 
Supersedes  Income unit, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.0 KB) 	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Income unit—income unit type Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Individual service provider
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	269021	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A person who provides a service and/or care.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care provider	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified) Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Individual service provider—occupation end date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Individual service provider—occupation start date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Informal carer
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	268964	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Definition:	An informal carer includes any person, such as a family member, friend or neighbour, who is giving regular, ongoing assistance to another person without payment for the care given.	
Context:	Care and support networks where the carers are unpaid (other than pension or benefit) play a critical role in community services provision, especially in caring for frail aged and younger people with disability within the community. 
Information about informal carers is therefore of fundamental importance in assessing the ongoing needs of clients and their carers, and in service planning. The presence of an informal carer is often a key indicator of a person's ability to remain at home, especially if the person requires assistance. The absence of an informal carer, where a vulnerable client lives alone, is an indicator of client risk. Information on client living arrangement and informal carer availability provides an indicator of the potential in-home support and the extent to which the burden of care is absorbed by the informal caring system.
The stability or otherwise of the informal carer's availability may be significant in the capacity of the client continuing to remain at home.
Existing carer definitions (e.g. for purposes of establishing eligibility for Domiciliary Nursing Care Benefits (DNCB/Carer Allowance; Carer's Pension/Carer Payment) definitions used in ABS population, surveys of disability, ageing and carers) vary in context and purpose.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care provider	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The definition excludes formal care services such as homecare, care provided by volunteers or foster care that is arranged by formal services. It also excludes unregistered child carers who are receiving payment for their services. Where a potential carer is not prepared to undertake the caring role, the carer is considered to be not available.	

Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Informal carer, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.6 KB) 	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Informal carer—co-residency status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Informal carer—primary status Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Informal carer—relationship to care recipient Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Organisation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	354505	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 05/12/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	The smallest type of accounting unit within a management unit within a State or Territory of Australia which controls its productive activities and for which a specified range of detailed data is available, at least on an annual basis, thus enabling measures such as value added to be calculated.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA). ABS cat. no. 1218.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Organisation—industry of operation Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—name end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—name start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—name type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—organisation name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Proposed 09/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Organisation—organisation type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—registration end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—registration start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—registration type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—trading activity status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—trading activity status end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Organisation—trading activity status start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Parent/guardian
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	314980	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	One who is legally responsible for the care and management of an incompetent or a minor, whether it be because they are that person's father or mother (parent), or a guardian.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Parent/guardian—receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Person
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	268955	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A human being, whether man, woman or child.	
Specialisation of:	Person/group of persons	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Macquarie University 2003. The Macquarie Dictionary 3rd ed. Sydney: The Macquarie Library Pty. Ltd	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Person (address)—address line Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—address type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—Australian postcode Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—building/property name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—country identifier Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—electronic communication address Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—electronic communication medium Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—electronic communication usage code Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—floor/level identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—floor/level type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—house/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—international postcode Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—lot/section identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—non-Australian state/province Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (address)—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—street name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—street suffix Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (address)—street type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Person (address)—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (assessed)—assistance eligibility status Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006
Person (employed)—education field of highest qualification Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person (employed)—education field of highest relevant qualification Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Person (employed)—employment related study indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—employment type Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—full-time/part-time status Community Services, Standard 14/12/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person (employed)—highest level of qualification in employment field Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person (employed)—hours worked Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—hours worked (per week) Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (employed)—length of employment in current service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—length of experience in industry sector Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—level of highest qualification in employment field Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Person (employed)—paid employment indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 07/06/2011
Person (employed)—Preschool program delivered by teacher indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Person (employed)—status in employment Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (employed)—tertiary qualification related to industry indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—type of children's service work performed Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person (name)—family name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 28/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—given name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—given name sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (name)—name conditional use flag Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (name)—name context flag Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Person (name)—name suffix Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (name)—name suffix sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (name)—name title Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (name)—name title sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person (name)—name type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (requiring care)—carer availability status Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006
Health, Superseded 04/07/2007
Person (telephone)—telephone number type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—accommodation assistance urgency status Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—accommodation offer accepted indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—accommodation offered Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—activity and participation life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—age Community Services, Standard 04/05/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 17/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—age (community services) Community Services, Superseded 04/05/2005
Person—age range Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person—area of usual residence Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Person—arrival time at service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Person—blow to the head indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—body function Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—citizenship country Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—communication method Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—contact method Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—country of birth Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 27/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—date accommodation sought Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—date of birth Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 27/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—date of death Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—departure time from service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—disability group Community Services, Standard 08/05/2006
Person—effective communication indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Person—eligibility status Community Services, Standard 04/01/2006
Health, Standard 04/01/2006
Person—environmental factor Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—Estimated resident population of Australia Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Person—extent of environmental factor influence Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—extent of impairment of body function Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—extent of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—extent of participation in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—field of education Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—financial assistance amount Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—first accommodation attempt Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—first language spoken Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Person—first service request indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—funding indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Person—geographic location Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—government funding identifier Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—gross income Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Person—highest year of school completed Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—housing tenure type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—income source (cash) Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Person—income source (principal) Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Person—Indigenous status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011
Person—informal carer existence indicator Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Person—interpreter service required Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Health, Standard 08/02/2006
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—interpreter service required (community services) Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—labour force status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—legal order/arrangement type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—letters of family name Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—letters of given and family name Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Person—letters of given name Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/01/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—level of difficulty with activities in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—level of highest educational attainment Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Person—level of highest educational attainment Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Person—level of highest non-school qualification Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—living arrangement Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 19/04/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—location of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—main language other than English spoken at home Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—main reason accommodation not offered Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—marital status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—mother's original family name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—name usage type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—name usage type end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—name usage type start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—nature of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—new client indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—non-school qualification indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—number of persons accommodated Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—occupation (main) Community Services, Superseded 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Superseded 10/08/2007
Health, Superseded 04/07/2007
Person—occupation (main) Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 10/08/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—one-off assistance offered Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—one-off assistance type offered Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—person identifier Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person—person identifier (within establishment/agency) Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Person—preferred language Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—principal role Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—proficiency in spoken English Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—reason accommodation offer not accepted Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—reason earlier accommodation attempt unsuccessful Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—reason for seeking assistance Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—reference person status (household) Community Services, Standard 30/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 30/08/2007
Person—referral for accommodation Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—registered/awaiting government payment indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—regular client indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Person—relationship to household reference person Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—religious affiliation Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—residential setting Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—role of early childhood education and care worker Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Person—school attendance indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person—school enrolment and attendance status Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—self-harm indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—service activity type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—service received indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Person—sex Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—source of cash income (all) Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—source of cash income (principal) Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Person—student type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—student/employment training indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—substance used illicitly indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—telephone number Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—transgender indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—type of interpreter services required Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Person—type of substance used illicitly Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—type of work activity Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Person—urgency of requested assistance Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—year of first arrival in Australia Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Record
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	300208	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An account of something, preserved in a lasting form.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Record—identifier Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Record—linkage key Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Referral
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	269015	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A recommendation for further care or services.	
Specialisation of:	Service/care event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australia Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Referral—contact method Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Referral—referral receipt date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Referral—referral source Community Services, Standard 02/06/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Referral—referral source (community services) Community Services, Superseded 02/06/2005	
Service episode
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	320994	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A period of time during which a client receives assistance from an agency.	
Context:	Service provision and planning: 
The concept of a service episode (and associated metadata items) is necessary for the analysis, of the length of provision of assistance to clients. In conjunction with information about the amount and type of assistance received by clients, information about the length of the service episode also gives some indication of the intensity of assistance provided by agencies.
A client's service episode always begins and ends with dates that mark the first and last time that the person received assistance from the agency. That is, a service episode will always begin and end with service event (see metadata item the service event). 
The pathway or process followed by a person entering or exiting from a service episode varies from one agency to another and from one type of assistance to another. It cannot be assumed, for example, that every client has undergone an assessment (or the same type of assessment) before entering a service episode. At times, a client may receive services from an agency on the basis of a referral from an established source with which the agency has well-developed referral protocols. At other times, a client who has been previously assisted by the agency may begin to receive services again without undergoing the same level of assessment on entry into a subsequent service episode. 
The definition of service episode has not assumed that any standard sequence of events applies to all service episodes for all clients across all types of agencies and across all programs. Rather, the definition of a service episode allows for the receipt of any of the types of assistance to serve as a trigger for the beginning of a service episode. That is, the service activity associated with the beginning of a service episode (i.e. the first service event) will vary across agencies.
While agency policies and practices will impact upon the determination of a Service episode to some extent (e.g. different policies for taking clients 'off the books') the basic feature across agencies remain the first and the last Service events received by a client within a period of receipt of assistance. Establishing greater consistency in the determination of Service episodes would require a national cross-program approach to standardising entry and exit procedures across the community service sector.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Service episode, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.3 KB) 	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Service episode—care and protection order type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—detention end reason Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service episode—detention type Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service episode—episode end date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service episode—episode identifier Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Service episode—episode start date Community Services, Standard 16/05/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service episode—financial payment indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—legal order indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—legal order/arrangement indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—legal order/arrangement type Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Service episode—order end reason Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service episode—order identifier Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service episode—placement type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—reason for order expiry Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service episode—reporting period Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service episode—service cessation reason Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service episode—service ongoing indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service episode—service ongoing indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service episode—transfer source Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Service episode—type of goods and equipment received Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Service event
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	320989	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 07/03/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An instance or occasion of assistance received by a client from a service provider.	
Context:	Information about individual instances of the receipt of assistance by a client from a service agency is of fundamental interest to service providers, but may or may not be required for national reporting purposes. However, information about an individual service event is a basic building block for other information that is of relevance to national reporting and statistical analysis. For example, if information about the length of time that certain types of persons have received particular types of assistance from specific types of agencies is required, then information about each instance of service provision should be recorded in a standard way. This should enable reliable, valid and comparable data to be reported nationally.
Generally, a service event is described by a cluster of data elements that provide information about when it happened, where it happened, what assistance was received, how much and from whom. The need for information about service events reflects an interest in locating community service assistance to clients in time. This information may help to identify the intensity of assistance received by a person during a time period. Knowing when a person received assistance from an agency also helps to identify those records that are of interest to particular data collections. For example, an agency may be required to report on all assistance provided to clients during, say 1999-2000.
As with the definition of client, what constitutes a service event is influenced by the definition of 'assistance'. That is, every interaction between an agency and a client may not be considered of sufficient significance to warrant recording as a service event. Furthermore, decisions about what is included or excluded from the definition of 'assistance' may be affected by specific program requirements as well as practical considerations related to the amount of time and resources it takes to record every interaction between an agency and a client.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australia Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998	

Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Service event—accommodation period end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—accommodation period start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—assessment date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service event—assistance received date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011
Service event—assistance request date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—assistance type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Service event—assistance urgency Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service event—first service contact date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—last service provision date Community Services, Standard 07/03/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—reason assistance not provided Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service event—service delivery setting Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Service event—supported accommodation type Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—type of goods and equipment received Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Service provider organisation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	269022	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	An organisation that provides services and/or care.	
Specialisation of:	Organisation	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	Service provider organisation (address)—address line Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation (address)—address type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—Australian postcode Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—building/property name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication address Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication medium Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—house/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—international postcode Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—lot/section identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—non-Australian state/province Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—street name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—street suffix Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—street type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Service provider organisation (name)—name type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (name)—organisation name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Service provider organisation (service type)—mobile service indicator Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007
Service provider organisation (service type)—session end time Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation (service type)—session start time Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation - number of preschool enrolments Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—accommodation places Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 07/12/2005
Housing assistance, Proposed 01/11/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011
Service provider organisation—corporation indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—custody location Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009
Service provider organisation—day of operation Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Service provider organisation—design capacity Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Service provider organisation—eligibility for subsidy indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—fee schedule amount Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—fee schedule for activity type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—full financial year funding indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Service provider organisation—funded service type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Service provider organisation—funding allocated Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—funding end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—funding source Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—funding start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—geographic location Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 14/11/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—hours worked Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—hours worked Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Service provider organisation—level of government Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—main service activity type indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—management type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—maximum preschool program hours available per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—number of available places Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007
Service provider organisation—number of children attending preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—number of clients Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—number of detainees Community Services, Standard 22/05/2007
Service provider organisation—number of escapes Community Services, Standard 22/05/2007
Service provider organisation—number of Indigenous children attending preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—number of Indigenous children enrolled in preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—number of licensed places Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007
Service provider organisation—number of preschool program hours enrolled per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—number of service operation days Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Service provider organisation—number of service operation hours Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Service provider organisation—number of service operation weeks Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—organisation end date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation—organisation identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service provider organisation—organisation start date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation—preschool attendance hours Community Services, Retired 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—recurrent funding commitments Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—region identifier Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Service provider organisation—sector Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—service activity type Community Services, Superseded 15/09/2007
Service provider organisation—service activity type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—service delivery setting Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standard 05/12/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—tax exempt indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
State or Territory Government
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Object Class	
METeOR identifier:	301333	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standard 07/12/2005	
Definition:	A separately constituted legal entity established by political processes which have legislative, judicial or executive authority over a specific state or territory and is responsible for the governance, administration and financial management of that state or territory.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2002. Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA). ABS Cat No. 1218.0. Canberra: ABS. 	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Object Class:	State or Territory Government—recurrent funding commitments Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	

Properties
Abuse and neglect type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269167	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type of actions or inactions which have resulted in, or may result in, significant harm or injury to another person.	
Property group:	Crisis event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child—abuse and neglect type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Accommodation assistance urgency status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	352356	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of the immediacy of need for accommodation assistance.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—accommodation assistance urgency status Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Accommodation offer accepted indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	331561	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The taking up of an offer of accommodation.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—accommodation offer accepted indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Accommodation offered
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	329990	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An offer of accommodation.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—accommodation offered Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Accommodation period end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350906	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date at which a period of lodging is completed.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—accommodation period end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Accommodation period start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350925	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date at which a period of lodging commences.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—accommodation period start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Accommodation places
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336722	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Accommodation places funded, provided or available.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—accommodation places Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Accuracy indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	294414	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The level of detail to which recorded information is correct.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Date—accuracy indicator Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Activity and participation life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	324432	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Life areas in which individuals may participate or undertake activities. 	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—activity and participation life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Address currency status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428990	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of the relationship between an organisation or person and an address at the time of interchange.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address currency status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428702	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity and details describing how the entity can be contacted is no longer used.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address end time
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428730	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The time of day that a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity and details describing how the entity can be contacted stopped being used.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address end time Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address line
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	292741	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	A composite of one or more standard address components that describes a low level of geographical/physical description of a location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (address)—address line Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—address line Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Address site name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429196	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The official place name or culturally accepted name for an address site, including the name of a building, homestead, building complex, agricultural property, park or unbounded address site.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Building/property name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address site name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Address start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428664	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity and details describing how the entity can be contacted were first utilised.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address start time
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428876	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The time of day when a collection of information used for describing the location of an entity and details describing how the entity can be contacted was first utilised.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address start time Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Address status identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428975	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An identifier of the category of an address, as officially assigned by an addressing authority authorised by the Jurisdictional State or Territory, or Australia Post for postal type address.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—address status identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Age
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269152	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 04/05/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The length of life or existence.	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Macquarie University 2003. The Macquarie Dictionary 3rd ed. Sydney: The Macquarie Library Pty Ltd	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—age Community Services, Standard 04/05/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 17/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—age (community services) Community Services, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Age at first pregnancy
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	399567	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The age at which a person first carried a developing embryo or fetus within their body.	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Female—age at first pregnancy Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Age range
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	290491	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A chronological grouping of age.	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—age range Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Amount of assistance
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	308133	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The amount of assistance provided to a person.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—amount of assistance Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Area of usual residence
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269104	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The geographical region in which a person or group of people usually reside.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—area of usual residence Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Arrival time at service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314956	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The time of arrival at a service.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—arrival time at service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Assessment date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269248	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The date on which the need for assistance, appropriateness of service provision and/or circumstances was assessed.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—assessment date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Assessment decision date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	331076	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The day on which an assessment decision was made.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—assessment decision date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Assessment decision type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316522	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	A determined course of action arising from an assessment process.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—assessment decision type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Assistance received date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269249	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date on which assistance is formally received.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—assistance received date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011	
Assistance request date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269250	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which assistance is formally requested.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—assistance request date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Assistance type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	307880	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A class of service activity.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—assistance type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Assistance urgency
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269124	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The assessed time period within which assistance is needed.	
Property group:	Service/care urgency	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—assistance urgency Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Australian area code
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	434184	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A two-digit number that identifies a telephone service region within Australia.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Australian area code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Australian business number (ABN)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	ABN	
METeOR identifier:	429119	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Proposed 31/05/2011	
Definition:	A unique identifier allocated to an entity for the purposes of identification in dealings with the Australian Government, or for other Commonwealth purposes, in particular with respect to taxation laws.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	LexisNexis Butterworths 2002. Business and Law Dictionary. Australia: LexisNexis Butterworths Australia	
Reference documents:	Australian Taxation Office, 2010. ABN specific questions. Australian Taxation Office, Canberra. Viewed 18 February 2011, <http://www.abr.business.gov.au/
(kw4prb55dzkowt55asotjoq0)/
content.aspx?page=FAQabn#WhatIs>
Australian Taxation Office, 2010. ABN Essentials. Australian Taxation Office, Canberra. Viewed 18 February 2011,<http://www.ato.gov.au/businesses/
pathway.asp?pc=001/003/021/001>	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Entity—Australian business number (ABN) Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Early Childhood, Proposed 31/05/2011	
Australian postcode
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269316	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The numeric descriptor for a postal delivery area, aligned with locality, suburb or place.	
Context:	Postcode is an important part of a postal address and facilitates written communication. It is one of a number of geographic identifiers that can be used to determine a geographic location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia 
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Australian postcode Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Person (address)—Australian postcode Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—Australian postcode Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Australian state/territory identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269056	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	An identifier of the Australian state or territory.	
Context:	This is a geographic indicator which is used for analysis of the distribution of clients or patients, agencies or establishments and services.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Establishment—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 07/12/2005
Housing assistance, Proposed 01/11/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Blow to the head indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	358829	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a blow to the head resulting in a loss of consciousness has ever been experienced. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—blow to the head indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Body function
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320237	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The physiological or psychological function of body system.	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—body function Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320249	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	An anatomical part of the body such as organs, limbs or their components. 	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Building/complex sub-unit type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269380	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The specification of the type of a separately identifiable portion within a building/complex, marina, etc. to clearly distinguish it from another.	
Context:	Australian addresses.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Origin:	Australia Post Address Presentation Standard.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—building/complex sub-unit type Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Care and protection order flag
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	331684	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of the presence of a care and protection order.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—care and protection order flag Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Care and protection order type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316340	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The category of a care and protection order.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—care and protection order type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Care arrangements
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	367634	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of care arrangements.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child—care arrangements Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Case management goal status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	348557	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The extent to which case management goals have been achieved.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—case management goal status Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Case management plan indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269312	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of the extent to which a case management plan has been implemented in the provision of a service.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—case management plan indicator Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Case plan review date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316404	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The day on which a written plan of action for a person was reviewed.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—case plan review date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Caseworker allocation date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	317369	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The point in time when a caseworker is set aside for a specific purpose.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—caseworker allocation date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Citizenship country
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	431022	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The country in which the legislative requirements for becoming a citizen have been acquired.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—citizenship country Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Co-residency status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269168	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person resides with another person.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Informal carer—co-residency status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Communication method
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269178	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The method used to exchange information.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Communication may be in a language other than English, even where the person can speak fluent English.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—communication method Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Complex road name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429363	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name of the road or thoroughfare within a complex.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—complex road name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Complex road number 1
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429183	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The number, or start number in a ranged address, of the building/dwelling in the road or thoroughfare within a complex.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes House/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—complex road number 1 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Complex road number 2
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429257	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The last number for a ranged address in the road or thoroughfare in which a complex is located.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes House/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—complex road number 2 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Complex road suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429391	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The abbreviation used to represent the suffix of a road or thoroughfare within a complex site.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street suffix Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—complex road suffix Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Complex road type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429381	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of road or thoroughfare within a complex.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—complex road type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Consent indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	338733	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indication of consent obtained.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—consent indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Contact date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314524	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The date of communication.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—contact date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Contact method
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269108	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The method by which contact with an agency was made.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—contact method Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Referral—contact method Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Corporation indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315183	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indication of whether a service provider is a corporation.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—corporation indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Country identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288063	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The country component of an address.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—country identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—country identifier Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Country of birth
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269206	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The country in which an individual was born.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—country of birth Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 27/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Custody location
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Type of custody	
METeOR identifier:	387447	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	Whether the location in which a person is being held in legal custody is within a secure perimeter, or at another location including being transported.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—custody location Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Date accommodation sought
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336194	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date accommodation was sought from the agency.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—date accommodation sought Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Date of birth
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269318	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Proposed 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The date on which an individual was born.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—date of birth Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 27/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Date of death
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287292	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	Date on which an individual died.	
Context:	 	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—date of death Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Day of operation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315116	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	The day of the week that a service is available.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—day of operation Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Departure time from service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314964	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The time of leaving from a service.	
Property group:	Exit/leave from service event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—departure time from service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Design capacity
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314046	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Definition:	The useable design capacity.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—design capacity Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Detention end reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	398588	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	The reason why custody or confinement ends.	
Property group:	Exit/leave from service event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—detention end reason Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Detention type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	398436	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	Type of custody or confinement.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—detention type Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Disability group
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315314	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 08/05/2006	
Definition:	The disability group that most clearly expresses the experience of disability of a person. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—disability group Community Services, Standard 08/05/2006	
Effective communication indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	345056	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of the ability to communicate more than just basic needs.	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—effective communication indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Electronic communication address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287451	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	The characters used for the purpose of communication by electronic means.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—electronic communication address Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—electronic communication address Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication address Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Electronic communication medium
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287501	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The type of mechanism used for electronic communication.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (address)—electronic communication medium Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication medium Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Electronic communication usage code
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287523	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The manner of use of an electronic communication address.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—electronic communication usage code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—electronic communication usage code Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Electronic contact preference indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433695	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether one electronic contact method is preferred over any other electronic contact methods that an entity may have.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—electronic contact preference indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Eligibility for subsidy indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	395874	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of whether somebody or something is entitled to receive financial assistance towards the cost of some purchase or endeavour.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child—eligibility for subsidy indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—eligibility for subsidy indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Eligibility status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	304551	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 04/01/2006
Health, Standard 05/01/2006	
Definition:	An indicator of eligibility for services.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—eligibility status Community Services, Standard 04/01/2006
Health, Standard 04/01/2006	
Employment related study indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	356316	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of formal engagement in a course of study related to employment.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—employment related study indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Employment service type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316610	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of employment service.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—employment service type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Employment type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314858	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The nature of employment in relation to expected continuity of employment and eligibility for basic leave entitlements.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—employment type Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Environmental factor
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320223	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Environmental factors make up the physical, social and attitudinal environment in which individuals live and conduct their lives. 	
Property group:	Environmental characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—environmental factor Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Episode end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269252	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/05/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which an episode is completed.	
Property group:	Exit/leave from service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—episode end date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Episode start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269253	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/05/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The date on which an episode commenced.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—episode start date Community Services, Standard 16/05/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Estimate indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	306544	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	An indicator that reported data is an estimation.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Date—estimate indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Estimated resident population of Australia
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	388661	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The official measure of the population of Australia.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—Estimated resident population of Australia Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Extent of environmental factor influence
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320232	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree to which specified environmental factors influence functioning and disability. 	
Property group:	Environmental characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—extent of environmental factor influence Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Extent of impairment of body function
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320240	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree of impairment in a specified body function.	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—extent of impairment of body function Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Extent of impairment of body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320252	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree of impairment in a specified body structure.	
Property group:	Physical characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—extent of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Extent of participation in a life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	324449	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The degree of participation in a life area. 	
Property group:	Lifestyle characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—extent of participation in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Family composition
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	351190	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of family in terms of members present.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Family type Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Household—family composition Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269355	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A designation for a family.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—family name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 28/07/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Fee schedule amount
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	326576	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The monies paid by a service user in return for service access.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—fee schedule amount Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Field of education
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269173	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The subject matter of an educational activity.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED). Cat No. 1272.0. Canberra: ABS	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—field of education Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Finalised investigation outcome indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	367333	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of whether the result of a finalised investigation is classified as having reasonable cause to believe a particular set of facts.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—finalised investigation outcome indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Financial assistance amount
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	401987	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The value of monetary assistance.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—financial assistance amount Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Financial payment indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316463	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a financial payment has been made.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—financial payment indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
First accommodation attempt
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	329772	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	First request for accommodation.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—first accommodation attempt Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
First language spoken
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269243	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The language first used for oral communication.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—first language spoken Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
First order flag
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314537	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator that a legal order has been applied to an individual for the first time.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—first care and protection order indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
First service contact date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269346	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Date on which the first service contact occurs.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—first service contact date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
First service request indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	400249	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether this is the first request for a service.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—first service request indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Floor/level type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269379	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	Descriptor used to classify the type of floor or level of a multi-storey building/complex.	
Context:	Australian addresses.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—floor/level type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—floor/level type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—floor/level type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Full financial year funding indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	347537	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether funding has been received for the full financial year.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—full financial year funding indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Full-time equivalent staff
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269172	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 13/05/2005	
Definition:	Hours actually worked divided by the number of normal hours worked by a full-time staff member.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Full-time/part-time status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	318676	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/12/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A categorisation by actual hours worked or intent to work.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—full-time/part-time status Community Services, Standard 14/12/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Funded service type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336677	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007	
Definition:	A descriptor of the types of services that are funded and can be provided.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—funded service type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007	
Funding allocated
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	321035	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A descriptor of funding allocated.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—funding allocated Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Funding end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336771	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which funding ceased.	
Property group:	Funding characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	SAAP Data Sub Committee
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Data Dictionary, Version 2, November 2001.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—funding end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Funding indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	322172	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Proposed 01/11/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of the funding status of an entity.	
Property group:	Funding characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—funding indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Funding source
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	292093	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005	
Definition:	The source from which funding is derived.	
Property group:	Funding characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—funding source Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Funding start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336742	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which funding commenced.	
Property group:	Funding characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	SAAP Data Sub Committee
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Data Dictionary, Version 2, November 2001.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—funding start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Geocode containment indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430388	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether the code representing the location of an object is completely enclosed within an area.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ESRI 2011. Geographic information systems dictionary. ESRI. Viewed 1 July 2011, <http://support.esri.com/en/knowledgebase/
Gisdictionary/browse>	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode containment indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode feature
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430309	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A physical or virtual reference for the geocode.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode feature Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode geographic datum
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430316	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The reference model of the earth's surface used in the measurement of the geocode position of an object or location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode geographic datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode height
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430479	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The height of a point on the earth above or below a specified reference vertical datum.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode height Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode latitude
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430352	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The angular distance of a point on the earth north or south of the equator measured along a meridian.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode latitude Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode longitude
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430459	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The angular distance of a point on earth east or west of the Greenwich Meridian.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode longitude Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode positional uncertainty
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430486	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The horizontal uncertainty of the coordinates representing the location/position of an object.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode positional uncertainty Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geocode vertical datum
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430331	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The reference datum of the height above sea level used in the measurement of the geocode position of an object or location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—geocode vertical datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geographic location
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269234	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Retired 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	A description of physical location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—geographic location Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—geographic location Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 14/11/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Given name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269222	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A designation for an individual within the family group or by which the individual is socially identified.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—given name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Given name sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287587	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	An order of given name or initials.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—given name sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Government funding identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269238	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	An identifier allocated by a government department for the purpose of identifying those eligible for specific services.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—government funding identifier Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Gross income
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269270	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The total income before business and tax deductions are accounted for.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian taxation office 2004. Definitions. Australian taxation office, Canberra. Viewed 22 October 2004	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—gross income Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006	
Highest year of school completed
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	375992	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The highest level of schooling completed.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes		
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—highest year of school completed Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Hours worked
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269066	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The amount of time devoted to a work activity over a specified period.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—hours worked Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Person (employed)—hours worked (per week) Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—hours worked Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—hours worked Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Household parental care type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	367616	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of parental care within a household.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child—household parental care type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Household type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269322	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of household in terms of members present.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Household—household type Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Household—household type Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Housing tenure type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269296	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The type of legal right to occupy a dwelling.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—housing tenure type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	323304	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A sequence of characters which uniquely identifies an entity.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Record—identifier Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Identifier designation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466229	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A number or code assigned to an entity by an organisation, establishment or agency in order to uniquely identify that entity.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier designation Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier issuer
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466237	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of the party that issues the information which is used to identify an entity.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier issuer Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466217	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name or label of the information or document that is used for identification purposes.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466243	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The status of a piece of information that is used to establish the identity of an entity.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466258	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of a piece of information used to identify an entity ceased to be in effect.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier status end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Identifier status start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	466252	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of a piece of information used for establishing the identity of an entity came into effect.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Identifier—identifier status start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Income unit type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269153	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of income unit.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Income unit—income unit type Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Indigenous specific organisation indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	456795	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an organisation is specific to people identifying as being of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander origin.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Indigenous status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269161	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of identification as an Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—Indigenous status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Industry of operation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	453851	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of the type of industry in which an entity operates.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—industry of operation Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Informal carer existence indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	313244	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether or not an informal carer exists.	
Property group:	Informal assistance characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Carer availability status Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006, Health, Superseded 04/07/2007	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—informal carer existence indicator Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Initial case plan date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Date of initial case plan	
METeOR identifier:	316395	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Definition:	The day on which the first case plan was developed and agreed to by relevant parties.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—initial case plan date Community Services, Standard 18/12/2007	
Injecting drug use status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269129	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of the administration of psychoactive substances by injection.	
Property group:	Lifestyle characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—injecting drug use status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
International country code
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433923	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A one-to-five digit number that identifies an international region for telephone service.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—International country code Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
International postcode
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288969	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor for a postal delivery area, aligned with locality, suburb or place.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (address)—international postcode Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—international postcode Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Internet voice product name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	452876	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of a product that enables an entity to use the Internet as the transmission medium for telephone calls.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Internet voice product name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Internet voice product user identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433820	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An identifier assigned to a user of a product that enables the user to use the Internet as the transmission medium for telephone calls.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Internet voice product user identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Internet voice service provider
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433778	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The name of the organisation that provides a service to enable voice communication over the Internet.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Internet voice service provider Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Interpreter service required status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269289	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Retired 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of a need for a translation service.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—interpreter service required Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Health, Standard 08/02/2006
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person—interpreter service required (community services) Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Investigation commencement date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316532	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The day an investigation began.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—investigation commencement date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Investigation conclusion date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316541	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The day a decision is made regarding the investigation outcome.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—investigation conclusion date Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Investigation outcome
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316556	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The conclusion of an investigation. 	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—investigation outcome Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Labour force status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Employment status	
METeOR identifier:	269067	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of participation in paid employment or economic inactivity.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—labour force status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Last service provision date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269246	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Date on which the last service occurred.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—last service provision date Community Services, Standard 07/03/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Legal order indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350168	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a legal order was in existence.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—legal order indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Legal order/arrangement indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350150	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a legal order is in effect.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—legal order/arrangement indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Legal order/arrangement type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269313	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type of legal order or legal arrangement.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—legal order/arrangement type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service episode—legal order/arrangement type Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Length of employment in current service
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315079	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The duration of employment in the organisation in question.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—length of employment in current service Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Length of experience in industry sector
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314895	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The duration of experience in the industry field in question.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—length of experience in industry sector Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Letters of family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	349486	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A specific combination of letters selected from a family name (surname).	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—letters of family name Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Letters of given and family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	411355	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	A specific combination of letters selected from a person's given and family name.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—letters of given and family name Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Letters of given name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314125	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A specific combination of letters selected from a person's first name.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—letters of given name Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/01/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Level number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429053	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The number used to distinguish the floor or level of a multi-storey building/sub-complex.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Floor/level identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—level number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Level of difficulty with activities in a life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320312	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	An expression of the ease of which tasks and actions in a life area are performed. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—level of difficulty with activities in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Level of educational attainment
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	321057	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The level of academic qualification achieved.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The concept of level of education used is broadly consistent with the concept used in the ASCED which takes its meaning from the ISCED 1997, which states that “the notion of ‘levels’ of education is taken to be broadly related to gradations of learning experiences...”, and that “the level is related to the degree of complexity of the content of the programmes.”  (UNESCO 1997, p.10). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—level of highest educational attainment Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Level of government
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Government level	
METeOR identifier:	348916	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A descriptor of the level of government.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—level of government Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Level of highest non-school qualification
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Level of education	
METeOR identifier:	398736	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The highest level of post-secondary school education attained.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—level of highest non-school qualification Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Level of satisfaction with participation in a life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	324441	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The level of satisfaction with participation in a life area, in relation to current life goals. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Linkage key
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	349889	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A key that enables the bringing together of two or more things.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Record—linkage key Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Living arrangement
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269314	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 19/04/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An arrangement of living alone or with others.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—living arrangement Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 19/04/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Location descriptor
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	430298	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A description of the position of a particular location relative to another physical site.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—location descriptor Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Location of impairment of body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320262	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The site where a specified body structure differs from the accepted population standard. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—location of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Lot number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429529	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The number given to a property for subdivison administration purposes prior to road numbering.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Lot/section identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—lot number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Main language other than English spoken at home
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269176	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Definition:	The primary language spoken at home, excluding English.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—main language other than English spoken at home Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Main service activity type indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	355201	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of the main (or most commonly provided) service activity type.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—main service activity type indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Marital status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269101	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of involvement in a couple relationship or marriage.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—marital status Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Maximum preschool program hours available per week
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	395298	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The maximum number of hours of preschool program available at this service, per week.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Early Childhood Data Sub Group (ECDSG)	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child—maximum preschool program hours available per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Service provider organisation—maximum preschool program hours available per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Medication for mental health disorder indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	376077	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of the current use of a legally prescribed medication for a mental health disorder, including drug and alcohol abuse.	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Mental health disorder indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	358778	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a doctor, psychiatrist, psychologist or mental health nurse has reported the existence of a mental health disorder (including drug and alcohol abuse).	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Method of drug use
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269130	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The manner in which a psychoactive substance is administered.	
Property group:	Lifestyle characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern) Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Mobile service indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315160	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	An indication of whether a service is provided on a mobile basis.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation (service type)—mobile service indicator Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Mother's original family name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Mother's maiden name	
METeOR identifier:	269229	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The family name of an individual's mother before the mother's first marriage.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—mother's original family name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Name conditional use flag
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	287051	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of specific conditions which should be applied to a recorded name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Name context flag Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005, Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—name conditional use flag Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Name end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	431192	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the name of an entity is no longer used.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—name end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	431145	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the name of an entity takes effect.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—name start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269224	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An additional term following a name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—name suffix Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Name suffix sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288187	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	An order of additional terms at the conclusion of a name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—name suffix sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Name title
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269225	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An honorific form of address commencing a name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—name title Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Name title sequence number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288244	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The numeric order of an honorific form of address commencing a name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (name)—name title sequence number Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Name type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269227	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—name type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (name)—name type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation (name)—name type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Name usage type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	453708	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of the usage of a family name and/or given name that enables differentiation between the roles of each recorded or interchanged name.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—name usage type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name usage type end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	453789	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which a descriptor of the usage of a family name and/or given name was no longer applicable.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—name usage type end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Name usage type start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	453777	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which a descriptor of the usage of a family name and/or given name was first applicable.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—name usage type start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Nature of impairment of body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	320276	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The qualitative or quantitative change to the characteristics of a specified body structure compared with accepted population standards. 	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—nature of impairment of body structure Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Need for assistance with activities in a life area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	324428	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The need for personal assistance and/or supervision to perform tasks and actions in a life area.	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
New client indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	400371	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	Whether the person has previously been a client.	
Property group:	Client characteristic	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—new client indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Non-Australian state/province
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288616	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The designation applied to an internal, political or geographic division of a country other than Australia that is officially recognised by that country.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (address)—non-Australian state/province Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—non-Australian state/province Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Non-school qualification indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	398672	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a post-secondary education qualification has been attained.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—non-school qualification indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Number of children attending preschool
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	390343	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	A count of children who attended preschool at least once in the census week.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Early Childhood Data Sub Group (ECDSG)	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of children attending preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Number of clients
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	321265	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	The number of people who are clients in receipt of care or services from a service provider.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of clients Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Number of detainees
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314056	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 22/05/2008	
Definition:	Number of people held in custody or confinement relating to an offence or hearing.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of detainees Community Services, Standard 22/05/2007	
Number of escapes
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314069	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 22/05/2007	
Definition:	The total number of escapes.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of escapes Community Services, Standard 22/05/2007	
Number of Indigenous children attending preschool
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	401428	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The number of Indigenous children attending preschool	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of Indigenous children attending preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Number of Indigenous children enrolled in preschool
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	401415	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The number of Indigenous children enrolled in preschool	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of Indigenous children enrolled in preschool Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Number of licensed places
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315194	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	The quantity of places an entity is legally authorised to operate.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of licensed places Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Number of persons accommodated
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	352408	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	A count of the number of persons accommodated by an agency.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—number of persons accommodated Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Number of places available
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	315202	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Definition:	A quantity of spaces that are able to be used.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of available places Community Services, Standard 19/12/2007	
Number of preschool enrolments
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	390335	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The number of recorded enrolments in a preschool service	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Early Childhood Data Sub Group (ECDSG)	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation - number of preschool enrolments Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Number of preschool program hours enrolled per week
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	397188	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The number of preschool program hours enrolled in a preschool service per week.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Early Childhood Data Sub Group (ECDSG) 	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of preschool program hours enrolled per week Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Number of service operation days
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269309	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	A count of days during a specified period that a service provider is open to provide services.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation days Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Number of service operation hours
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269310	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Definition:	A count of hours during a specified period a service provider is open to provide services.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation hours Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011	
Number of service operation weeks
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269311	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	A count of the number of weeks during a specified period that a service provider is open to provide services.	
Property group:	Performance indicators	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—number of service operation weeks Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standardisation pending 30/05/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Occupation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269099	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of job based on similarities in the tasks undertaken.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified) Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person—occupation (main) Community Services, Superseded 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Superseded 10/08/2007
Health, Superseded 04/07/2007
Person—occupation (main) Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 10/08/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Occupation end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	289049	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	When the class of job based on similarities in the tasks undertaken concludes.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Individual service provider—occupation end date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Occupation start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	289055	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	When the class of job based on similarities in the tasks undertaken commences.
	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Individual service provider—occupation start date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
One-off assistance offered
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	333892	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether one-off assistance was offered.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—one-off assistance offered Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Order end reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	398320	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	The reason the order ended.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—order end reason Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Order identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	395465	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	A sequence of characters which identify an order.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—order identifier Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Organisation end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288650	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which operations or practice were concluded.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—organisation end date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Organisation identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269367	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A sequence of characters which identify an organisation.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—organisation identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Organisation name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288901	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The appellation by which an establishment, agency or organisation is known or called.	
Property group:	Name characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—organisation name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Proposed 09/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Service provider organisation (name)—organisation name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012	
Organisation start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	288941	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Definition:	The date on which operations or a service commenced.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—organisation start date Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Organisation type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	292046	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor of the kind of organisation.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—organisation type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Out-of-home care flag
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	331667	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indicator of placement in out-of-home care.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—out-of-home care flag Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Paid employment indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314807	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 07/06/2011	
Definition:	The status of a worker in terms of being paid or unpaid.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—paid employment indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 07/06/2011	
Person identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269369	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A sequence of characters which identify a person.	
Property group:	Identifier characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	National minimum data set working parties	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—person identifier Community Services, Standard 25/08/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Person—person identifier (within establishment/agency) Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Physical address indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428944	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an address reflects a geographical place.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—physical address indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Placement type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314501	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of placement.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—placement type Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Postal delivery number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	450751	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	An identification number for the channel of postal delivery.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—postal delivery number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Postal delivery point identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269334	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A sequence of assigned characters which uniquely identify a postal delivery point.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (address)—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—postal delivery point identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 04/05/2005	
Postal delivery service type identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269381	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The specification of the identification of a postal delivery service such as General Post Office Box, Community Mail Bag, etc. to clearly distinguish it from another when applicable.	
Context:	Australian addresses.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—postal delivery service type identifier Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Preferred language
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269244	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The language most preferred for communication.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—preferred language Community Services, Standard 10/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Preschool program delivered by teacher indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	401063	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of face to face delivery of a structured, play-based, educational program by a person with a relevant university qualification.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—Preschool program delivered by teacher indicator Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Primary status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	342697	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether assistance is provided in one or more of the core activities (communication, mobility and self-care).
	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Informal carer—primary status Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Proficiency in spoken English
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269192	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of the level of skill in speaking English.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—proficiency in spoken English Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Purpose of address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	428722	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The role or use of a person's contact details.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—purpose of address Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Reason assistance not provided
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269088	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The reason goods, services, time or funds were not provided.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—reason assistance not provided Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Reason case management plan does not exist
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350391	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The reason a case management or personal support plan does not exist.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—reason case management plan does not exist Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Reason for order expiry
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314554	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The reason why a legal order no longer applies.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—reason for order expiry Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	323276	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of the receipt of the 'Carer Allowance (Child)'.
	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Parent/guardian—receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Recurrent funding commitments
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336815	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Recurrent funds which are committed to a project, agency or service.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—recurrent funding commitments Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
State or Territory Government—recurrent funding commitments Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Reference person status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269215	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	An indicator of whether an individual has been designated as a reference person.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—reference person status (household) Community Services, Standard 30/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 30/08/2007	
Referral for accommodation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	333665	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Referral for accommodation arranged.	
Property group:	Referral event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—referral for accommodation Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Referral receipt date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269047	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The day on which a referral notification is received.	
Property group:	Referral event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Referral—referral receipt date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Referral source
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269061	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 02/06/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A person or organisation from which a person or group of people is referred.	
Property group:	Referral event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Referral—referral source Community Services, Standard 02/06/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Referral—referral source (community services) Community Services, Superseded 02/06/2005	
Region identifier
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269057	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 05/10/2011	
Definition:	An identifier for a defined geographic or administrative area.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—region identifier Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007	
Registration end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433253	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which an entity's registration ceases to be effective.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—registration end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Registration start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433241	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date from which the formal enrolment of an entity into register a takes effect.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—registration start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Registration type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433111	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of the type of registration that an entity may acquire over time.	
Property group:	Legal characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—registration type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Regular client indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	436655	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a client is a regular client of an organisation or agency.	
Property group:	Client characteristic	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The definition of a regular client can vary depending on the context and/or collection in which the term is being applied, but generally involves a minimum number of visits to an organisation or agency or uses of a facility, occurring over a specific period of time. For example, in the primary health care context a regular client may be someone who has visited a particular primary health care provider 3 or more times in the last 2 years.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW)	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—regular client indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Relationship to care recipient
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269078	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Definition:	The association between a person receiving care and another person, organisation or group of people.	
Property group:	Informal assistance characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Informal carer—relationship to care recipient Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Recorded 13/05/2008	
Relationship to child
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314746	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	The association between a child and another person, organisation or group of people.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—relationship to child of source of notification Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Relationship to reference person
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269216	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The type of relationship an individual has with a designated person.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—relationship to household reference person Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Religious affiliation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269030	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 05/10/2011	
Definition:	An association or connection with a particular theology or spiritual belief.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—religious affiliation Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Reporting period
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	387416	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Definition:	The timeframe during which information is related.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—reporting period Community Services, Standard 14/09/2009	
Residential setting
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269116	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The accommodation in which a person, family or group of people lives.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—residential setting Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Road name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429740	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name given to a road or thoroughfare.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—road name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Road number 1
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429548	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The number, or start number in a ranged address, of the building/dwelling in the road or thoroughfare.
	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes House/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—road number 1 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Road number 2
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429588	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The last number for a ranged address in a road or thoroughfare.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes House/property identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—road number 2 Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Road suffix
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429864	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The abbreviation used to represent the suffix of a road or thoroughfare.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street suffix Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—road suffix Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Road type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429752	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	An identifier used to distinguish a type of road or thoroughfare.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Street type Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—road type Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
School attendance indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314945	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	Whether either primary or secondary school is attended.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—school attendance indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
School enrolment status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	401799	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A categorisation of school enrolment and attendance.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—school enrolment and attendance status Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Secondary complex name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429399	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The name associated with a building or area within a complex site.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—secondary complex name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Sector
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269055	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A categorisation of an organisation based on its funding, management and ownership arrangements.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—sector Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Self-harm ideation in the last 12 months
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Thoughts of self-harm in the last 12 months 	
METeOR identifier:	358871	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of having thoughts, in the last 12 months, of inflicting harm upon one's self.	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Self-harm indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	358866	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of the deliberate infliction of harm to one's self such as cutting or slashing, blunt force, burning, hanging, strangulation, suffocation, biting, refusing food or water, binge eating or self-poisoning. 
	
Property group:	Health and wellbeing	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—self-harm indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Service activity type needed
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269332	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of service activity needed.	
Property group:	Client characteristic	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Client—service activity type needed Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Person—service activity type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—service activity type Community Services, Superseded 15/09/2007
Service provider organisation—service activity type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Service cessation reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269358	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The reason why the delivery of a service ceased.	
Property group:	Exit/leave from service event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—service cessation reason Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Service delivery setting
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269375	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Definition:	The setting in which assistance or services are provided.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—service delivery setting Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Service provider organisation—service delivery setting Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standard 05/12/2007
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Service ongoing indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	338781	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of the provision of ongoing assistance and support.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—service ongoing indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Service episode—service ongoing indicator Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Service received indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	323505	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of the receipt of services.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—service received indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Sex
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269231	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The biological distinction between male and female.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1999. Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables Demographic Variables, Sex 	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—sex Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Source of cash of income
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269271	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The source from which cash income is derived.	
Property group:	Financial characteristics	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	This property relates to a cash income, as opposed to all income that includes income in kind (e.g. barter for goods or services etc).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—income source (cash) Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Person—income source (principal) Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Person—source of cash income (all) Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Person—source of cash income (principal) Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006	
Statistical area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	457283	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Definition:	A designated region with a pre-determined population range primarily for statistical usage. Based on the Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS) structure of six hierarchical statistical area levels comprised in ascending order. Each level directly aggregates to the level above. This principle continues up through the remaining levels of the hierarchy.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—statistical area Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Status in employment
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Relative employment position	
METeOR identifier:	269068	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A categorisation of a population of job holders by their perception of the relationship between themselves and the 'main' enterprise for which they work, together with the legal status of the enterprise where this can be established.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Labour Statistics Concepts, Sources and Methods. Cat No. 6102.0. Canberra: ABS.
Reference through: http://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/StatsLibrary and choose 'Other ABS Statistical Standards/Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables/Labour Force Variables'.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—status in employment Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Student type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	337602	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of a student based on level and type of study.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—student type Community Services, Standard 15/09/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Student/employment training indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	349604	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	An indicator of formal engagement in a course of study or employment training.	
Property group:	Labour characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—student/employment training indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Sub-dwelling unit number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	429006	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	A number used to distinguish location within a building/sub-complex or marina.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Building/complex sub-unit identifier Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012, Health, Superseded 07/12/2011	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—sub-dwelling unit number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Substance used illicitly indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	365204	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a substance has been possessed illegally, or used in an illegal manner.	
Property group:	Lifestyle characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—substance used illicitly indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Suburb/town/locality name
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269335	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2011
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Definition:	The full name of the general locality containing the specific address.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes		
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Person (address)—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Service provider organisation (address)—suburb/town/locality name Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Supported accommodation type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	350876	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of supported accommodation.	
Property group:	Accommodation/living characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service event—supported accommodation type Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Tax exempt indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	344870	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	Whether an entity is endorsed by the Australian Tax Office as income tax exempt.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—tax exempt indicator Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Telephone non-standard functionality
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433878	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The communication features available through a telephone that are not currently available through all telephones.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—telephone non-standard functionality Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Telephone number
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269232	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A sequence of digits.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—telephone number Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—telephone number Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Telephone number type
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269239	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The class of telephone number.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (telephone)—telephone number type Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Telephone service line
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	452813	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of how a telephone service is physically provided to an entity.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—telephone service line Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Telephone standard functionality
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433828	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The key known communication features available through a telephone.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—telephone standard functionality Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Temporary closure end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336871	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a period of temporary closure ends.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Temporary closure start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	336864	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	The date on which a period of temporary closure starts.
	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Tertiary qualification related to industry indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314887	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a tertiary qualification is related to the industry of employment.	
Property group:	Educational characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person (employed)—tertiary qualification related to industry indicator Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Trading activity status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	432236	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A descriptor of the status of the activities that an entity engages in, in the course of carrying on its business, at a point in time. Trading is not limited to buying or selling goods, and trading activities are not necessarily profit-making or profit motivated activities.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Buttersworths 2002. Business and Law Dictionary Second Edition. Australia: Lexis Nexis Butterworths	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—trading activity status Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Trading activity status end date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	432392	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of the activities that an entity engages in, in the course of carrying on its business status ceases to be effective. Trading is not limited to buying or selling goods, and trading activities are not necessarily profit-making or profit motivated activities.
	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—trading activity status end date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Trading activity status start date
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	432354	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The date on which the status of the activities that an entity engages in, or will engage in, in the course of carrying on its business takes effect. Trading is not limited to buying or selling goods, and trading activities are not necessarily profit-making or profit motivated activities.	
Property group:	Organisational characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Reference documents:	Buttersworths 2002. Business and Law Dictionary Second Edition. Australia: Lexis Nexis Butterworths	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Organisation—trading activity status start date Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Transfer source
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	314112	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Definition:	The location or system from which a person has transferred.	
Property group:	Entry into service event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—transfer source Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007	
Transgender indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
Synonymous names:	Transgender status	
METeOR identifier:	375981	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	An indicator of whether a person identifies as transgender, or is undergoing gender reassignment.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—transgender indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Type of goods and equipment received
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269305	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of material assistance received.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Service episode—type of goods and equipment received Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service event—type of goods and equipment received Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Type of interpreter services required
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	323179	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Definition:	A descriptor of the class of interpreter services required.	
Property group:	Service provision event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—type of interpreter services required Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Type of substance used illicitly
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	365390	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	The type of substance which is possessed illegally, or used in an illegal manner.	
Property group:	Lifestyle characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—type of substance used illicitly Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Unborn child status
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	316507	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An indication of whether the child was unborn.	
Property group:	Birth event	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Child protection notification—unborn child status Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Uniform Resource Locator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	433726	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A compact string representation of the location for a resource that is available via the Internet.	
Property group:	Communication characteristics	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—Uniform Resource Locator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Unstructured address line
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	453241	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A composite of address components, that do not conform with the commonly used address format, that describe a low level of geographical/physical information regarding of a location.	
Property group:	Location characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Address—unstructured address line Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Urgency of requested assistance
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	400297	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The time period in which services are needed.	
Property group:	Service/care urgency	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—urgency of requested assistance Community Services, Standard 17/11/2010
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Year of first arrival in Australia
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Property	
METeOR identifier:	269050	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The calendar year in which an individual first arrived in Australia.	
Property group:	Demographic/social/cultural characteristics	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Data Element Concepts implementing this Property:	Person—year of first arrival in Australia Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	

Classification schemes
Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations, First edition, 2006
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ANZSCO 1st edition	
METeOR identifier:	350882	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) classification for occupations.	
Classification structure:	The structure of ANZSCO has five hierarchical levels - major group, sub-major group, minor group, unit group and occupation. The categories at the most detailed level of the classification are termed 'occupations'. These are grouped together to form 'unit groups', which in turn are grouped into 'minor groups'. Minor groups are aggregated to form 'sub-major groups' which in turn are aggregated at the highest level to form 'major groups'. 
These are the same hierarchical levels that are used in ASCO Second Edition and NZSCO 1999. 
Conceptual model
ANZSCO is a skill-based classification used to classify all occupations and jobs in the Australian and New Zealand labour markets. 
To do this, ANZSCO identifies a set of occupations covering all jobs in the Australian and New Zealand labour markets, defines these occupations according to their attributes and groups them on the basis of their similarity into successively broader categories for statistical and other types of analysis. The individual objects classified in ANZSCO are jobs. 
In ANZSCO, occupations are organised into progressively larger groups on the basis of their similarities in terms of both skill level and skill specialisation. 
The conceptual model adopted for ANZSCO uses a combination of skill level and skill specialisation as criteria to design major groups which are meaningful and useful for most purposes. The eight major groups are formed by grouping together sub-major groups using aspects of both skill level and skill specialisation. In designing the major groups, intuitive appeal and usefulness in both statistical and administrative applications were also important considerations. 
The skill level criterion is applied as rigorously as possible at the second level of the classification, the sub-major group level, together with a finer application of skill specialisation than that applied at the major group level. Each sub-major group is made up of a number of minor groups. 
Minor groups are distinguished from each other mainly on the basis of a finer application of skill specialisation than that applied at the sub-major group level. Within minor groups, unit groups are distinguished from each other on the basis of skill specialisation and, where necessary, skill level. 
Virtually all unit groups are at one skill level. There are only eight unit groups which contain occupations at more than one skill level. In all but two of these unit groups, the vast majority of jobs classified to the unit group are at one skill level only. Data stored at unit group level can therefore be aggregated by skill level with a high degree of validity. 
Within unit groups, the distinction between occupations amounts to differences between tasks performed in occupations. All occupations are at one skill level. 
As a result, data classified at the major group level will provide only a broad indication of skill level. Data at the sub-major group level will provide a satisfactory indication of skill level for many analytical purposes. Data classified at the unit group level will provide an accurate indication of skill level. Unit groups can, therefore, be aggregated by skill level to provide an indicative measure of occupations classified by skill level.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006. Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Occupations, First Edition, Cat no. 1220.0 Canberra: ABS. Viewed 13 March 2007. 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Australian Standard Classification of Occupations 2nd edition Community Services, Superseded 27/03/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005, Health, Superseded 04/07/2007	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Occupation code (ANZSCO 1st edition) N[NNN]{NN} Community Services, Standard 27/03/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 10/08/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification, Second edition, 2006
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
METeOR identifier:	453855	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification of industries.	
Classification structure:	The structure of ANZSIC is a hierarchical classification with four levels: Divisions (the broadest level), Subdivisions, Groups and Classes (the finest level). 
At the Divisional level, the main purpose is to provide a limited number of categories which provide a broad overall picture of the economy and are suitable for the publication of summary tables in official statistics. The Subdivision, Group and Class levels provide increasingly detailed dissections of these categories for the compilation of more specific and detailed statistics.
Conceptual framework
The conceptual framework adopted for the development of ANZSIC 2006 uses supply-side based industry definitions and groupings. Business units engaged in similar productive activities are grouped together.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This 2006 edition of the ANZSIC replaces the 1993 edition.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006. Australian and New Zealand Standard Classification of Industries, Second Edition, Cat no. 1292.0 Canberra: ABS. Viewed 7 July 2011.	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Industry type (ANZSIC 2nd edition) code NN[NN] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASCDC 2011	
METeOR identifier:	466899	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics' classification for data relating to drugs which are considered to be of concern in Australian society.	
Classification structure:	The main classification of the ASCEDC has a three level hierarchical structure. It is essentially a classification of type of drug of concern based on the chemical structure, mechanism of action and effect on physiological activity of the drugs of concern.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Indexes in alphabetical and numerical order are available, see the Origin: attribute.	
Source and reference attributes	
Steward:	Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS)	
Origin:	The Australian Standard Classification of Drugs of Concern (ASCDC). ABS Cat No. 1248.0 (2011)	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Drug of concern (ASCDC 2011 extended) code NNNN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Australian Standard Classification of Education 2001
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASCED 2001	
METeOR identifier:	270551	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification for fields of education.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	ASCED comprises two classifications: Level of Education and Field of Education. Both the level and field of education components can be used to report statistics on various aspects of educational activity, such as student enrolments by level of course or by field of study; teaching resources by level of course; financial resources by field; or educational attainment by level and field. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2001. Australian Standard Classification of Education (ASCED). Cat No. 1272.0. Canberra: ABS. (last viewed 21 March 2006)	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Education level code NN Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Field of education code (ASCED 2001) NN[{NN}{NN}] Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Highest education level code (ASCED 2001) N[NN] Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Highest level of qualification (early childhood education and care), code N[N] Community Services, Standard 21/05/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011	
Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASCL 2011	
METeOR identifier:	460114	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 17/11/2011
Health, Standard 17/11/2011
Homelessness, Standard 17/11/2011	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) classification for the languages spoken by Australians.	
Classification structure:	The Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) has a three-level hierarchical structure.
Languages are grouped together into progressively broader categories on the basis of their evolution from a common ancestral language, and on the basis of geographic proximity of areas where a particular language originated.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The ASCL is intended for use in the collection, aggregation and dissemination of data relating to the language use of the Australian population, or subsets of the population.
Indexes in alphabetical and numerical order are available, see the Origin: attribute.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2005. Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL) 2011. Cat No. 1267.0. Canberra: ABS. 16/8/2011.	
Revision status:	If you require further information about this classification please email: social.classifications@abs.gov.au or telephone the Standards Support Hotline on (02) 6252 5736.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2005 Community Services, Superseded 17/11/2011, Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006, Health, Superseded 17/11/2011	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Language code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN} Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	
Australian Standard Classification of Religious Groups 2005
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASCRG 2005	
METeOR identifier:	334321	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification for religions of the Australian population.	
Classification structure:	The ASCRG has a three level hierarchical structure. In the classification religions are grouped in to progressively broader categories on the basis of similarity in terms of religious beliefs, religious practices and cultural heritage adherents.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Indexes in alphabetical and numerical order and concordance 1991 to 1996 and 1996 to 1991 available, see Origin.	
Source and reference attributes	
Steward:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2005. Australian Standard Classification of Religious Groups. Cat No. 1266.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed 27 March 2006.	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. 1998. A Guide to Major ABS Classifications 1998. Cat No. 1291.0. ABS, Canberra. Viewed 4 January 2005.	
Revision status:	Original 1996 - Standard	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Australian Standard Classification of Religious Groups 1996 Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Religious group code (ASCRG 2005) N[NNN] Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011	
Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASGC 2011	
METeOR identifier:	455481	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 26/10/2011
Health, Standard 22/11/2011
Early Childhood, Proposed 14/07/2011	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification for the classification of geographical locations.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006. Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC). Cat No. 1216.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 14/07/2011	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Australian Standard Geographical Classification 2010 Community Services, Superseded 26/10/2011, Health, Superseded 22/11/2011	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Geographical location code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Health, Standard 22/11/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Australian Statistical Geography Standard 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ASGS 2011	
METeOR identifier:	437772	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics framework for statistical geography. The main purpose of the Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS) is the dissemination of geographically classified statistics. It provides a common framework of statistical geography which enables the publication of statistics that are comparable and spatially integrated.	
Context:	From July 2011, the ABS will progressively replace the current Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) with the Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS) as its geographical framework.	
Classification structure:	The ASGS classification structures are split into two broads groups, the ABS Structures and the Non-ABS Structures.
The ABS Structures are hierarchies of regions defined and maintained by the ABS. The regions that comprise the ABS Structures will remain unchanged until the next Census of Population and Housing in 2016.
The Non-ABS Structures are hierarchies of regions which are not defined or maintained by the ABS, but for which the ABS is committed to providing a range of statistics. They generally represent administrative units such as Postcode and Local Government Areas.
The ABS Structures are built directly from mesh blocks. Non-ABS Structures are approximated by mesh blocks, the Statistical Areas Level 1 (SA1s), or the Statistical Areas Level 2 (SA2s).
The ABS Structures comprise six interrelated hierarchies of regions. They are:
•	Main Structure 
•	Indigenous Structure 
•	Urban Centres and Localities/Section of State Structure 
•	Remoteness Area Structure 
•	Greater Capital City Statistical Area (GCCSA) Structure 
•	Significant Urban Area Structure.
The Non-ABS Structures comprise eight hierarchies of regions which are not defined or maintained by the ABS, but for which the ABS is committed to providing a range of statistics. They generally represent administrative regions and are approximated by mesh blocks, SA1s or SA2s. They are:
•	Local Government Areas (LGAs) 
•	Postal Areas 
•	State Suburbs 
•	Commonwealth Electoral Divisions 
•	State Electoral Divisions 
•	Australian Drainage Divisions 
•	Natural Resource Management Regions 
•	Tourism Regions.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2011. 1270.0.55.001 - Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS): Volume 1 - Main Structure and Greater Capital City Statistical Areas, July 2011 http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/DetailsPage/
1270.0.55.001July%202011?OpenDocument
Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 15/07/2011.	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Statistical area level 1 (SA1) code (ASGS 2011) N(11) Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Statistical area level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9) Community Services, Standard 06/12/2011
Health, Standard 07/12/2011	
Family, household and income unit variables (family composition) 2005
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
METeOR identifier:	343211	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007	
Definition:	'Family composition' is the Australian Bureau of Statistics' (ABS) standard variable for identifying the composition of families within households. 	
Context:	Household and family statistics.	
Classification structure:	The 'Family, household and income unit variables' has a four level hierarchical classification for family composition. In the classification, family composition types are grouped in to progressively broader categories on the basis of similarity in terms of family structure.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The ABS classification for family composition is a subset of the suite of standards called 'Family, household and income unit variables'. It is used to measure family structure and size and is an essential variable for the analysis of the social and economic well-being of both the family unit and the individuals within those families.	
Source and reference attributes	
Steward:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat No. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006	
Reference documents:	Family, household and income unit variables 	
Revision status:	Revised 2005 - Standard	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Family composition code N[NNN] Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Family, household and income unit variables (relationship in household) 2005
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
METeOR identifier:	343349	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007	
Definition:	Relationship in household' is the Australian Bureau of Statistics' (ABS) standard variable for identifying the familial and other relationships between persons in a given household.	
Context:	Household and family statistics.	
Classification structure:	The 'Family, household and income unit variables' has a four level hierarchical classification for relationship in household. In the classification, relationship in household type are grouped in to progressively more detailed categories on the basis of similarity in terms of relationship type.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The ABS classification for relationship in household is a subset of the suite of standards called 'Family, household and income unit variables'. 'Relationship in household' underlies the suite of standards for Family statistics. It identifies and classifies the key relationships between persons usually resident in a given household. Although some collections output directly to the classification of 'Relationship in household', its major use is in providing the basis for derivation of 'Family composition', 'Income unit composition', 'Household composition' and 'Social marital status'. The 'Relationship in household' standard facilitates the definition, collection and classification of household relationship data in statistical collections.	
Source and reference attributes	
Steward:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat No. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 29/09/2006	
Reference documents:	Family, household and income unit variables 	
Revision status:	Revised 2005 Standard	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health 2001
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	ICF 2001	
METeOR identifier:	270548	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/12/2004
Health, Standard 23/02/2005	
Definition:	The World Health Organization's (WHO) system for classifying functioning, disability and health.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 and is a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0 (AIHW 2003), at the following websites:
•	WHO ICF website:
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 
•	Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website:
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.cfm	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity need for assistance code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body function code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body functions code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Body structure code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body structures code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Environmental factor code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Environmental factors code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment location code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment location code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment nature code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment nature code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006	
International Standards Organisation codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions, Part 1: Country codes (ISO 3166, 2006)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
METeOR identifier:	454505	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	The International Standard for country codes, Part one.	
Classification structure:	The purpose of ISO 3166 is to establish codes for the representation of names of countries, territories or areas of geographical interest, and their subdivisions.
Part 1: Country codes 
First published in 1974, it has since then become one of the world's most widely used standard solution for coding country names. It contains a two-letter code which is recommended as the general purpose code, a three-letter code which has better mnemonic properties and a numeric-3 code which can be useful if script independence of the codes is important.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	There are three related documents which, taken together, make up ISO 3166; Part 1: Country codes, Part 2: Country subdivision code and Part 3: Code for formerly used names of countries. 
ISO 3166-1 is by far the most important of the three standards and the only standard in scope for this classification scheme.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Maintenance Agency for International Standards Organisation (ISO) 3166 Country Codes 2006. International Standard for Country Codes. Geneva: ISO. Viewed 11 July 2011, 
http://www.iso.org/iso/
english_country_names_and_code_elements	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Country code (ISO 3166) AA Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
National Classifications of Community Services version 2.0
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	NCCS v. 2.0	
METeOR identifier:	270558	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The Australian Institute of Health & Welfare classification for the delivery of community services activities and the setting in which such services are delivered.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2003. National classifications of community services. Version 2.0. AIHW Cat No. HWI. Canberra: Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Service activity type code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}} Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service delivery setting code (NCCS v2.0) AN{.N{.NN}} Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Postcode datafile
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
METeOR identifier:	270561	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The numeric descriptor for a postal delivery area, aligned with locality, suburb or place for the address of a party (person or organisation), as defined by Australia Post.	
Context:	Postcode is an important part of a persons or organisations postal address and facilitates written communication. It is one of a number of geographic identifiers that can be used to determine a geographic location. Postcode may assist with uniquely identifying a person or organisation.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The postcode book is updated more than once annually as postcodes are dynamic entities and are constantly changing.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australia Post Postcode book. Reference through: http://www1.auspost.com.au/postcodes/	
Relational attributes	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Australian postcode code (Postcode datafile) NNN[N] Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Australian postcode code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 10/02/2006
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Australian postcode code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN} Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Classification Scheme	
Synonymous names:	SACC 2011	
METeOR identifier:	459967	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 17/11/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 17/11/2011
Health, Standard 17/11/2011
Homelessness, Standard 17/11/2011	
Definition:	The Australian Bureau of Statistics classification for countries.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 (SACC) Edition 1 supersedes the Australian Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2008 (SACC) Edition 2.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2011. Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2011 (SACC). Cat No. 1269.0. Canberra: ABS (last viewed 22 August 2011)	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Standard Australian Classification of Countries 2008 Community Services, Superseded 22/11/2011, Housing assistance, Superseded 22/11/2011, Health, Superseded 22/11/2011	
Value Domains based on this Classification Scheme:	Country code (SACC 2011) NNNN Community Services, Standard 13/10/2011
Housing assistance, Standard 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 13/10/2011
Homelessness, Standard 13/10/2011	

Glossary items
Accommodation period
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	357096	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	The period during which a client was in supported accommodation. A client may have no accommodation periods or one or more accommodation periods within a support period.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	The dates on which each accommodation period began and ended during the support period are collected for clients but not for accompanying children. However, it can be reasonably assumed that an accompanying child will have the same accommodation period start and end dates as their parent(s) or guardians(s) in the majority of cases.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Service event—accommodation period end date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Service event—accommodation period start date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Activity—functioning, disability and health
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
Synonymous names:	Activity	
METeOR identifier:	327296	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	In the context of health, an activity is the execution of a task or action by an individual. 	
Context:	'Activities and participation' is one of three components that define the concept 'Disability', along with 'Body functions and structures' and 'Environmental factors'. 'Activities and participation' is also encompassed within the concept 'Functioning'.
The concept 'Activity', as defined here and as measured in the metadata item Activity difficulty level code (ICF) N, may be relevant to people and human services not related to disability. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Activity limitations are difficulties an individual has in the execution of an activity.
The performance of an activity is what the individual does in his or her current environment. The environment includes all aspects of the physical, social and attitudinal world. Activity limitation varies with the environment and is assessed in relation to a particular environment and in the absence or presence of assistance, including aids and equipment.
In time, a related and more generic data element may be developed. In the meantime, the addition of 'functioning, disability and health' to the concept of 'ability' indicates that the current concept is based on the concept and framework developed by World Health Organization to assist in the classification and description of functioning and disability, as contained in the ICF.
The ICF recognises two constructs that can be used with 'Activities and Participation': performance and capacity. 'Performance' is what the person does in their usual environment. 'Capacity' describes 'an individual's ability to execute a task or an action in a standardised environment, where a standardised environment may be:
•	an actual environment commonly used for assessment in test settings; or 
•	in cases where this is not possible, an assumed environment which can be thought to have a uniform impact' (WHO 2001).
The standardised environment has not been generally operationalised. However, the recognition of these two constructs in the ICF underscores the importance of recording the environment in which activities are being performed.
This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Ed) ANN{.N[N} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Ed) ANN{.N[N}. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Activity - functioning, disability and health, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (17.9 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Disability Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Disability grouping code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—disability group, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Address
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327278	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 08/05/2006
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The referential description of a location where an entity is located or can be otherwise reached or found.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The following attributes are commonly used in the formation of a full address:
•	Address line; (address line is a composite data element containing many attributes of the specific location of a full address - see the current version of the Address line metadata item for further description and a list of its components for addresses located in Australia) 
•	Address type 
•	Australian state/territory identifier 
•	Country identifier 
•	Non-Australian State/province 
•	Postal delivery point identifier 
•	Postcode - Australian 
•	Postcode - international 
•	Suburb/town/locality 
Some attributes of an address, located within Australia, also provide the elements to determine the Statistical Local Area (SLA). This enables:
•	comparison of the use of services by persons residing in different geographical areas, 
•	characterisation of catchment areas and populations for facilities for planning purposes, and 
•	documentation of provision of services to clients who reside in other states or territories. The address is also a relevant element in the unambiguous identification of a Health Care Client and a Health Care Provider.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Health Data Standards Committee	
Reference documents:	AS5017 Health Care Client Identification, 2002, Sydney: Standards Australia
AS4846 Health Care Provider Identification, 2004, Sydney: Standards Australia	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Address (community services) Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006
Supersedes  Address, version 2, DEC, NHDD, NHIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.3 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person (address)—address line, text [X(180)] Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Service provider organisation (address)—address line, text [X(180)] Community Services, Standard 30/09/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010	
Adoption
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327208	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	Adoption is the legal process by which a person legally becomes a child of the adoptive parents and legally ceases to be a child of his/her existing parents.	
Context:	Children and family services.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The adoption order severs the legal relationship between the biological parents and the child. A new birth certificate is issued to the child bearing the name(s) of his/her adoptive parent(s) as the natural parent(s) and the new name of the child, where a change has occurred.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW)	
Origin:	Adoptions Australia (AIHW). Data collection standards, tables and counting rules, 1998-99.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Adoption, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (12.3 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Household family Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005	
Assistance received
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327202	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	The goods or services, or time or money received by a person (client) during a service episode or event.	
Context:	This is important for client centred collections. It may be used to measure the amounts and nature of assistance that are received directly by clients, which can be used to help assess the appropriateness and effectiveness of programs.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	This is a client centred measure of amounts of assistance. This is not necessarily the same as an agency's total outlay to a particular client as it does not include administration costs, travel time for service providers, etc. 
For example, a client that receives meals from a meals on wheels service. In this instance only that which is directly received by the client is recorded (i.e. the number of meals). The administration costs of providing this service, the costs of making the meal and the time and costs of the person delivering the meal are not included in the amount of assistance received. 
This is only a measure of money, time or quantity of goods or services directly received by clients. It will not accrue to give a total of assistance provided on an agency basis (in terms of money, time or quantity of goods or services). Therefore it should not be used for National Accounts reporting.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Home and Community Care (HACC) Data Dictionary Version 1.0, 1998.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance received, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (13.8 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Community service event Community Services, Retired 04/04/2006
Service event—assistance received date Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011
Service event—assistance received date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Recorded 28/09/2011	
Assistance request reason
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327204	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 02/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 02/08/2010	
Definition:	The reason(s) why a person has sought or requires assistance from an agency.	
Context:	To better identify the needs of clients, to identify needs that are not being met and to target assistance to clients more effectively.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	A person may seek or require assistance for a number of reasons, some of which are the immediate presenting reason, while others will be underlying or longer term reasons. These will require particular and usually different responses and services.
For example, a person's immediate reason for seeking assistance may be that they have lost their accommodation and require accommodation support. However, the underlying reasons as to why they have no accommodation may be because of a psychiatric condition, alcohol or drug dependency, a gambling addiction, or because they are being abused at home. These underlying reasons may or may not have directly resulted in the homelessness, but have been contributing factors.
Underlying reasons for a person requiring a service are likely to be complex and more difficult to ascertain than the immediate presenting reason.
A second example is in child protection. Many children that come to the attention of community services agencies as being in need of care and protection come from families in crisis (for example, parents have psychiatric illnesses, financial stress, domestic violence etc.). Without providing a service to the family as well as the child then the child is likely to be re-notified.
Providing a service for the client's immediate need will not necessarily assist the client in the longer term, resulting in the client continually requiring short term assistance, while at the same time continuing to have an underlying problem or need that is not being addressed.
Therefore by attempting to collect information on both the immediate and the underlying reasons for a person's current situation, agencies may be able to better assist them both in the short and longer term, while at the same time more effectively utilising the services available.
Many children that come to the attention of community services agencies as being in need of care and protection come from families in crisis (for example, parents have psychiatric illnesses, financial stress, domestic violence etc.).
Further research is required to develop a data domain to enable the measurement of this concept.
It is possible that a number of data elements could be developed out of this concept, such as 'Immediate reason for seeking assistance' and 'Underlying reason for seeking assistance'. Such items would need a great deal of consultation with input from community service agencies to develop meaningful and well structured data domains.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance request reason, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.6 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Service event—assistance request date, DDMMYYYY Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Assistance with activities and participation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327298	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	The help that a person receives or needs from another person, because of their difficulty in performing an activity or in participating in an area of life.	
Context:	'Assistance' is an important subset of Environmental factors that may facilitate (or hinder) the activities or participation of people with disability. Assistance is a key policy and service component in the disability and aged care services field in Australia. Further, it is recognised in the ICF as a crucial factor whose presence (or absence) must be noted when recording measures of functioning and disability.
Recording measures of assistance needed or provided will provide further information about activity limitations. 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The concept can be used to describe aspects of the environment. Depending on which environment is present or being considered, the measure of assistance indicates what assistance is currently received (in the current or usual environment) and what would be needed (in an optimum environment). 'Need' more generally relates to environmental factors (including personal assistance, equipment and environmental modifications) that are present in an optimum environment but not in the person's current environment. That is, changes may be needed to environmental factors in order to improve a person's functioning and reduce their disability. While these ideas apply generally to 'Environmental Factors' and the related metadata item, Extent of environmental factors influence code [X]N, the concept of 'Assistance' focuses solely on the factor of personal assistance. 
Measures of assistance and need for assistance are under active development in a number of disciplines and service programs. Assistance may be measured in various ways, for instance in relation to duration, frequency and intensity of assistance. Related data elements are therefore likely to emerge in the future. 
This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Ed) ANN{.N[N} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Ed) ANN{.N[N}.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en 
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Assistance with activities and participation, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (17.4 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—disability group, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Body functions
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327294	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Body functions are the physiological functions of body systems (including psychological functions).	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Body functions are organised according to body systems. The term ‘body’ refers to the human organism as a whole and includes mental or psychological functions.
Body functions are classified in neutral terms. To indicate that there is a problem with a body function requires the use of the impairment extent code to denote the extent or magnitude of the problem together with the body functions code.	
Comments:	This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of the ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an 'umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma' (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd ed) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd ed) ANN{.N[N]}.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites:
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en/ 

• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Body function code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body functions code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006	
Body structures
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327300	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Body structures are anatomical parts of the body such as organs, limbs and their components.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	Body structures are classified according to body systems. Impairments of body structure can involve anomaly, defect, loss and significant deviation. These are identified by use of the impairment extent, impairment location and impairment nature codes.	
Comments:	This glossary term is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002). 
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd ed) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd ed) ANN{.N[N]}.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html	

Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Body structures code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Person—disability group, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Collection District (CD)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	397490	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 09/12/2010	
Definition:	The CD is the smallest spatial unit in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC). 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) is a hierarchical classification system of geographical areas and consists of a number of interrelated structures. It provides a common framework of statistical geography and enables the production of statistics which are comparable. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Australian Standard Geographic Classification (ASGC 2009).	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2009) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 09/12/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 14/07/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN Community Services, Standard 14/07/2011
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012
Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2009) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 09/12/2010
Early Childhood, Superseded 07/06/2011
Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNNNN Community Services, Superseded 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Early Childhood, Standard 09/03/2012	
Corporation
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	354894	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	A corporation is a legal entity that:
•	is created for the purpose of producing goods and services for the market
•	may be a source of profit or other financial gain to its owner(s) 
•	is collectively owned by shareholders who have the authority to appoint directors responsible for its general management.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA 2002). Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.	
Reference documents:	Reference online through:
Standard Economic Sector Classifications of Australia (SESCA)	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Service provider organisation—corporation indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Dependant
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327458	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A dependant is defined as someone who lives in the primary care of parent(s), carer or guardian, is aged 24 years and under, and:
•	is studying full-time (ages 5 and over); and/or
•	is not in receipt of a pension, payment or benefit (e.g. Youth Allowance) or a Prescribed Education Scheme payment (e.g. ABSTUDY); and/or
•	has an annual income of no more than the amount specified by Centrelink for basic eligibility for Family Tax Benefit Part A.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Centrelink 2005. A guide to Australian Government payments - 20 March to 30 June 2005.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Income unit Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—relationship to reference person (household) (community services), code N{.N[N]} Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006
Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Disability
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327304	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Disability is the umbrella term for any or all of: an impairment of body structure or function, a limitation in activities, or a restriction in participation. 
Disability is a multi-dimensional and complex concept and is conceived as a dynamic interaction between health conditions and environmental and personal factors (WHO 2001:6).	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Many different 'definitions' of disability are used in Australia, both in administrative data collections and in Acts of Parliament. The consistent identification of disability in national data collections has been recommended in a number of reports, for instance to enable:
•	the monitoring of access to generic services by people with disability; 
•	the collection of more consistent data on disability support and related services, including data on service use by different groups; 
•	population data and service data to be related, thereby improving the nation's analytical capacity in relation to the need for and supply of services; and 
•	improved understanding of the relationship between disability, health conditions and other health outcomes. 
Defining disability makes it possible to determine the number of people who are accessing services, both disability specific and generic, and also those with a disability in the general population with unmet need. Better definition of disability will aid better targeting of resources to those in need. 
Disability arises from the interaction between health conditions and environmental and personal factors. A health condition may be a disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma. Environmental factors make up the physical, social and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives. Personal factors relate to the individual, such as age, sex and Indigenous status. 
The concept 'Disability' can be described using a combination of related metadata items as building blocks. 
The metadata items selected may vary depending on the definition of disability used. For example, in hospital rehabilitation, the focus may be on the impairment and activity dimensions and in community-based care the focus may be primarily on participation. Some applications may require a broad scope for inclusion (e.g. discrimination legislation). Data collections relating to services will select combinations of the data elements, which best reflect the eligibility criteria for the service.
This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd Edn) ANN{.N[N]}.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en 
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html 	

Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activity need for assistance code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body function code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body functions code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Body structure code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body structures code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Disability grouping code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006
Environmental factor code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Environmental factors code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment location code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment location code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment nature code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Impairment nature code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Participation satisfaction level code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Environmental factors
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327286	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Environmental factors make up the physical, social and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives.	
Context:	Environmental factors are external to the individual and can have a positive or negative influence on a person's participation as a member of society, on performance of activities, or on a person's body function or structure.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	In the ICF classification scheme Environmental factors are organised to focus on two different levels, individual and societal. Environmental factors interact with the Body structures/Body functions and Activities and participation components.
A person’s functioning and disability is conceived as the dynamic interaction between health conditions and environmental and personal factors.	
Comments:	This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]}.	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO 
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Environmental factors code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—disability group, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—extent of environmental factor influence, code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Family
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	351499	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Health, Standard 31/08/2007	
Definition:	Two or more people related by blood, marriage (registered or de facto), adoption, step or fostering who may or may not live together.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Family, household and income unit variables. Cat No. 1286.0. Canberra: ABS. Viewed on 01/03/2007.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Family Community Services, Superseded 31/08/2007, Housing assistance, Standard 01/03/2005	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Household—family composition, code N[NNN] Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Informal carer Community Services, Standard 03/05/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Living arrangement code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 25/08/2005
Health, Superseded 04/05/2005
Person (name)—family name, text X[X(39)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—given name Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 01/08/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 20/06/2005
Health, Standard 04/05/2005
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Person—informal carer existence indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Functioning
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327292	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Functioning is the umbrella term for any or all of: body functions, body structures, activities and participation. Functioning is a multidimensional concept denoting the neutral aspects of the interaction between an individual (with a health condition) and that individual's environmental and personal factors.	
Context:	An individual's functioning in a specific domain is an interaction or complex relationship between health conditions and environmental and personal factors.
Functioning and disability are dual concepts in a broad framework, with disability focussing on the more negative aspects of this interaction.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	This glossary term is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002). 
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]}.	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW 	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en 
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Functioning, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (15.4 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Activity difficulty level code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Disability grouping code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006
Environmental factors code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Geocode
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	454203	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Definition:	A description of the coordinates representing the location/position of an object.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	A geocode caters for the needs of a variety of users, with a particular focus on the needs of emergency and other essential service providers.
There are a number of elements needed to define a unique address geocode. The elements comprise a: reference datum, the way coordinates are expressed, the units, the coordinates themselves and the accuracy or uncertainty of the coordinate values.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	ESRI 2011. Geographic information systems dictionary. ESRI. Viewed 1 July 2011,
 <http://support.esri.com/en/knowledgebase/
Gisdictionary/browse>
Standards Australia 2006. AS 4590—2006 Interchange of client information. Sydney: Standards Australia.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Address—geocode containment indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode containment indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode feature, text [X(30)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode geographic datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode geographic datum, text [X(10)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode positional uncertainty, total metres N[NNN].NNN Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Address—geocode vertical datum, text [X(10)] Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Geocode feature Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Geocode geographic datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Geocode vertical datum Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012	
Geographic indicator
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327306	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 22/10/2005	
Definition:	A classification scheme that divides an area into mutually exclusive sub-areas based on geographic location.
Some geographic indicators are:
•	Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC, ABS Cat No. 1216.0), 
•	administrative regions, 
•	electorates, 
•	Accessibility/Remoteness Index of Australia (ARIA), 
•	Rural, Remote and Metropolitan Area Classification (RRMA), and 
•	country.	
Context:	To enable the analysis of data on a geographical basis. Facilitates analysis of service provision in relation to demographic and other characteristics of the population of a geographic area.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Person (address)—Australian postcode (Postcode datafile), code [NNNN] is not included in the above listing, as it is, strictly speaking, not a geographic indicator. Sometimes postcodes are used in the analysis of data on a geographical basis, which involves a conversion to Statistical Local Area (an Australian Bureau of Statistics geographical structure). This conversion results in some inaccuracy of information. However, in some data sets Person (address)—Australian postcode (Postcode datafile), code [NNNN]; is the only geographic identifier, therefore the use of other more accurate indicators (for example, conversion from address line to Statistical Local Area) is not always possible.	

Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Geographic indicator, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.0 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Australian state/territory identifier Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 22/10/2005
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Early Childhood, Standard 21/05/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 30/09/2011	
Homeless
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327244	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A person is homeless if he or she does not have access to safe, secure and stable housing. Hence even if a person has a physical home, they would be considered homeless if:
•	they were not safe at home,
•	they had no legal right to continued occupation of their home (security of tenure), or
•	the home lacked the amenities or resources necessary for living.	
Context:	There is considerable concern over the number of homeless people in society and the assistance they require. Collecting information on homeless people is problematic, as the concept of 'homelessness' encompasses elements in addition to whether, someone resides in a dwelling or not.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	SAAP National Data Collection Agency
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	SAAP (Supported Accommodation Assistance Program) National Data Collection Agency 2001. National Data Collection Data Dictionary. Version 2. Unpublished 	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Homelessness, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (13.0 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person (address)—suburb/town/locality name, text [A(50)] Community Services, Superseded 06/02/2012
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Health, Superseded 07/12/2011
Early Childhood, Superseded 09/03/2012
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010
Tasmanian Health, Proposed 28/09/2011
Residential setting code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Illicit drug
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
Synonymous names:	Illegal drug	
METeOR identifier:	413485	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Recorded 15/09/2010	
Definition:	An illicit drug is defined as any drug which is illegal to possess or use or any legal drug used in an illegal manner, for example: 
•	a drug obtained on prescription but given or sold to another person to use 
•	glue or petrol which is sold legally, but is used in a manner that is not intended, such as inhaling fumes 
•	stolen pharmaceuticals sold on the black market (e.g. Pethidine)	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The 2007 National Drug Strategy Household Survey report defines illicit drugs as illegal drugs (such as marijuana/cannabis), prescription or over-the-counter pharmaceuticals (such as analgesics/pain-killers or tranquillisers/sleeping pills) used for illicit purposes, and other substances used inappropriately (such as naturally occurring hallucinogens and inhalants).	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	AIHW (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare) 2008. 2007 National Drug Strategy Household Survey: first results. Drug Statistics Series number 20.Cat. no. PHE 98. Canberra: AIHW. 	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Impairment of body structure
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327288	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	Impairments of body structure are problems in body structure such as a loss or significant departure from population standards or averages.	
Context:	Body structures are classified in ICF in neutral terms. To indicate that there is a problem with a body structure requires the use of the body structures code for the structure affected and the impairment extent code to denote the extent or magnitude of the problem.
The impairment nature and impairment location codes can be used to expand the description of a problem with a body structure.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW
Comments 
This glossary term is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]}.
Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html
	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Body structures Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Body structures code (ICF 2001) N[NNNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Impairment nature code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—body structure, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Income unit
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327218	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	One person or a group of related persons within a household, whose command over income is shared, or any person living in a non-private dwelling who is in receipt of personal income. Income units are restricted to relationships of marriage (registered or de facto) and of parent/dependent child who usually resides in the same household. This means that an income unit can be defined as:
•	a married couple or sole parent, and dependent children only; or 
•	a married couple only with no dependent children present; or 
•	a person who is not related to any other household member either by marriage or by the parent/dependent child relationship.	
Context:	This is the standard statistical unit for analyses of economic well being, and in the community services context is an important measure in assessing the needs and circumstances of individuals and families.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	It should be noted that the reference to 'dependent child' in this context is guided by the following definition, 'a dependent child is any person aged under 15 years, or person aged 15 to 24 years who is a full-time student and lives with a parent(s), guardian or other relative and who does not have a spouse or offspring of the person living in the same location'.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Bureau of Statistics	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 1995. A Provisional Framework for Household Income, Consumption, Saving and Wealth. Cat No. 6549.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Income unit, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (14.0 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Income unit—income unit composition, code N Community Services, Standard 31/08/2007
Person—relationship to household reference person, code NN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007
Relationship to household reference person code NN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007	
Informal carer
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	353420	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 03/05/2007
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Definition:	An informal carer includes any person, such as a family member, friend or neighbour, who is giving regular, ongoing assistance to another person.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Informal carer—relationship to care recipient, code N[N] Community Services, Standard 11/11/2009
Informal carer—relationship to care recipient, CSTDA code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 11/11/2009
Person—informal carer existence indicator Community Services, Standard 02/05/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007
Person—informal carer existence indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Health, Standard 04/07/2007	
Investigation (child protection)
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	367345	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Definition:	An investigation is the process whereby state and territory child protection and support services obtain more detailed information about a child who is subject of a notification and make assessment about the harm or degree of harm to the child and the child's protective needs. An investigation includes the interviewing or sighting of the subject child where it is practicable to do so.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2007. Child Protection Australia 2005-06. Child welfare series no. 40. Cat no. CWS 28. Canberra: AIHW.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Child protection notification—finalised investigation outcome indicator Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008
Child protection notification—finalised investigation outcome indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 30/04/2008	
Local Government Area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
Synonymous names:	LGA	
METeOR identifier:	354357	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	A spatial unit which represents the whole geographical area of responsibility of an incorporated Local Government Council, an Aboriginal or Island Council in Queensland, or a Community Government Council (CGC) in the Northern Territory.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Australian Standard Geographic Classification (ASGC 2006).	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2009) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 17/12/2010
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2007) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 09/04/2009
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2008) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/10/2009
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2009) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 16/12/2010
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 14/07/2011
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012	
Mental health disorder
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
Synonymous names:	Mental disorder	
METeOR identifier:	403575	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	A clinically diagnosable disorder that significantly interferes with an individual’s cognitive, emotional or social abilities. The diagnosis of mental illness is generally made according to the classifications systems of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) or the International Classification of Diseases (ICD). 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	DoHA (Department of Health and Ageing) 2009. Fourth national mental health plan: An agenda for collaborative government action in mental health 2009–2014. DoHA, Canberra. Viewed March 8 2011.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Medication for mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—mental health disorder indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Participation - functioning, disability and health
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
Synonymous names:	Participation	
METeOR identifier:	327312	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/06/2005
Health, Standard 29/11/2006	
Definition:	In the context of health, participation is involvement in a life situation. 	
Context:	Involvement refers to the lived experience of people in the actual context in which they live. This context includes 'Environmental Factors' - all aspects of the physical, social and attitudinal world.
The individual's degree of involvement can be reflected by this glossary item when combined with Participation extent code (ICF 2001) X and Participation satisfaction level code X. 
'Activities and participation' is one of three components that define the concept 'Disability', along with 'Body functions and structures' and 'Environmental factors'. 'Activities and participation' is also encompassed within the concept 'Functioning'.
The concept 'Participation', as defined here and as measured in the metadata items Participation extent code (ICF 2001) X and Participation satisfaction level code X, may be relevant to people and human services not related to disability. 	

Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Participation restrictions are problems an individual may experience in involvement in life situations.
In time, a related and more generic data element may be developed. In the meantime, the addition of 'functioning, disability and health' to the name of this glossary item indicates that the current concept is based on the concept and framework developed by World Health Organization to assist in the classification and description of functioning and disability, as contained in the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF).
This glossary item is based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). The ICF was endorsed by the World Health Assembly in 2001 as a reference member of the WHO Family of International Classifications and of the Australian Family of Health and Related Classifications (endorsed by the National Health Information Management Group in 2002).
The ICF provides a framework for the description of human functioning and disability. The components of ICF are defined in relation to a health condition. A health condition is an ‘umbrella term for disease (acute or chronic), disorder, injury or trauma’ (WHO 2001). A health condition may be recorded, for example, as Episode of care principal diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]} and Episode of care additional diagnosis, code (ICD-10-AM 3rd edn) ANN{.N[N]}. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	World Health Organization (WHO) 2001. International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: WHO
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. ICF Australian User Guide Version 1.0. Canberra: AIHW	
Reference documents:	Further information on the ICF can be found in the ICF itself and the ICF Australian User Guide (AIHW 2003) and the following websites
• WHO ICF website
http://www.who.int/classifications/icf/en 
• Australian Collaborating Centre ICF website
http://www.aihw.gov.au/disability/icf/index.html 	

Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes  Participation - functioning, disability and health, version 1, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (17.2 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN] Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Activities and participation code (ICF 2001) N[NNN] Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Disability grouping code N[N] Community Services, Superseded 08/05/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Extent of environmental factors influence code (ICF 2001) [X]N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Functioning and Disability DSS Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Superseded 16/10/2006
Participation extent code (ICF 2001) N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Participation satisfaction level code N Community Services, Standard 16/10/2006
Health, Standard 29/11/2006
Person—disability group, code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
SAAP accommodation place
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	336726	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	A permanent bed which is owned or managed by a SAAP agency or paid for using SAAP funds.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Guide for use:	This does not include any additional temporary beds which the agency may use.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	SAAP Data Sub Committee
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	SAAP National Data Collection Data Dictionary, Version 2, November 2001.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Service provider organisation—accommodation places, total N[N(8)] Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007
Total places N[N(8)] Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Statistical Local Area
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327460	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2006
Health, Standardisation pending 15/11/2011	
Definition:	The smallest level of geography contained in the Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC). 	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC) is a hierarchical classification system of geographical areas and consists of a number of interrelated structures. It provides a common framework of statistical geography and enables the production of statistics which are comparable. 
The product ASGC 2005 contains four comma delimited files showing the levels and hierarchy of those ASGC structures current for the edition: the Local Government Area Structure, the Main Structure, the Statistical District Structure and the Statistical Region Structure. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics. Australian Standard Geographic Classification (ASGC 2005).	

Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Address Community Services, Standard 08/05/2006
Housing assistance, Recorded 13/10/2011
Health, Standard 01/03/2005
Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2009) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 20/12/2010
Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 26/10/2011
Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN Community Services, Standard 21/02/2012
Person—geographic location, code (ASGC 2005) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 30/11/2006
Person—geographic location, code (ASGC 2006) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 30/11/2007
Person—geographic location, code (ASGC 2007) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 09/04/2009
Person—geographic location, code (ASGC 2008) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/10/2009
Person—geographic location, community services code (ASGC 2004) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/05/2006
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2006) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 11/11/2007
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2007) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 09/04/2009
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2008) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 02/10/2009
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2009) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 18/01/2011
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2010) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 26/10/2011
Health, Standardisation pending 14/11/2011
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN Community Services, Standard 26/10/2011
Health, Proposed 14/07/2011
Service provider organisation—geographic location, code (ASGC 2005) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 30/11/2006
Service provider organisation—geographic location, community services code (ASGC 2004) NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 29/04/2006	
Student
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	350359	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Definition:	A person who is formally enrolled and active in a course of study. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2006. Schools Australia. Cat No. 4221.0. Canberra: ABS.	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person (employed)—employment related study indicator, code N[N] Community Services, Standard 30/11/2007	
Target group
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	333455	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A group of people sharing a common characteristic or set of characteristics which a particular government policy or program, or agency seeks to assist.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	Target group is used in describing service provider agencies, in service planning and in comparing community needs and service availability. Target groups may relate to population groups or communities, families/households, individuals, organisations or labour force groups. Characteristics may include age, cultural identity, geographic location, specific needs and other relevant characteristics.	
Source and reference attributes	
Reference documents:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2003. National classifications of community services, Version 2.0. AIHW Cat No. HWI 40. Canberra: AIHW. Reference through:
http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/hwi/nccsv2/index.html	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—service activity type, (requested) code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}} Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Transgender
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	398610	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Definition:	A transgender person is a person who: 
(a) identifies as a member of a different sex by living, or seeking to live, as a member of that sex; or 
(b) has identified as a member of a different sex by living as a member of that sex; whether or not the person is a recognised transgender person.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	A person’s sex may change during their lifetime as a result of surgical procedures known alternatively as sex change, gender reassignment, transsexual surgery, transgender reassignment or sexual reassignment. Throughout this process, which may be over a considerable period of time, sex could be recorded as either male or female. 	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Reference documents:	Australian Capital Territory Legislation (Gay, Lesbian and Transgender) Amendment Act 2003	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—transgender indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Person—transgender indicator, code N Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011
Transgender indicator Community Services, Standard 06/02/2012
Health, Standard 25/08/2011	
Unincorporated business
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327462	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 04/04/2006
Housing assistance, Standard 23/08/2010
Homelessness, Standard 23/08/2010	
Definition:	A business that does not possess a separate legal identity from its owner(s). The owner(s) bear full liability for any action or inaction of the business: they may sue and be sued for business activity or inactivity. Unincorporated enterprises include sole proprietorships, partnerships and family trusts.	
Source and reference attributes	
Origin:	Statistical concepts library, Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables, Framework for Standard Cash Income Variables, Classification and Coding, Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics. 	
Reference documents:	Reference online through:
Ausstats Standards for Social, Labour and Demographic Variables, Cash Income Variables	
Relational attributes	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Person—source of cash income (all) code NN Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Person—source of cash income (principal), code N Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Source of cash income code N Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006
Source of cash income code NN Community Services, Standard 29/04/2006	
Volunteer
Identifying and definitional attributes	
Metadata item type:	Glossary Item	
METeOR identifier:	327272	
Registration status:	Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005	
Definition:	A person who willingly gives unpaid help in the form of time, service or skills through an organisation or group.	
Context:	Voluntary work is an important contribution to national life. It meets needs within the community at the same time as it develops and reinforces social networks and cohesion.	
Collection and usage attributes	
Comments:	The reimbursement of expenses in full or part (for example, token payments) or small gifts (for example, sports club T-shirts or caps) is not regarded as payment of salary, and people who receive these are still considered to be voluntary workers.
People who receive payment in kind for the work they do (for example, receiving farm produce as payment for work done on a farm, rather than cash) are not considered to be volunteers.
An organisation or group is any body with a formal structure. It may be as large as a national charity or as small as a local book club. Purely ad hoc, informal and temporary gatherings of people do not constitute an organisation.
Persons on Community Service Orders and other similar work programs are not considered volunteers.	
Source and reference attributes	
Submitting organisation:	Australian Bureau of Statistics
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare	
Origin:	Australian Bureau of Statistics 2000 Voluntary Work, Australia Cat No. 4441.0. Canberra: ABS	
Relational attributes	
Related metadata references:	Supersedes Volunteer, version 2, DEC, NCSDD, NCSIMG, Superseded 01/03/2005.pdf (13.8 KB) 	
Metadata items which use this glossary item:	Reason for community service cessation code N Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff (volunteer/unpaid), total N[NNN{.N}] Community Services, Standard 01/03/2005
Service provider organisation—hours worked (volunteer/unpaid staff), total NNNNN Community Services, Superseded 27/04/2007
Service provider organisation—hours worked (volunteer/unpaid staff), total NNNNN Community Services, Standard 27/04/2007	
Companion guide
What are the national data dictionaries?
The national data dictionaries contain standard data definitions and data elements for use in any Australian community services, health, or housing and homelessness data collection. The National Community Services Data Dictionary, the National Health Data Dictionary, and the National Housing Assistance Data Dictionary are the authoritative source of information about endorsed national metadata standards and provide the basis for consistent national collection and reporting. The national metadata standards are approved by the Australian Government and all state and territory relevant community services and health departments, as well as the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) and the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW). This work is funded under the auspices of the Community and Disability Services Ministers’ Advisory Council (CDSMAC), the Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council (AHMAC), and the Housing Ministers’ Advisory Committee (HMAC).
Where possible, metadata standards in the dictionary are consistent with other national standard classifications to ensure overall comparability of national data. The ABS is the source of many key socioeconomic classifications used in data collections, for example, the Australian Standard Classification of Languages (ASCL), the Australian Standard Geographic Classification (ASGC) and the Australian and New Zealand Standard Classifications of Occupations (ANZSCO).
The data dictionaries have been downloaded from METeOR, which is an online metadata registry for developing, registering and disseminating metadata based on the second edition of the international standard ISO/IEC 11179 Information Technology-Metadata registries in 2003 (ISO/IEC 11179:2003). For more information about METeOR, see the METeOR section on page 1026. The national community services and health data dictionaries are also available online at <http://meteor.aihw.gov.au>.
Governance
The national community services, health, and housing data dictionaries are, respectively, initiatives under the National Community Services Information Infrastructure Agreement; the National Health Information Agreement; and the National Housing and Homelessness Information Infrastructure Agreement.
Under these agreements, all parties agree to ensure that the collection, compilation and interpretation of national information are appropriate and carried out efficiently. This requires agreement on definitions, standards and rules for collecting information, and on guidelines for coordinating the access, interpretation and publication of national community services and health information.
Why use metadata standards?
Making data count
Metadata standards promote the quality, accuracy, interpretability, reliability, relevance, interchangeability, transparency, currency, accessibility, coherence and comparability of data and information. 
Without metadata standards there is the potential for data to fail to measure what it is supposed to measure, or not be comparable across collections or over time.
Metadata standards enable consistent and comparable reporting of information about services, including describing what services are available, where they are located and how much they cost. Such standards also achieve consistency when reporting about people, for instance, who delivered a service and when, who received the service, and what happened to them as a result.
By making endorsed metadata standards readily available, users are assured that they can use these standards with confidence and that they will enable the maximum reuse of their data for future research: ‘create once, use often’.
How are metadata standards developed?
Creating metadata standards is part of data development. Data development is the process of building a data set for a specific purpose. For example, one might wish to build a data set that supports research into cancer diagnoses, treatment and outcomes, or one that supports statistical reporting about the functioning of hospital emergency departments.
Data development demands a clear understanding of why the data are needed; for example, to underpin the design and evaluation of community services policy, or to assess the performance of services, or to support research into social inclusion.
It also requires an assessment of the practicalities of collecting the data. Building almost any data set will demand the assembly of data from multiple sources. Thus there must be an understanding of the diverse information systems from which data are drawn, and there must be an effort to apply or develop common standards for concepts, classifications, terminologies, data values and so on. 
The quality of data, including its consistency and comparability, is enhanced when metadata standards are used to support the collection and use of a data set.
Metadata standards development process
Stage 1: Project proposal
A submission is made to the relevant data committee outlining:
•	the purpose and scope of the project 
•	a business case for adoption 
•	details of national consultation, including the composition of the data working group, (comprising members with expertise in the subject area of the data development project)
•	the nominated project manager responsible for managing the data development project
•	expected time frames for completion of the data development project.
Stage 2: Data development 
The project manager works with the AIHW’s METeOR and Metadata Unit and the data working group to develop the metadata items that will be stored in the national metadata registry system, METeOR. 
Data collected for national reporting purposes must be defined in a standardised way. The standard adopted for community services data is the International Standards Organisation’s metadata registry standard (ISO/IEC 11179:2003).
For more information about the data development process, see the AIHW publication A guide to data development, available at: <http://www.aihw.gov.au/publications/index.cfm/title/10422>.
Stage 3: Metadata standards review 
The AIHW’s METeOR and Metadata Unit undertakes a quality assurance review of the proposed metadata standards. This involves assessing all metadata standards for issues such as technical integrity, compliance with ISO/IEC 11179 and consistency with other standards, and the clarity of the content.
During this stage, the project manager receives feedback, makes adjustments and reports back to the data working group if required.
Stage 4: Endorsement of metadata standards
Once a final metadata assessment has been conducted, and the METeOR and Metadata Unit has provided a certification of the quality of the metadata standards, the metadata is submitted to the relevant endorsing body for final endorsement as a national standard.

Registration status progression
The registration status is the value assigned to a metadata item as it progresses through the standards development and review process. The registration statuses in METeOR are:
Proposed 
•	A developer has submitted this item for consideration by the METeOR registrar. 
Recorded
•	The METeOR registrar has conducted an initial technical review and determined that the item meets basic quality criteria. 
Candidate 
•	The item has been compliance checked by the METeOR registrar and is ready for further development or review by the data developer. 
Standardisation pending 
•	The item has undergone a final compliance check by the METeOR registrar and the data working group has recommended the item to a registration authority for approval as a standard. 
Standard
•	The item has been endorsed by a registration authority as a national data standard. Superseded
•	A registration authority has superseded this item with another standard. 
Retired
•	The item has been nominated by registration authority as retired. 
Not progressed
•	The item will no longer be considered by the registrar, a data committee or a registration authority.
Who benefits from using metadata standards?
Information managers use standard formats and definitions to support the receipt, transfer, storage and management of data.
Program managers use data standards as the basis for describing information requests (that is, data required under formal service or funding agreements, and contracts); measuring service activity, client flows, client characteristics and service usage; understanding demand; better planning of services; describing unmet need (need comparability of population and survey data); and understanding ways to integrate service delivery, resulting in better targeting and usage of services and ultimately cost savings.
Researchers use data standards as the common language to support survey work, as well as to integrate data from other sources.
Policy makers need aggregated information for future policy, management and funding decisions, that is, information to support comparisons across jurisdictions, programs and sectors.
Statisticians use data standards for interpreting and analysing data, analysing results, linking data sets for statistical purposes, and carrying out time series analysis (over a period of time) and longitudinal studies (over a period of time within groups).
Metadata structure 
The metadata standards are based on the 2003 version of the ISO/IEC 11179 international standard for metadata registries. Part three of the standard is a model for a metadata registry and the formulation of metadata items. 
There are six types of metadata defined by ISO/IEC 11179 that have been applied to METeOR and the data dictionaries:
•	Object class
•	Property
•	Data element concept
•	Data element
•	Value domain
•	Classification scheme.
The structure underlying a data element in the dictionary is illustrated in Figure 1.
Types of metadata
Figure 1: The ISO/IEC 11179 model of metadata representation
Flow chart showing the ISO/IEC 11179 model of metadata representation
Note: Dashed lines show metadata types that are additional to, or different from, the ISO/IEC standard.
Components of data elements
The things that we want to know about include ideas (knowledge), persons, organisations, the environment and events. These things are termed Object classes. Some examples of Object classes are ‘Person’, ‘Dwelling’ and ‘Service provider organisation’. A characteristic of the Object class is known as a Property. It is normally the item of interest. For example, the Object class ‘Person’ can have properties such as ‘Sex’ and ‘Date of birth’. 
A Data element concept is defined as a concept created by the union of an Object class and a Property. Only one Object class and one Property can be joined for each Data element concept, for example, ‘Person—date of birth’.
As can be seen from Figure 1, a Data element is formed when a Data element concept is represented in the real world by a set of values (a Value domain). 
A Value domain specifies how something is to be represented. A Value domain can specify:
•	the range of permitted values, for example, a measure of weight in grams represented by three numeric characters
•	all permissible values as a set of codes, for example, ‘Code 1 Female’, ‘Code 2 Male’
•	the values referenced from a nationally or internationally endorsed classification, such as all codes in the Australian Standard Classification of Languages 2011, or all activity codes listed in the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, 10th revision, Australian Modification, 7th edition.
A Glossary item defines the meaning of a term within a specific context. Examples of Glossary items include ‘Adoption’ and ‘Family’. These are not currently defined as Object classes but their meaning must be clarified as part of the data development process. 

Data set specifications
A data set specification (DSS) is a grouping of a number of Data elements and the conditions under which they are collected. A DSS defines: 
•	the scope of the collection, that is, the population that is the target of the data development
•	the level at which the data will be collected and reported
•	whether the inclusion of each Data element is mandatory, optional or conditional, and the sequence in which Data elements are included.
National minimum data sets
A national minimum data set (NMDS) is a type of DSS, made up of a minimum set of Data elements agreed by the national community services or health information groups for mandatory collection and reporting at a national level. An NMDS may include data elements that are also included in another NMDS. 
An NMDS is contingent upon a national agreement to collect uniform data and to supply it as part of the national collection, but does not preclude agencies and service providers from collecting additional data to meet their own specific needs. 
An example of an NMDS is the Juvenile Justice NMDS, which is used to obtain information about young people under juvenile justice supervision in Australia.
Non-mandatory data set specifications
DSSs are data sets that are not mandated for national collection and reporting, but are recommended as best practice. 
For example, the Diabetes (clinical) Data Set Specification is a non-mandatory data set that aims to ensure national consistency in relation to defining, monitoring and recording information on patients diagnosed with diabetes.
Integration of data elements in data dictionaries
The national community services and health data dictionaries contain about 100 integrated data items that can be used consistently across the community services and health sectors. This is especially important for services that straddle sector boundaries, such as aged care, mental health, drug and alcohol services, and services for people with a disability. 
Examples of integrated data items are:
Accuracy indicator, code AAA
Activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]
Address line, text [X(180)]
Informal carer existence indicator, code N
Interpreter service required, yes/no code N
Labour force status, code N
Organisation name, text [X(200)]

Formulation of good data standards
•	A metadata item must have, at least, a name and a definition.
•	A metadata item can have an explicitly stated context within which the definition has meaning.
•	The name of the standard version of the metadata item must follow certain criteria:
–	the name must be unique within the context of the metadata item 
–	the name must be stated in the singular
–	the name must reflect the concept being defined 
–	the name must avoid the use of abbreviations or acronyms other than those widely accepted (for example radar, laser, pH) 
–	the name should avoid the use of words that imply a preselected single instance.
•	Definition rules and guidelines
A definition must:
–	be stated in the singular
–	state what the concept is, not only what it is not
–	be stated as a descriptive phrase or sentence(s)
–	contain only commonly understood abbreviations
–	be expressed without embedding definitions of other data or underlying concepts.
A data definition should:
–	be expressed without embedding rationale, functional usage, domain information or procedural information
–	state the essential meaning of the concept
–	be precise and unambiguous
–	be concise
–	be able to stand alone
–	avoid circular reasoning
–	use the same terminology and consistent logical structure for related definitions
–	contain information appropriate for the type of metadata item being defined
–	use a preferred term to represent the definition of a concept specified elsewhere in the document
–	pass the substitution test.
•	
Context should be closely linked to definition.
•	Information must be included in a metadata item attribute only if it is appropriate for that attribute or metadata item.
–	Context
-	Metadata can exist within a specific context.
-	Only information that is relevant to the environment or framework within which the definition for the metadata item is valid must be included in the Context attribute. 
-	The contexts of two metadata items must be compatible when the definition of one metadata item references a term defined in another.
–	Guide for use information must be included in any metadata item only if it is intended to provide advice or interpretation on how to use the particular metadata item or data collected using the metadata item.
-	In metadata items other than Data elements, Guide for use information should be about how to use the item itself and not about any data that can be collected or used. 
-	Data elements can also include information about how to use or interpret the data in the Guide for use.
–	The Collection methods attribute must only include information about how data is to be collected. The following metadata items must not have a metadata attribute of Collection methods:
-	Object class
-	Property
-	Data element concept
-	Value domain
-	Glossary item.
–	Permissible values in a Value domain must:
-	be exhaustive within the set
-	be made into an exhaustive set of values by adding an ‘Other’ to aggregate all other possibilities not covered by the stated set of values
-	be mutually exclusive within the set
-	be a true representation of the concept defined in the Data element.
–	When allocating code values:
-	avoid the use of a code value for ‘Other’ that is contiguous with the last code in the sequence of permissible values or that, in any other way, does not provide for inclusions in the future 
-	wherever possible, avoid the use of a coded value for ‘Other’ that may be commonly used as a Supplementary value.
–	Supplementary values
-	Supplementary values must not be included in a Value domain unless it is necessary.
-	Do not include valid permissible values in the Supplementary values attribute of a Value domain.
-	Avoid the use of values that are contiguous with the last code in the permissible value sequence. 
-	To limit variations in the meaning within a specific data collection, use a default Supplementary value meaning of ‘Not stated/inadequately described’.
-	When using more than one Supplementary value, use a logical set. 
-	It is appropriate that the Supplementary value field size is the same number of characters as the permissible value. 
-	Consistent use of Supplementary codes/values across the Data elements in a data set should be applied.
-	In non-enumerated Value domains (that is, those without defined value meanings, such as in a measurement) the Supplementary value used should not be a valid permissible value.
•	Always use a standard format for referencing publications and not a mixture of referencing methods.

METeOR
METeOR is the AIHW’s online metadata registry.
It integrates and presents information about:
•	the National Community Services Data Dictionary
•	the National Health Data Dictionary 
•	the National Housing Assistance Data Dictionary
•	national minimum data sets
•	data set specifications
•	performance indicator specifications.
It includes: 
•	data search and browse tools that allow navigation of data standards of varying levels of endorsement and across the community services, health and housing assistance sectors
•	data view, collation and download tools
•	data development tools, including areas in which multiple data developers may collaborate on the development of data standards
•	data submission tools that enable data developers to submit draft metadata standards for consideration as national standards
•	data management tools that allow the registrar to change the registration status of metadata standards under authorisation of one or more registration authorities
•	comprehensive guidelines for developing and reviewing metadata.
METeOR is based on the 2003 version of the ISO/IEC 11179, Information Technology—Metadata registries. This standard was applied to provide a detailed registry architecture in which metadata standards can be better defined, navigated and managed throughout the data development lifecycle. METeOR is an internet-based application accessible through the web address <http://meteor.aihw.gov.au>.

Data elements listed by technical name
Person—accommodation offer accepted indicator, code N
Person—accommodation offered indicator, code N
Service event—accommodation period end date, DDMMYYYY
Service event—accommodation period start date, DDMMYYYY
Person—activity and participation life area, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]
Address—address currency status, code A
Address—address end date, DDMMYYYY
Address—address end time, hhmmss
Person (address)—address line, text [X(180)]
Service provider organisation (address)—address line, text [X(180)]
Address—address site name, text X[50]
Address—address start date, DDMMYYYY
Address—address start time, hhmmss
Address—address status identifier, code AAA
Person—age, total years N[NN]
Female—age at first pregnancy, total years N[N]
Person (employed)—age range, code N[N]
Client—amount of assistance, total hours NNN
Person—area of usual residence, geographical location code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN
Person—area of usual residence, geographical location CD code, (ASGC 2011) NNNNNNN
Person—arrival time at service, hhmm
Service event—assessment date, DDMMYYYY
Service event—reason assistance not provided, code N
Service event—assistance received date, DDMMYYYY
Service event—assistance request date, DDMMYYYY
Service event—assistance urgency, code N{.N}
Person—need for assistance with activities in a life area, code N
Address—Australian area code, code NN
Entity—Australian business number (ABN), identifier N(11)
Address—Australian postcode, code (Postcode datafile) {NNNN}
Person—Australian state/territory identifier, code N
Service provider organisation—Australian state/territory identifier, code N
Address—Australian state/territory identifier, code AA[A]
Person—blow to the head indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described
code N
Person—body function, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN]
Person—body structure, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNNN]
Address—building/complex sub-unit type, code AA[AA]
Parent/guardian—receipt of Carer Allowance (Child) indicator, code N
Client—case management goal status, code N
Client—case management plan indicator, yes/no code N
Client—case plan review date, DDMMYYYY
Client—caseworker allocation date, DDMMYYYY
Person—government funding identifier, Centrelink customer reference number N(9)A
Person—nature of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N
Child—abuse and neglect type, code N
Person—citizenship country, country code (SACC 2011) NNNN
Person—communication method, code N
Address—complex road name, text X[45]
Address—complex road number 1, road number X[6]
Address—complex road number 2, road number X[6]
Address—complex road suffix, street suffix code A[A]
Address—complex road type, code AA[AA]
Client—consent obtained indicator, yes/no code N
Service provider organisation—corporation indicator, yes/no code N
Address—country identifier, country code (ISO 3166)  AA
Person (address)—country identifier, code (SACC 2011) NNNN
Person—country of birth, code (SACC 2011) NNNN
Person—date accommodation sought, DDMMYYYY
Date—accuracy indicator, code AAA
Date—estimate indicator, code N
Person—date of birth, DDMMYYYY
Person—date of death, DDMMYYYY
Client—initial case plan date, DDMMYYYY
Service provider organisation—day of operation, code N
Person—government funding identifier, Department of Veterans' Affairs file number AAXXNNNNA
Person—departure time from service, hhmm
Service provider organisation—design capacity, total beds N[NNNNN]
Person—level of difficulty with activities in life areas, code (ICF 2001) N
Person—disability group, code N
Person—school enrolment and attendance status, code N
Person—effective communication indicator, code N
Address—electronic communication address, text X[1100]
Person (address)—electronic communication medium, code N
Service provider organisation (address)—electronic communication medium, code N

Address—electronic communication usage code, code NN
Address—electronic contact preference indicator, code NN
Service provider organisation—eligibility for subsidy indicator, yes/no code N
Person—eligibility status, code N
Person (employed)—employment related study indicator, code N[N]
Person (employed)—employment type, code N
Person—environmental factor, code (ICF 2001) AN[NNN]
Service episode—episode end date, DDMMYYYY
Service episode—episode start date, DDMMYYYY
Person—estimated resident population of Australia, total people N[N(7)]
Person—extent of participation in a life area, code (ICF 2001) N
Person (name)—family name, text [X(40)]
Service provider organisation—fee schedule amount, total Australian currency N[NNNNN].NN
Person—field of education, code (ASCED 2001) NN[{NN}{NN}]
Person—financial assistance amount, total Australian currency N[NNNN]
Person—first accommodation attempt indicator, code N
Person—first language spoken, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}
Service event—first service contact date, DDMMYYYY
Person—first service request indicator, yes/no code N
Address—floor/level type, code A[AAA]
Service provider organisation—full financial year funding indicator, yes/no code N
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff (paid), total N[NNN{.N}]
Service provider organisation—full-time equivalent staff (volunteer/unpaid), total N[NNN{.N}]
Person (employed)—full-time/part-time status, code N
Service provider organisation—funding allocated, total Australian currency N[N(8)]
Service provider organisation—funding end date, DDMMYYYY
Service provider organisation—funding source, level of government code N
Service provider organisation—funding start date, DDMMYYYY
Address—geocode containment indicator, yes/no code N
Address—geocode feature, text [X(30)]
Address—geocode geographic datum, text [X(10)]
Address—geocode height, total metres N[NNNN].NNN
Address—geocode latitude, decimal degrees XN[N][.N(9)]
Address—geocode longitude, decimal degrees XN[NN][.N(9)]
Address—geocode positional uncertainty, total metres N[NNN].NNN
Address—geocode vertical datum, text [X(10)]
Service provider organisation—geographic location (CD), code (ASGC 2011) 
NNNNNNN
Service provider organisation—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) 
NNNNN
Person—geographic location (SLA), code (ASGC 2011) NNNNN
Person (name)—given name sequence number, code N
Person (name)—given name, text [X(40)]
Service episode—type of goods and equipment received, code N
Service event—type of goods and equipment received, code N
Service provider organisation—government  funding allocated, total Australian 
currency N[N(8)]
Person—gross income (weekly), total Australian currency N[NNNNN].NN
Person—highest year of school completed, code N
Client—amount of assistance, total hours and minutes NNNN
Person (employed)—hours worked, total hours NNN
Service provider organisation—hours worked (paid staff), total NNNNN
Service provider organisation—hours worked (volunteer/unpaid staff), total 
NNNNN
Household—family composition, code N[NNN]
Household—household type, code N
Person—housing tenure type, code N
Identifier—identifier designation, text [X(20)]
Identifier—identifier issuer, text [X(200)]
Identifier—identifier name, text [A(50)]
Identifier—identifier status, code N
Identifier—identifier status end date, DDMMYYYY
Identifier—identifier status start date, DDMMYYYY
Person—extent of impairment of body function, code (ICF 2001) N
Person—extent of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N
Income unit—income unit composition, code N
Service provider organisation—Indigenous specific organisation indicator, code N
Person—Indigenous status, code N
Person—funding indicator, code N
Organisation—industry of operation, industry type (ANZSIC 2nd edition) code 
NN[NN]
Person—extent of environmental factor influence, code (ICF 2001) [X]N
Informal carer—co-residency status, code N
Person—informal carer existence indicator, code N
Informal carer—primary status, code N
Client—injecting drug use status, code N
Address—International country code, code N[NNNN]
Address—Internet voice product user identifier, text [X(500)]
Address—Internet voice product name, text X[256]
Address—Internet voice service provider, text [X(200)]
Person—type of interpreter service required, code N
Person—interpreter service required, yes/no code N
Person—labour force status, code N
Service event—last service provision date, DDMMYYYY
Person—legal order/arrangement type, code N
Person (employed)—length of employment in current service, total years code 
N[NN]
Person (employed)—length of experience in industry sector, total years code N[NN]
Person—letters of family name, text XXX
Person—letters of given name, text XX
Address—level number, identifier X[XXXX]
Service provider organisation—level of government, code N
Person—level of highest educational attainment, code NN
Person—level of highest non-school qualification, code N
Person—living arrangement, code N
Service provider organisation—geographic location (LGA), code (ASGC 2011) 
NNNNN
Address—location descriptor, text X[50]
Person—location of impairment of body structure, code (ICF 2001) N
Address—lot number, identifier X[XXXXX]
Person—main language other than English spoken at home, code (ASCL 2011) 
NN{NN}
Person—occupation (main), code (ANZSCO 1st edition) N[NNN]{NN}
Service provider organisation—main service activity type indicator, code N
Person—marital status, code N
Person—medication for mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N
Person—mental health disorder indicator, yes/no code N
Client—method of drug use (principal drug of concern), code N
Service provider organisation (service type)—mobile service indicator, 
yes/no code N
Person—mother’s original family name, text [X(40)]
Person (name)—name conditional use flag, code N
Person (name)—name suffix, text X[XXXX]
Person (name)—name suffix sequence number, code N
Person (name)—name title, text X[12]
Person (name)—name title sequence number, code N
Person—name usage type, code AAA
Person—name usage type end date, DDMMYYYY
Person—name usage type start date, DDMMYYYY
Person—new client indicator, code N
Person (address)—non-Australian state/province, text [X(40)]
Service provider organisation (address)—non-Australian state/province, text [X(40)]
Person—non-school qualification indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately 
described code N
Service provider organisation—accommodation places, total N[N(8)]
Service provider organisation—number of available places, total N[NN]
Service provider organisation—number of clients, total people N[NNNN]
Service provider organisation (service type)—number of licensed places, N[NN]
Person—number of people accommodated, total N[N]
Person—one-off assistance offered indicator, code N
Service provider organisation—organisation end date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—organisation name, text [X(200)]
Organisation—name end date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—name start date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—name type, code AA[A]
Organisation—registration end date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—registration start date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—registration type, text [X(200)]
Service provider organisation—organisation start date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—organisation type, code NN
Person (employed)—paid employment indicator, code N
Person—person identifier, XXXXXX[X(14)]
Address—physical address indicator, yes/no code N
Address—postal delivery number, identifier [X(11)]
Address—postal delivery point identifier, identifier {N(8)}
Address—postal delivery service type identifier, code AA[A(9)]
Person (address)—international postcode, text [X(10)]
Service provider organisation (address)—international postcode, text [X(10)]
Person—preferred language, code (ASCL 2011) NN{NN}
Person—proficiency in spoken English, code N
Individual service provider—occupation (self-identified), code (ANZSCO 1st edition) N[NNN]{NN}
Individual service provider—occupation end date, DDMMYYYY
Individual service provider—occupation start date, DDMMYYYY
Address—purpose of address, code AA[A]
Client—reason case management plan does not exist, code N
State or Territory Government—recurrent funding commitments, total Australian currency N[N(8)]
Person—reference person indicator (household), code N
Referral—contact method, code N
Referral—referral receipt date, DDMMYYYY
Person—referral for accommodation indicator, code N
Referral—referral source, code N[.N]
Person—regular client indicator, yes/no code N
Person—relationship to household reference person, code NN
Informal carer—relationship to care recipient, code N
Person—religious affiliation, code (ASCRG 2005) N[NNN]
Person—residential setting, code N
Address—road name, text X[45]
Address—road number 1, road number X[6]
Address—road number 2, road number X[6]
Address—road suffix, street suffix code A[A]
Address—road type, code AA[AA]
Person—level of satisfaction with participation in a life area, code N
Person—school attendance indicator, code N
Address—secondary complex name, text X[50]
Service provider organisation—sector, code N
Person—self-harm ideation in the last 12 months, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N
Person—self-harm indicator, yes/no code N
Service provider organisation—service activity type, code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}}
Person—service activity type, (requested) code (NCCS v2.0) ANN{.N{.NN}}
Service episode—service cessation reason, code N
Service event—service delivery setting code (NCCS v2.0),  AN{.N{.NN}}
Service provider organisation—service delivery setting, code (NCCS v2.0) 
AN{.N{.NN}}
Service episode—service ongoing indicator, code N
Service provider organisation—number of service operation days (7 day period), 
total N[N]
Service provider organisation—number of service operation hours (24 hour period), 
total NN
Service provider organisation—number of service operation weeks (calendar year), 
total NN
Person—service received indicator, code N
Person—sex, code N
Person—source of cash income (all) code NN
Person—source of cash income (principal), code N
Address—statistical area, level 1 (SA1) code (ASGS 2011) N(11)
Address—statistical area, level 2 (SA2) code (ASGS 2011) N(9)
Record—linkage key, code 581 XXXXXDDMMYYYYN
Person (employed)—status in employment, code N
Person—student/employment training indicator, code N
Person—student type, code N
Address—sub-dwelling unit number, identifier [X(7)]
Person—substance used illicitly indicator, yes/no/not stated/inadequately described code N
Address—suburb/town/locality name, text X[46]
Service event—supported accommodation type, code N
Service provider organisation—income tax exempt indicator, code N
Address—telephone non-standard functionality, text X[256]
Address—telephone number, text X[16]
Person (telephone)—telephone number type, code A
Address—telephone service line, code NN
Address—telephone standard functionality, code NN
Service provider organisation—temporary closure end date, DDMMYYYY
Service provider organisation—temporary closure start date, DDMMYYYY
Person (employed)—tertiary qualification related to industry indicator, code N
Organisation—trading activity status, code NN
Organisation—trading activity status end date, DDMMYYYY
Organisation—trading activity status start date,  DDMMYYYY
Person—transgender indicator, code N
Person—type of substance used illicitly, drug of concern (ASCDC 2000 extended) 
code NNNN
Address—Uniform Resource Locator, text X[1100]
Address—unstructured address line, text X[50]
Person—accommodation assistance urgency status, code N
Person—urgency of requested assistance, time period code N
Person—year of first arrival in Australia, date YYYY
Feedback and contact details
The development of the data dictionaries is ongoing and relies on the support and input of a range of data development groups to expand the dictionaries’ scope and utility.
The data committees welcome feedback on existing metadata standards, and also welcome submissions (either for new data items, modifications to existing items, or information on your data development activities). 
Please feel free to contact the AIHW by any of the means listed below.
METeOR and Metadata Unit
For further information about the data dictionaries and for any comments and suggestions about national standards development processes, contact the METeOR and Metadata Unit.
Phone:	(02) 6244 1000
Fax: 	(02) 6244 1299
Email:	datadevelopment@aihw.gov.au
Data Development Hotline 
Phone: 	(02) 6244 1222
AIHW secretariat
For further information about the national data committees and their processes, contact the Executive Unit.
Phone:	(02) 6244 1033
Fax: 	(02) 6244 1111
Further information can also be obtained from the Committees page on the AIHW website:
<http://www.aihw.gov.au/committees/index.cfm>.

List of tables
Table 1: 	Summary table of updates to the NCSDD since version 6
Table 2: 	Revised national minimum data sets
Table 3: 	New data set specifications
Table 4: 	Revised data element clusters
Table 5: 	Revised data elements
Table 6: 	New data elements
Table 7: 	Revised classification schemes
Table 8: 	New classification schemes
Table 9: 	New glossary items

List of figures
Figure 1: 	The ISO/IEC 11179 model of metadata representation